Compressor

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
PLANT AIR COMPRESSOR, DRYER & AIR RECEIVER
CUSTOMER NAME : Gulf Nations for Construction Materials Co.
2x150 TPH Cement Grinding Unit, Shuaiba

PLANT LOCATION :
Industrial Area, Kuwait
FLSMIDTH CONTRACT NUMBER : 8001529004
741.CP110, 741.CP120, 741.CP130,

FLSMIDTH EQUIPMENT NUMBER : 741.DR135, 741.DR145, 741.AR150 &
741.AR152
FLSMIDTH DOCUMENT NUMBER : 60161743 VER.1.0
Ver. By Date Description

Atlas
1.0 27-Jul-17 Original release
Copco
G 110, G 132, G 160
Instruction book
Atlas Copco
G 110, G 132, G 160
Instruction book
Original instructions
Copyright Notice
Any unauthorized use or copying of the contents or any part thereof is prohibited.
This applies in particular to trademarks, model denominations, part numbers and drawings.
This instruction book is valid for CE as well as non-CE labelled machines. It meets the
requirements for instructions specified by the applicable European directives as identified
in the Declaration of Conformity.
2010 - 08
No. 2920 1764 00
www.atlascopco.com
Instruction book
Table of contents
1 Safety precautions..........................................................................................................5
1.1 SAFETY ICONS...................................................................................................................................5
1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL...........................................................................................................5
1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING INSTALLATION...........................................................................................5
1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING OPERATION..............................................................................................7
1.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR...........................................................................8
2 General description......................................................................................................10
2.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................10
2.2 AIR AND OIL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................11
2.3 COOLING AND CONDENSATE SYSTEM....................................................................................................14
2.4 REGULATING SYSTEM........................................................................................................................16
3 Elektronikon regulator.................................................................................................18
3.1 ELEKTRONIKON® REGULATOR.............................................................................................................18
3.2 CONTROL PANEL..............................................................................................................................20
3.3 FUNCTION KEYS...............................................................................................................................21
3.4 SCROLL KEYS..................................................................................................................................22
3.5 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON................................................................................................................22
3.6 CONTROL PROGRAMS........................................................................................................................23
3.7 CALLING UP MENUS..........................................................................................................................26
3.8 MAIN SCREEN MENU.........................................................................................................................27
3.9 STATUS DATA MENU..........................................................................................................................28
3.10 MEASURED DATA MENU.....................................................................................................................31
3.11 COUNTERS MENU.............................................................................................................................32
3.12 TEST MENU.....................................................................................................................................33
3.13 MODIFY PARAMETERS MENU...............................................................................................................33
3.14 MODIFYING PARAMETERS...................................................................................................................34
2 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
3.15 MODIFYING PROTECTION SETTINGS......................................................................................................35
3.16 MODIFYING SERVICE PLANS................................................................................................................36
3.17 PROGRAMMING CLOCK FUNCTION.........................................................................................................37
3.18 MODIFYING CONFIGURATION SETTINGS..................................................................................................41
3.19 SERVICE MENU................................................................................................................................43
3.20 SAVED DATA MENU...........................................................................................................................45
3.21 PROGRAMMABLE SETTINGS FOR G 110 UP TO G 160............................................................................45
4 Installation.....................................................................................................................50
4.1 DIMENSION DRAWING........................................................................................................................50
4.2 INSTALLATION PROPOSAL...................................................................................................................59
4.3 ELECTRIC CABLE SIZE.......................................................................................................................63
4.4 PICTOGRAPHS.................................................................................................................................64
4.5 COOLING WATER REQUIREMENTS.........................................................................................................65
5 Operating instructions.................................................................................................70
5.1 INITIAL START-UP..............................................................................................................................70
5.2 BEFORE STARTING............................................................................................................................73
5.3 STARTING.......................................................................................................................................73
5.4 DURING OPERATION..........................................................................................................................75
5.5 CHECKING THE DISPLAY.....................................................................................................................76
5.6 MANUAL LOADING/UNLOADING.............................................................................................................77
5.7 STOPPING.......................................................................................................................................78
5.8 TAKING OUT OF OPERATION................................................................................................................79
6 Maintenance..................................................................................................................80
6.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE..................................................................................................80
6.2 MOTORS.........................................................................................................................................81
6.3 OIL SPECIFICATIONS..........................................................................................................................82
6.4 OIL CHANGE....................................................................................................................................82
2920 1764 00 3
Instruction book
6.5 OIL FILTER CHANGE..........................................................................................................................85
6.6 STORAGE AFTER INSTALLATION...........................................................................................................87
6.7 SERVICE KITS..................................................................................................................................87
7 Adjustments and servicing procedures.....................................................................88
7.1 AIR FILTERS....................................................................................................................................88
7.2 COOLERS.......................................................................................................................................89
7.3 SAFETY VALVE.................................................................................................................................91
8 Problem solving............................................................................................................93
8.1 PROBLEM SOLVING...........................................................................................................................93
9 Technical data...............................................................................................................95
9.1 READINGS ON DISPLAY......................................................................................................................95
9.2 REFERENCE CONDITIONS...................................................................................................................95
9.3 LIMITS............................................................................................................................................96
9.4 SETTINGS OF SAFETY VALVE...............................................................................................................96
9.5 SETTINGS FOR OVERLOAD RELAY AND FUSES.........................................................................................97
9.6 SETTINGS OF CIRCUIT BREAKERS.........................................................................................................97
9.7 COMPRESSOR DATA..........................................................................................................................99
10 Pressure equipment directives.................................................................................105
11 Documentation............................................................................................................106
4 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
1 Safety precautions
1.1 Safety icons
Explanation
Danger for life
Warning
Important note
1.2 Safety precautions, general
General precautions
1. The operator must employ safe working practices and observe all related work safety requirements and
regulations.
2. If any of the following statements does not comply with the applicable legislation, the stricter of the two
shall apply.
3. Installation, operation, maintenance and repair work must only be performed by authorized, trained,
specialized personnel.
4. The compressor is not considered capable of producing air of breathing quality. For air of breathing quality,
the compressed air must be adequately purified according to the applicable legislation and standards.
5. Before any maintenance, repair work, adjustment or any other non-routine checks, stop the compressor,
press the emergency stop button, switch off the voltage and depressurize the compressor. In addition, the
power isolating switch must be opened and locked.
6. Never play with compressed air. Do not apply the air to your skin or direct an air stream at people. Never
use the air to clean dirt from your clothes. When using the air to clean equipment, do so with extreme
caution and wear eye protection.
7. The owner is responsible for maintaining the unit in safe operating condition. Parts and accessories shall
be replaced if unsuitable for safe operation.
8. It is not allowed to walk or stand on the roof of the compressor canopy.
1.3 Safety precautions during installation
All responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from neglecting these precautions, or
non-observance of the normal caution and care required for installation, operation,
maintenance and repair, even if not expressly stated, will be disclaimed by the
manufacturer.
2920 1764 00 5
Instruction book
Precautions during installation

1. The machine must only be lifted using suitable equipment in accordance with the applicable safety
regulations. Loose or pivoting parts must be securely fastened before lifting. It is strictly forbidden to
dwell or stay in the risk zone under a lifted load. Lifting acceleration and deceleration must be kept within
safe limits. Wear a safety helmet when working in the area of overhead or lifting equipment.
2. Place the machine where the ambient air is as cool and clean as possible. If necessary, install a suction
duct. Never obstruct the air inlet. Care must be taken to minimize the entry of moisture at the inlet air.
3. Any blanking flanges, plugs, caps and desiccant bags must be removed before connecting the pipes.
4. Air hoses must be of correct size and suitable for the working pressure. Never use frayed, damaged or
worn hoses. Distribution pipes and connections must be of the correct size and suitable for the working
pressure.
5. The aspirated air must be free of flammable fumes, vapours and particles, e.g. paint solvents, that can lead
to internal fire or explosion.
6. Arrange the air intake so that loose clothing worn by people cannot be sucked in.
7. Ensure that the discharge pipe from the compressor to the aftercooler or air net is free to expand under
heat and that it is not in contact with or close to flammable materials.
8. No external force may be exerted on the air outlet valve; the connected pipe must be free of strain.
9. If remote control is installed, the machine must bear a clear sign stating: DANGER: This machine is
remotely controlled and may start without warning.
The operator has to make sure that the machine is stopped and that the isolating switch is open and locked
before any maintenance or repair. As a further safeguard, persons switching on remotely controlled
machines shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one checking or working on the
machine. To this end, a suitable notice shall be affixed to the start equipment.
10. Air-cooled machines must be installed in such a way that an adequate flow of cooling air is available and
that the exhausted air does not recirculate to the compressor air inlet or cooling air inlet.
11. The electrical connections must correspond to the applicable codes. The machines must be earthed and
protected against short circuits by fuses in all phases. A lockable power isolating switch must be installed
near the compressor.
12. On machines with automatic start/stop system or if the automatic restart function after voltage failure is
activated, a sign stating "This machine may start without warning" must be affixed near the instrument
panel.
13. In multiple compressor systems, manual valves must be installed to isolate each compressor. Non-return
valves (check valves) must not be relied upon for isolating pressure systems.
14. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices, guards or insulation fitted on the machine. Every pressure
vessel or auxiliary installed outside the machine to contain air above atmospheric pressure must be
protected by a pressure-relieving device or devices as required.
15. Piping or other parts with a temperature in excess of 80˚C (176˚F) and which may be accidentally touched
by personnel in normal operation must be guarded or insulated. Other high-temperature piping must be
clearly marked.
16. For water-cooled machines, the cooling water system installed outside the machine has to be protected by
a safety device with set pressure according to the maximum cooling water inlet pressure.
17. If the ground is not level or can be subject to variable inclination, consult the manufacturer.
Also consult following safety precautions: Safety precautions during operation and Safety
precautions during maintenance.
These precautions apply to machinery processing or consuming air or inert gas.
Processing of any other gas requires additional safety precautions typical to the application
which are not included herein.
Some precautions are general and cover several machine types and equipment; hence
some statements may not apply to your machine.
6 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
1.4 Safety precautions during operation
manufacturer.
Precautions during operation

1. Never touch any piping or components of the compressor during operation.
2. Use only the correct type and size of hose end fittings and connections. When blowing through a hose or
air line, ensure that the open end is held securely. A free end will whip and may cause injury. Make sure
that a hose is fully depressurized before disconnecting it.
3. Persons switching on remotely controlled machines shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there
is no one checking or working on the machine. To this end, a suitable notice shall be affixed to the remote
start equipment.
4. Never operate the machine when there is a possibility of taking in flammable or toxic fumes, vapors or
particles.
5. Never operate the machine below or in excess of its limit ratings.
6. Keep all bodywork doors shut during operation. The doors may be opened for short periods only, e.g. to
carry out routine checks. Wear ear protectors when opening a door.
On compressors without bodywork, wear ear protection in the vicinity of the machine.
7. People staying in environments or rooms where the sound pressure level reaches or exceeds 80 dB(A)
shall wear ear protectors.
8. Periodically check that:
• All guards are in place and securely fastened
• All hoses and/or pipes inside the machine are in good condition, secure and not rubbing
• There are no leaks
• All fasteners are tight
• All electrical leads are secure and in good order
• Safety valves and other pressure-relief devices are not obstructed by dirt or paint
• Air outlet valve and air net, i.e. pipes, couplings, manifolds, valves, hoses, etc. are in good repair, free
of wear or abuse
9. If warm cooling air from compressors is used in air heating systems, e.g. to warm up a workroom, take
precautions against air pollution and possible contamination of the breathing air.
10. Do not remove any of, or tamper with, the sound-damping material.
11. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices, guards or insulations fitted on the machine. Every pressure
vessel or auxiliary installed outside the machine to contain air above atmospheric pressure shall be
Also consult following safety precautions: Safety precautions during installation and Safety
2920 1764 00 7
Instruction book
1.5 Safety precautions during maintenance or repair
manufacturer.
Precautions during maintenance or repair

1. Always use the correct safety equipment (such as safety glasses, gloves, safety shoes, etc.).
2. Use only the correct tools for maintenance and repair work.
3. Use only genuine spare parts.
4. All maintenance work shall only be undertaken when the machine has cooled down.
5. A warning sign bearing a legend such as "work in progress; do not start" shall be attached to the starting
equipment.
start equipment.
7. Close the compressor air outlet valve before connecting or disconnecting a pipe.
8. Before removing any pressurized component, effectively isolate the machine from all sources of pressure
and relieve the entire system of pressure.
9. Never use flammable solvents or carbon tetrachloride for cleaning parts. Take safety precautions against
toxic vapours of cleaning liquids.
10. Scrupulously observe cleanliness during maintenance and repair. Keep dirt away by covering the parts
and exposed openings with a clean cloth, paper or tape.
11. Never weld or perform any operation involving heat near the oil system. Oil tanks must be completely
purged, e.g. by steam-cleaning, before carrying out such operations. Never weld on, or in any way modify,
pressure vessels.
12. Whenever there is an indication or any suspicion that an internal part of a machine is overheated, the
machine shall be stopped but no inspection covers shall be opened before sufficient cooling time has
elapsed; this to avoid the risk of spontaneous ignition of the oil vapour when air is admitted.
13. Never use a light source with open flame for inspecting the interior of a machine, pressure vessel, etc.
14. Make sure that no tools, loose parts or rags are left in or on the machine.
15. All regulating and safety devices shall be maintained with due care to ensure that they function properly.
They may not be put out of action.
16. Before clearing the machine for use after maintenance or overhaul, check that operating pressures,
temperatures and time settings are correct. Check that all control and shut-down devices are fitted and that
they function correctly. If removed, check that the coupling guard of the compressor drive shaft has been
reinstalled.
17. Every time the separator element is renewed, examine the discharge pipe and the inside of the oil separator
vessel for carbon deposits; if excessive, the deposits should be removed.
18. Protect the motor, air filter, electrical and regulating components, etc. to prevent moisture from entering
them, e.g. when steam-cleaning.
19. Make sure that all sound-damping material and vibration dampers, e.g. damping material on the bodywork
and in the air inlet and outlet systems of the compressor, is in good condition. If damaged, replace it by
genuine material from the manufacturer to prevent the sound pressure level from increasing.
20. Never use caustic solvents which can damage materials of the air net, e.g. polycarbonate bowls.
21. The following safety precautions are stressed when handling refrigerant:
• Never inhale refrigerant vapours. Check that the working area is adequately ventilated; if required, use
breathing protection.
8 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
• Always wear special gloves. In case of refrigerant contact with the skin, rinse the skin with water. If
liquid refrigerant contacts the skin through clothing, never tear off or remove the latter; flush
abundantly with fresh water over the clothing until all refrigerant is flushed away; then seek medical
first aid.
precautions during operation.
2920 1764 00 9
Instruction book
2 General description
2.1 Introduction
General
General view of G 110 up to G 160
G are oil-injected screw compressors, driven by an electric motor and enclosed in a sound-insulated bodywork.
G 110 up to G 160 are air-cooled compressors.
G 110 W up to G 160 W are water-cooled compressors.
G are single-stage compressors.
The following features are available as an option:
PT 1000 Thermal motor protection

The PT1000 thermal protection provides protection for the drive motor. Five sensors are installed in the motor,
two to measure the temperature of the bearings and three to measure the temperature of the windings. The
readings can be called up on the display of the Elektronikon regulator. A message will appear on the display
and the general alarm LED will light up if one of the temperatures exceeds the shut-down warning setting.
10 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
SPM monitoring
A number of vibration sensors are provided on the drive motor and compressor elements. The readings can
be called up on the display of the Elektronikon regulator.
Anti-condensation heater
An anti-condensation heater is installed in the motor to prevent condensation during periods of idleness.
2.2 Air and oil system
Flow diagrams
Flow diagram of air-cooled G compressor
2920 1764 00 11
Instruction book
Flow diagram of water-cooled G compressor
12 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Position of components
Front view
Side view
Air flow
Air drawn through filter (AF) and unloader (UA) is compressed in compressor element (E). Compressed air
and oil are discharged through check valve (CV) to air receiver/oil separator (AR) where oil is separated from
the compressed air. The air is blown through minimum pressure valve (Vp) to air cooler (Ca).
2920 1764 00 13
Instruction book
On G Pack compressors, the cooled air is discharged through condensate trap (MTa) and outlet (AO) towards
the air net.
Check valve (CV) prevents blow-back of compressed air.
Minimum pressure valve (Vp) prevents the receiver pressure from dropping below a minimum pressure. The
valve has a built-in check valve.
Oil system
Air pressure forces the oil from receiver (AR) through oil cooler (Co), filters (OF) and oil stop valve (Vs) to
compressor element (E) and the lubrication points.
Oil stop valve (Vs) prevents the compressor elements from flooding with oil when the compressor is stopped.
Valve (BV) by-passes oil cooler (Co) when starting the compressor from a cold condition, so ensuring rapid
warming of the oil to normal working temperature.
In air receiver (AR) most of the oil is removed from the air centrifugally. Almost all of the remaining oil is
removed by the separator element.
2.3 Cooling and condensate system
Condensate drain system
Condensate drains of G 110 up to G 160
14 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Reference Designation
Dac Automatic condensate drain, compressor
Dmc Manual condensate drain
A condensate trap is installed downstream of the air cooler to prevent condensate from entering the air outlet
pipe. The trap is provided with a float valve for automatically draining condensate and with a manual drain
valve.
Cooling system
On air-cooled compressors, the air and oil coolers are cooled by fans.
Water-cooled compressors are provided with a cooling water system, including combined oil and air coolers.
2920 1764 00 15
Instruction book
2.4 Regulating system
Flow diagrams
Flow diagram of G 110 up to G 160
A To air cooler
B To/from oil cooler
16 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Regulating system
The compressor is controlled by an Elektronikon regulator (1).
The regulator keeps the net pressure within programmable pressure limits by automatically loading and
unloading the compressor depending on the air consumption. It also protects the compressor and monitors
components subject to service.
Unloading
If the air consumption is less than the air delivery of the compressor, the net pressure increases. When the net
pressure reaches the upper limit of the working pressure (unloading pressure), solenoid valve (5) is de-
energized. The plunger of the valve moves downwards by spring force:
Phase Description
1 The plunger of solenoid valve (5) shuts off the supply of receiver pressure towards
chamber (2).
2 Control pressure present in chamber (2) is vented to the atmosphere. Plunger (3) of blow-
off valve (4) is moved by air receiver pressure, allowing air receiver pressure to chamber
(6).
3 Valve (7) is pushed upwards closing off the air inlet.
4 A small flow of air remains drawn in via channel (8), and is finally blown from the receiver
via channel (10) to the air inlet.
5 Air delivery is stopped (0%), the compressor runs unloaded while chamber (6) contains a
steady overpressure (receiver unload pressure minus Blow Off valve (4) pressure drop).
Loading
When the net pressure decreases to the lower limit of the working pressure (loading pressure), solenoid valve
(5) is energized. The plunger of solenoid valve (5) moves upwards against spring force:
Phase
1 The plunger of solenoid valve (5) opens the supply of receiver pressure towards chamber
(2). Plunger (3) of blow-off valve (4) moves, closing off the air pressure supply towards
chamber (6).
2 Valve (7) moves downwards since the pressure in chamber (6) drops below atmospheric
pressure, opening the air inlet to the compressor element.
3 Air delivery is resumed (100%), the compressor runs loaded while the piston-rod-valve
assembly is only surrounded by atmospheric pressure.
2920 1764 00 17
Instruction book
3 Elektronikon regulator
3.1 Elektronikon® regulator
Control panel
Introduction
In general, the Elektronikon regulator has following functions:
• Controlling the compressor
• Protecting the compressor
• Monitoring components subject to service
• Automatic restart after voltage failure (made inactive)
• Permissive start
Automatic control of compressor operation

The regulator maintains the net pressure between programmable limits by automatically loading and unloading
the compressor. A number of programmable settings, e.g. the unloading and loading pressures, the minimum
stop time and the maximum number of motor starts are taken into account.
The regulator stops the compressor whenever possible to reduce the power consumption and restarts it
automatically when the net pressure decreases. In case the expected unloading period is too short, the
compressor is kept running to prevent too short standstill periods.
A number of time-based automatic start/stop commands may be programmed. Take into

account that a start command will be executed (if programmed and activated), even after
manually stopping the compressor.
Protecting the compressor

Shut-down
18 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Several sensors are provided on the compressor. If one of these measurements exceeds the programmed shut-
down level, the compressor will be stopped. This will be indicated on display (1) and general alarm LED (2)
will blink.
Remedy the trouble and reset the message. See also the Status data menu.
Before remedying, consult the Safety precautions.
Shut-down warning
A shut-down warning level is a programmable level below the shut-down level.
If one of the measurements exceeds the programmed shut-down warning level, a message will appear on
display (1) and general alarm LED (2) will light up, to warn the operator that the shut-down warning level is
exceeded.
The message disappears as soon as the warning condition disappears.
Service warning
A number of service operations are grouped (called Level A, B, C, ...). Each level has a programmed time
interval. If a time interval is exceeded, a message will appear on display (1) to warn the operator to carry out
the service actions belonging to that level.
Automatic restart after voltage failure

The regulator has a built-in function to automatically restart the compressor if the voltage is restored after
voltage failure. For compressors leaving the factory, this function is made inactive. If desired, the function
can be activated. Consult the Atlas Copco Customer Centre.
If activated and provided the regulator was in the automatic operation mode, the
compressor will automatically restart if the supply voltage to the module is restored within
a programmed time period.
The power recovery time (the period within which the voltage must be restored to have an
automatic restart) can be set between 1 and 3600 seconds or to “Infinite”. If the power
recovery time is set to “Infinite”, the compressor will always restart after a voltage failure,
no matter how long it takes to restore the voltage. A restart delay can also be programmed,
allowing e.g. two compressors to be restarted one after the other.
Permissive start
After a start command (either automatic start by the electronic regulator or manual start), the permissive start
function is operative: if the oil injection pressure at the compressor element exceeds the programmed level,
the compressor will not start (indicated as “Start failure”).
2920 1764 00 19
Instruction book
3.2 Control panel
Elektronikon regulator
Control panel
Parts and functions
Reference Designation Function

1 Start button Button to start the compressor. LED (8) lights up
indicating that the Elektronikon regulator is operative.
2 Display Shows messages about the compressor operating
condition, a service need or a fault.
3 Scroll keys Keys to scroll upwards or downwards through the
display.
4 Tabulator key Key to select the parameter indicated by the horizontal
arrow. Only the parameters followed by an arrow
pointing to the right can be modified.
5 Function keys Keys to control and program the compressor.
6 Voltage on LED Indicates that the voltage is switched on.
7 General alarm LED Is lit if a shut-down warning condition exists or
maintenance is required.
7 General alarm LED Flashes if a shut-down condition exists, if an important
sensor is out of order or after an emergency stop.
8 Automatic operation LED Indicates that the regulator is automatically controlling
the compressor.
9 Stop button Button to stop the compressor. LED (8) goes out.
S2 Emergency stop button Push button to stop the compressor immediately in the
event of an emergency. After remedying the trouble,
unlock the button by pulling it out.
20 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
3.3 Function keys
Control panel
Function keys
The keys (1) are used:
• To manually load/unload the compressor (not for VSD compressors)
• To call up or to program settings
• To reset a motor overload, shut-down or service message, or an emergency stop
• To access all data collected by the regulator
The functions of the keys vary depending on the displayed menu. The actual function is indicated just above
the relevant key. The most common functions are listed below:
Designation Function
“Add” To add compressor start/stop commands (day/hour)
“Back” To return to a previously shown option or menu
“Cancel” To cancel a programmed setting when programming parameters
“Delete” To delete compressor start/stop commands
“Help” To find the Atlas Copco internet address
“Limits” To show limits for a programmable setting
“Load” To load the compressor manually
“Mainscreen” To return from a menu to the main screen
“Menu” Starting from the main screen, to have access to the submenus
“Menu” Starting from a submenu, to return to a previous menu
“Modify” To modify programmable settings
“Program” To program modified settings
“Reset” To reset a timer or message
“Return” To return to a previously shown option or menu
“Unload” To unload the compressor manually
“Extra” To find the module configuration of the regulator
2920 1764 00 21
Instruction book
3.4 Scroll keys
Control panel
The keys (1) allow the operator to scroll through the display.
As long as a downwards pointing arrow is shown at the utmost right position of the display, the scroll key
with the same symbol can be used to see the next item.
As long as an upwards pointing arrow is shown at the utmost right position of the display, the scroll key with
the same symbol can be used to see the previous item.
When the scroll key is kept pressed, the scrolling is continued.
3.5 Emergency stop button
Control panel
In case of emergency, press button (S2) to stop the compressor immediately.
22 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Before starting any maintenance or repairs, wait until the compressor has
stopped and open the isolating switch (customer's installation) to switch off the
voltage to the compressor.
Close the air outlet valve and open the manual condensate drain valves to
depressurize the air system.
Apply all relevant Safety precautions.
3.6 Control programs
Function
In order to facilitate programming and controlling, menu-driven control programs have been implemented in
the regulator.
2920 1764 00 23
Instruction book
Menu flow for G 110 up to G 160 (simplified example)
24 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Menu flow for G 110 W up to G 160W (simplified example)
Program Function
Main screen Shows in brief the operational status of the compressor. Is the gateway to all
functions.
“Status Data” Calls up the status of the compressor protection functions (shut-down, shut-down
warning and service warning). Resets a shut-down, motor overload and service
condition.
“Measured Data” Calls up the data currently measured and the status of a number of inputs.
2920 1764 00 25
Instruction book
Program Function
“Counters” Calls up:
• running hours
• regulator (module) hours
• number of motor starts
“Test” Display test.
“Modify Parameters” Modifying the settings for:
• Parameters (e.g. loading and unloading pressures)
• Protections (e.g. temperature shut-down level)
• Service plans (timers for service plans)
• Clock functions (automatic compressor start/stop/pressure band commands)
• Configuration (time, date, display language,...)
“Service” Calls up service plans and resets the timers after carrying out the service actions in
a service plan.
“Saved Data" Calls up the saved data: last shut-down, last emergency stop data.
“Unload”/”Load” Loads and unloads the compressor manually.
3.7 Calling up menus
Description
Control panel
When the voltage is switched on, the Main screen is shown automatically.
Example of Main screen of G 110 up to G 160
“Compressor Outlet” 7.5 bar

.
“Automatically Loaded”
“Menu” “Unload”
F1 F2 F3
26 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
After pressing the “Menu” (F1) key, the option “Status Data” will be followed by a horizontal arrow:
• Either press the tabulator key (2) to select this menu,
• or use the arrow down key (1) until the desired submenu is followed by a horizontal arrow and then press
the tabulator key (2) to select this menu.
The arrow down key (1) can be used for a quick look at the actual compressor status.
3.8 Main screen menu
Function
Control panel
The Main screen menu shows the status of the compressor operation and is the gateway to all functions
implemented in the regulator.
Procedure
The Main screen is shown automatically when the voltage is switched on.
If the function or arrow keys (1, 2 and 3) are not used for some minutes, the regulator will automatically return
to the Main screen.
Whenever displayed on a submenu screen, press the “Mainscreen” (F1) key to return to the Main screen.
Example of Main screen of G 110 up to G 160

.
“Automatically Loaded”
F1 F2 F3
The display indicates:

• The name of the sensor and its actual reading
2920 1764 00 27
Instruction book
• Messages regarding the compressor operating condition

• Just above the function keys (3), the actual functions of these keys
3.9 Status data menu
Warning
Before starting any maintenance or repairs, press the stop button (4), wait until the
compressor has stopped, press the red emergency stop button and open the isolating
switch (customer's installation) to switch off the voltage to the compressor.
Close the air outlet valve and depressurize the air system.
Function
Control panel
The Status data submenu gives information regarding the status of the compressor protection functions (shut-
down, shut-down warning and service warning) and allows resetting of a shut-down, motor overload and
service condition.
Procedure
Starting from the Main screen (see Main screen menu):
• Press the key “Menu” (F1): the option “Status Data” will be followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Press the tabulator key (2).
No message exists
• General alarm LED (1) is out and the message on the display will indicate that all conditions are normal:
28 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
“All Conditions Are OK”

.
.
“Menu” “Help”
F1 F2 F3
A shut-down message exists

• In case the compressor is shut down, LED (1) will blink.
• In case of a shut-down due to too high a temperature at the outlet of the compressor element:
“Element Outlet” 114˚C

.
“Shutdown” “Maximum” 110˚C
“Menu”*** “Help” ***”Reset”
F1 F2 F3
• The indicators (***) are blinking. The screen shows the actual reading and the shut-down setting.
• It remains possible to scroll through other menus, e.g. to check the values of other parameters.
When returning to the “Status Data” menu, the option “Shutdowns” will blink. This option can be selected
by pressing the tabulator key (2) to return to the above shut-down screen.
Shut-down reset
• Switch off the voltage and remedy the trouble. After remedying and when the shut-down condition has
disappeared, switch on the voltage and press the key “Reset” (F3).
• Press the keys “Menu” and “Mainscreen” to return to the Main screen and restart the compressor by means
of start button (3).
A shut-down warning message exists

A shut-down warning level is a programmable level below the shut-down level.
• If a shut-down warning exists, LED (1) is alight. The Main screen will change into a screen similar to the
one below:

.
*** “Shutdown Warning” ***
“Menu”*** ***”Unload”
F1 F2 F3
• The message “Shutdown Warning” appears.

• Press the key “Menu” (F1) and the tabulator key (2) to select the “Status data” menu; the option
“Protection” is blinking.
• Scroll to this option and select it by pressing the tabulator key (2). A screen similar to the one below
appears:
2920 1764 00 29
Instruction book
“Element 1 Outlet” 103˚C

.
“Shutd. Warn.” “Maximum” 100˚C
“Menu”*** ***
F1 F2 F3
• The screen indicates that the temperature at the outlet of compressor element 1 exceeds the programmed
shut-down warning level.
• If necessary, stop the compressor by means of stop button (4) and wait until it has stopped.
• Switch off the voltage, inspect and remedy.
• The warning message will disappear automatically as soon as the warning condition disappears.
A service warning exists

• LED (1) is alight. The Main screen will change into a screen similar to the one below:

.
“*Service Required*”
“Menu”*** ***”Unload”
F1 F2 F3
• The indicators (***) are blinking and the service warning message appears.
• Press the key Menu (F1) and the tabulator key (2) to select the “Status data” menu: the option “Service”
is blinking.
• Scroll to this option and select it by pressing the tabulator key (2); two options may blink:
• “Inputs”: if the programmed service level of a component is exceeded (e.g. the maximum pressure
drop of the air filter).
• “Plan”: if a service plan interval is exceeded.
• Stop the compressor and switch off the voltage.
• In case the service message was referring to “Inputs” (air filter): replace the filter, switch on the voltage,
scroll in the “Status Data” menu to “Inputs” and press the “Reset” key to reset the service message.
• In case the service message was referring to “Plan”: carry out the service actions related to the indicated
plans. Reset the timers of the related plans. Contact your Atlas Copco Customer Centre. See Service menu
30 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
3.10 Measured data menu
Control panel
Function
To call up information regarding the actually measured data and the status of some inputs such as the motor
overload protection. Consult the menu flow in section Control programs.
Procedure
• Press the key “Menu” (F1).
• Press the arrow down key (1) until “Measured Data” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Activate the menu by pressing the tabulator key (2).
• By pressing the scroll keys (1), a number of actually measured data can be found.
• If one of the sensors is linked to a shut-down, service or warning function, both the actually measured
value as well as the corresponding shut-down, warning or service level can be called up by pressing key
(2).
2920 1764 00 31
Instruction book
3.11 Counters menu
Control panel
Function
To call up:
• The running hours
• The loaded hours
• The number of motor starts
• The number of hours the regulator (module) has been under tension
• The number of load cycles
Procedure
• Press the arrow down key (1) until “Counters” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Press the tabulator key (2) to activate the menu.
• By pressing the arrow key (1), the above-mentioned data can be found.
Example of a Counters screen
.
“Running Hours” 2455 “hrs”
“Loaded Hours” 1973 “hrs”
“Motor Starts” 945
“Menu”
F1 F2 F3
32 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
3.12 Test menu
Control panel
Function
To carry out a display test, i.e. to check whether the display and LEDs are still intact.
Procedure
• Starting from the Main screen (see Main screen menu), press the “Menu” (F1) key.
• Press arrow down key (1) until “Test” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Activate the menu by pressing the key (2).
To perform a display test:
• If necessary, scroll through the menu until “Display Test” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Press the key (2).
• During testing, the regulator will generate a series of patterns on the display which enable the operator to
check that each pixel still functions normally; the LEDs are lit at the same time.
• Press the “Menu” key (F1) to return to the submenu.
3.13 Modify parameters menu
Function
To modify a number of programmable settings:
• Parameters (see section Modifying parameters).
• Protections (see section Modifying protection settings).
• Service plan settings (see section Modifying service plans).
• Clock function settings (see section Programming clock function).
• Configuration settings (see section Modifying configuration settings).
2920 1764 00 33
Instruction book
3.14 Modifying parameters
Control panel
Function
To modify a number of parameters. Consult the menu flow in section Control programs.
Procedure
• Press the arrow down key (1) until “Modify Parameters” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• The first item “Parameters” will be followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Press the tabulator key (2): the first items and their settings will appear.
• Press the arrow down key (1) until the parameter to be modified is followed by a horizontal arrow.
Modifying the loading pressure setpoint

If desired, the operator can program two pressure bands (Loading pressure/Unloading pressure and
Loading pressure 2/Unloading pressure 2).
• Consult the section Procedure to select “Loading Pressure”.
• The screen shows the current setting. To modify this setting, press the key “Modify” (F2); the setting will
blink.
• The key “Limits” (F2) can be used to find out the limitations for the parameter.
• Use the scroll keys (1) to change the setting.
• Press the key ”Program” (F1) to program the new value or the key “Cancel” (F3) to cancel the modification
operation.
• The procedure to modify other pressure parameters is similar.
The regulator will not accept new values beyond the limitations. Press the key “Limits” to check
the limitations for the parameter. Consult Programmable settings for the most important
settings.
34 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
3.15 Modifying protection settings
Control panel
Function
To modify protection settings:
• “Shutdown”, e.g. for the compressor element outlet temperature
• “Shutdown warning”, e.g. for the compressor element outlet temperature
• “Warning”, e.g. for the dew-point temperature
• “Service warning”, e.g. for the maximum pressure drop over the air filter
To check various compressor conditions, e.g. the status of the emergency stop button. Some parameters cannot
be modified.
Procedure
• Press the “Menu” (F1) key.
• Press the arrow down key (1) until “Modify parameters” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Press the arrow down key (1) until “Protections” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Press the tabulator key (2): the first items will appear.
• Press the arrow down key (1) until the item to be modified is followed by a horizontal arrow and press
the tabulator key (2).
Modifying settings for the compressor element temperature

• Consult the section Procedure above to select the parameter “Element 1 outlet”.
• The screen (see example below) shows the current temperature on the first line and the shut-down setting
on the third line. To modify the setting, press the “Modify” (F2) key; the setting will flash.
• The “Limits” (F2) key can be used to find out the limits for the parameter.
• Use the scroll keys (1) to change the setting.
• Press ”Program” (F1) to program the new value or “Cancel” (F3) to cancel the modification operation.
• The screen (see example below) shows a horizontal arrow indicating that the shut-down warning value
can be modified (the procedure is similar to the description above).
2920 1764 00 35
Instruction book
• The procedure to modify other items is similar. For some settings, a delay can be programmed.
Example of the screen for G compressors
“Element 1 outlet” 94˚C
“Shutdown” “Maximum” 110°C

“Menu” “Modify”
F1 F2 F3
The regulator will not accept new values beyond the limits. Press the key “Limits” to check
the limits for the parameter. Consult Programmable settings for the most important settings.
3.16 Modifying service plans
Function
To modify the hour intervals for the service levels.
Service plans
The service actions to be carried out are grouped in plans called Service level A, B, C or D. When reaching
an interval, a message will appear on the screen indicating which Service plans are to be carried out.
Always consult your Atlas Copco Customer Centre in case any timer should be changed. The
intervals must not exceed the programmed nominal values.
36 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
3.17 Programming clock function
Control panel
Function
To program:
• Time-based start/stop commands for the compressor
• Time-based change-over commands for the net pressure band
Programming start, stop and pressure band commands

In this example, the compressor will be programmed as follows:
• On Monday at 06:15 starting in pressure band 1
• On Friday at 18:00 changing over to pressure band 2
• On Saturday at 18:00 stopping
• Press the arrow down key (1) until “Modify Parameters” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Activate the menu by pressing tabulator key (2).
• Use the arrow down key (1) to scroll until the option “Clock Function” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Activate the menu by pressing tabulator key (2); following screen appears:
“Clock Function”
“Not Activated”
.
“Menu” “Modify” “Delete”
F1 F2 F3
• Press the tabulator key (2), following screen appears:
2920 1764 00 37
Instruction book
“Monday”
“Tuesday”
“Wednesday”
“Menu” “Delete”
F1 F2 F3
• Use the scroll keys (1) until the day on which a command must be programmed is followed by a horizontal
arrow. Press the tabulator key (2); following screen appears:
--:-- ----------------------
--:-- ----------------------
--:-- ----------------------
F1 F2 F3
• Press the key “Modify” (F2). The first two dashes will flash. Use the scroll keys (1) to enter “06”. Press
the tabulator key (2) to jump to the following two dashes. Use the scroll keys to enter “15”. Press the
tabulator key to jump to the row of dashes. Use the scroll keys to enter the command “Start Compressor”.
• Press the key “Program” to program the command : “06:15 Start Compressor”.
• Press the arrow down key (1): the horizontal arrow indicates that the second line is accessible. Press the
key “Modify” and modify this line in a similar way to the following command: ”06:15 Pressure Band 1”.
• Press the key “Menu” (F1) and scroll to “Friday”:
“Thursday”
“Friday”
“Saturday”
F1 F2 F3
• Programming the command to change over at 18 o’clock to “Pressure Band2” is carried out in a similar
way as described above.
• Press the key “Menu” (F1) and scroll to “Saturday”. Programming the command “18:00 Compressor Stop”
is carried out in a similar way as described above.
Activating/deactivating the timer

• The timer can only be activated if at least one start/stop command is programmed.
• Starting from the Main screen, press the key “Menu” (F1).
• Use arrow down key (1) until the option “Modify Parameters” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Press the tabulator key (2) to activate the menu.
• Use the arrow down key until the option “Clock Function” is followed by a horizontal arrow, press the
tabulator key (2), following screen appears:
38 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
“Not Activated”
.
F1 F2 F3
• Press the key “Modify”, “Not Activated” starts blinking.

• Press the arrow down key (1) “Not Activated” changes to “Activated”.
• Press the key “Program”.
It is necessary to program the start/stop commands in successive order timewise. Program

the commands from Monday till Sunday, e.g.:
• 07.30 Start Compressor
• 07.30 Pressure Band 1
• 08.30 Pressure Band 2
• 18.00 Stop Compressor
Make sure that the timer function is activated (“Activated”). If not, the programmed start/stop
commands will not be executed.
The timer can be deactivated again. In this case, the programmed start/stop commands will
not be executed (but remain in the memory of the regulator).
Modifying a command
Suppose the command to stop the compressor on Saturday 18:00 is to be modified, i.e. stopping at 17 o'clock
instead of 18 o'clock.
• Starting from the Main screen, press the key “Menu” (F1), press the arrow down key (1) until the option
“Modify Parameters” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
Press the tabulator key, following screen appears:
“Not Activated”
.
F1 F2 F3
“Monday”
“Tuesday”
“Wednesday”
F1 F2 F3
• Scroll through the display until “Saturday” is followed by a horizontal arrow. Press the tabulator key (2).
If necessary, scroll through the commands until the command to be modified is followed by a horizontal
2920 1764 00 39
Instruction book
arrow. Press the key “Modify”, the first two digits of the command start blinking. Modify as required
using the scroll keys, i.e. in the example above change “18” into “17” using the arrow up key (1).
• If necessary, press the tabulator key (2) to go to the next field to be modified, the minutes indication and
the start/stop/pressure band indication.
• Press the key “Program” to program the new command or the key “Cancel” to quit without reprogramming.
Adding a command at the end of an existing list

• Starting from the Main screen, press the key “Menu” (F1), press the arrow down key until the option
Press the tabulator key, following screen appears:
“Not Activated”
.
F1 F2 F3
Suppose the command to stop the compressor at 18:00 must be added to the list of Monday
“Monday”
“Tuesday”
“Wednesday”
F1 F2 F3
• Scroll through the display until “Monday” is followed by a horizontal arrow. Press the tabulator key (2).
Scroll through the compressor start/stop/pressure band commands until the first empty command line is
indicated by the horizontal arrow.
• Press the key “Modify”; the first two digits start blinking. Enter “18:00 Compressor Stop” using the scroll
keys (1) to modify a field and the tabulator key (2) to jump from one field to another.
• Press the key “Program” to program the new command or the key “Cancel” to quit without reprogramming.
Adding a command between two existing commands

Suppose the command “17:00 Pressure Band 2” must be added to the following list:
• 06:00 Start Compressor
• 06:00 Pressure Band 1
• 18:00 Stop Compressor
The regulator does not allow to enter a new command which is situated before the last command in the list
timewise.
Scroll through the display until the command before which the new command must be entered is followed
by a horizontal arrow (in the example above: “18:00 Stop Compressor”) and press the key “Modify”.
Change this command to the new command (in the example above “17:00 Pressure Band 2”)
40 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Press the arrow down key and add the last command of the list (in the example above “18:00 Stop
Compressor”) and press the key “Program”.
Deleting a command
• Starting from the Main screen, press the key “Menu” (F1), press the arrow down key until the option
• Use the scroll keys (1) to scroll until the option “Clock Function” is followed by a horizontal arrow. Press
the tabulator key, following screen appears:
“Not Activated”
.
F1 F2 F3
Deleting all commands

• Press the key “Delete” in the screen above. A question to confirm the deleting operation will appear.
Deleting all commands of a specific day
• Scroll through the display until the desired day is followed by a horizontal arrow. Press the key “Delete”,
a question to confirm the deleting operation will appear.
Deleting a specific command
• Scroll through the display until the command to be deleted is followed by a horizontal arrow. Press the
key “Delete”, a question to confirm the deleting operation will appear.
3.18 Modifying configuration settings
Control panel
2920 1764 00 41
Instruction book
Function
To modify a number of parameters. Consult the menu flow in section Control programs.
Procedure
• Press the arrow down key (1) until “Modify Parameters” is followed by an arrow pointing to the right.
• Press the arrow down key (1) to scroll until “Configuration” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• Activate the menu by pressing tabulator key (2): the first item will appear. Scroll through the display until
the option to be modified is followed by a horizontal arrow. Select the option by pressing the tabulator
key (2).
• In case of the option “Time”, the second line on the screen indicates the actual setting, e.g. “14:30”. To
modify this setting, press the key “Modify” (F2); the first field “14” will blink.
• Use the scroll keys (1) to change the setting, then press the tabulator key (2) to go to the next field “30”.
The setting of this field can now be modified using the scroll keys (1).
• Press the key ”Program” (F1) to program the new value or the key “Cancel” (F3) to cancel the modification
operation (the original value will be retained).
• The procedure to modify other parameters is similar.
Programming compressor control modes

The compressor can be controlled locally, remotely or via a local area network (LAN).
Procedure
• Activate the menu “Configuration” as described above.
• Scroll through the display until the option “C.C.M.” is indicated and press the “Modify” key. Following
screen appears:
.
“C.C.M.” “Local Control”
.
“Program” “Cancel”
F1 F2 F3
• “Local Control” is blinking, use the scroll keys (1) to select the desired control mode.
• Press the key “Program” to program the new control mode or “Cancel” to quit without reprogramming.
42 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
3.19 Service menu
Control panel
Function
• To reset the service plans which are carried out.
• To check when the next service plans are to be carried out.
• To find out which service plans were carried out previously.
Service plans
A number of service operations are grouped (called Level A, Level B, etc...). Each level stands for a number
of service actions to be carried out at the time intervals programmed in the Elektronikon regulator.
When a service plan interval is reached, a message will appear on the screen, see section Status data. After
carrying out the service actions related to the indicated levels, the timers are to be reset.
Example
Service plans Intervals

Service plan A Every 4000 running hours
Service plan B Every 8000 running hours
Service plan C Every 16000 running hours
Service actions according to Intervals

Service plan A 4000 running hours
Service plan A and B 8000 running hours
Service plan A 12000 running hours
Service plan A, B and C 16000 running hours
... ...
2920 1764 00 43
Instruction book
Procedure
• Press the arrow down key (1) until “Service” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• A screen similar to the one below appears:
“Service Timer”
“Running Hours”
7971 “hrs”
“Menu” “Reset”
F1 F2 F3
• The screen shows that the total compressor running time is 7971 hours.
“Next Timer”
“Level” AB
8000 “hrs”
“Back” “Reset”
F1 F2 F3
• The screen shows that the next service plans to be carried out are plans A and B and that these plans are
to be carried out every 8000 running hours.
• Press the arrow down key (1) to find out which service plans were carried out previously, following screen
appears:
“Previous Timer”
“Level” A
4008 “hrs”
“Back”
F1 F2 F3
• The screen shows that plan A was carried out at 4008 running hours.
• Stop the compressor, switch off the voltage and carry out the service operations related to the indicated
service plans, see section Preventive maintenance schedule
• Switch on the voltage and scroll to the “Next Timer” service screen.
• Press the “Reset” button (F3). Confirm the question for resetting.
The “Reset” button only appears when the “Next Timer” level is almost reached.
After pressing the arrow down key in the “Service Timer” screen, the “Life Time” hours are
shown, i.e. the number of hours elapsed since initial programming ex-factory. This timer is
not taken into account.
44 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
3.20 Saved data menu
Control panel
Function
To call up some data saved by the regulator. These data are:
• Last shut-down data
• Last emergency stop data
Procedure
• Press the arrow down key (1) until “Saved Data” is followed by a horizontal arrow.
• The first option is shown “Last shutdown 1”.
• Press the tabulator key (2) to find out the date, time and other data reflecting the status of the compressor
at the last shut-down.
• If desired, scroll through the other items.
3.21 Programmable settings for G 110 up to G 160
Regulation settings
Parameters
Minimum Factory Maximum

setting setting setting
Motor running time in star sec 10 10 20
Load delay time (star-delta) sec 0 0 20
Number of motor starts (star-delta) starts/day 0 120 120
Minimum stop time sec 20 20 99
2920 1764 00 45
Instruction book

Programmed stop time sec 30 30 30
Permissive start timer sec 0 30 255
Power recovery time (ARAVF) sec 15 15 3600
Start delay time (ARAVF) sec 0 3 255
Communication time-out sec 10 20 60
Unloading pressure, 7.5 bar compressor bar(e) 3.5 7.0 7.5
Unloading pressure, 109 psi compressor psig 50.8 101.5 108.9
Unloading pressure, 123.3 psi compressor psig 50.8 116.0 123.0
Unloading pressure, 10 bar compressor bar(e) 6.0 9.5 10.5
Unloading pressure, 14 bar compressor bar(e) 9.0 13.5 14.0
Unloading pressure, 125 psi compressor psig 50.8 124.7 132
Loading pressure, 7.5 bar compressor bar(e) 3.5 6.4 7.4
Loading pressure, 109 psi compressor psig 50.8 92.8 107.4
Loading pressure, 123.3 psi compressor psig 50.8 107.3 123
Loading pressure, 10 bar compressor bar(e) 6.0 8.9 10.5
Loading pressure, 14 bar compressor bar(e) 9.0 12.9 14.0
Loading pressure, 125 psi compressor psig 50.8 116.0 132
Protection settings
46 2920 1764 00
Instruction book

Compressor outlet pressure (shut-down bar 0 16.5 17.0
warning level)
Compressor outlet pressure (shut-down psi 0 239.3 246.5
warning level)
Compressor outlet pressure (shut-down bar 0 17.0 17.0
level)
Compressor outlet pressure (shut-down psi 0 246.5 246.5
level)
Oil injection pressure, element (start bar 2.0 2.5 13.2
protection)
Oil injection pressure, element (start psi 29 36.2 191.4
protection)
Compressor outlet temperature (shut-down ˚C 0 66 120
warning level)
Compressor outlet temperature (shut-down ˚F 32 150.8 248
warning level)
Compressor outlet temperature (shut-down ˚C 0 80 120
level)
Compressor outlet temperature (shut-down ˚F 32 176 248
level)
Compressor outlet temperature (delay at sec 5 5 5
signal)
Compressor element outlet temperature ˚C 80 105 115
(shut-down warning level)
Compressor element outlet temperature ˚F 176 221 239
(shut-down warning level)
Compressor element outlet temperature ˚C 80 115 115
(shut-down level)
Compressor element outlet temperature ˚F 176 239 239
(shut-down level)
Delay at shut-down signal sec 5 5 5
Oil separator temperature ˚C 0 120 120
Oil separator temperature ˚F 32 248 248
Delay at start, motor overload sec 0 1 1
Delay at signal, motor overload sec 0 1 1
Delay at start, fan motor overload sec 0 1 3
Delay at signal, fan motor overload sec 0 1 3
Delay at start, starter feedback contact = sec 0 13 60
open
Delay at signal, starter feedback contact = sec 0 2 3
closed
Dp Air filter (shut-down warning) bar -0.085 -0.08 0
Dp Air filter (shut-down warning) psi -1.23 -1.16 0
Dp Air filter (shut-down) bar -0.085 -0.085 0
Dp Air filter (shut-down) psi -1.23 -1.23 0
2920 1764 00 47
Instruction book

Delay at signal sec 0 60 255
Temperature winding 1U1, warning level ˚C 0 145 155
Temperature winding 1U1, warning level ˚F 32 293 311
Temperature winding 1U1, shut-down level ˚C 0 155 155
Temperature winding 1U1, shut-down level ˚F 32 311 311
Temperature winding 1V1, warning level ˚C 0 145 155
Temperature winding 1V1, warning level ˚F 32 293 311
Temperature winding 1V1, shut-down level ˚C 0 155 155
Temperature winding 1V1, shut-down level ˚F 32 311 311
Temperature winding 1W1, warning level ˚C 0 145 155
Temperature winding 1W1, warning level ˚F 32 293 311
Temperature winding 1W1, shut-down level ˚C 0 155 155
Temperature winding 1W1, shut-down level ˚F 32 311 311
Temperature bearing D-end, warning level ˚C 0 105 115
Temperature bearing D-end, warning level ˚F 32 221 239
Temperature bearing D-end, shut-down ˚C 0 115 115
level
Temperature bearing D-end, shut-down ˚F 32 221 239
level
Temperature bearing ND-end, warning level ˚C 0 105 115
Temperature bearing ND-end, warning level ˚F 32 221 239
Temperature bearing ND-end, shut-down ˚C 0 115 115
level
Temperature bearing ND-end, shut-down ˚F 32 221 239
level
Service settings
Service plans

Service plan A (operating hours) hr 4000
Service plan B (operating hours) hr 8000
Service plan C (operating hours) hr 16000
Service plan D (running hours) hr 24000
Service plan I (operating hours) hr 2000
Analog inputs for G 110 up to G 160

Service warning level for oil separators bar 0 0.8 0.8
48 2920 1764 00
Instruction book

Service warning level for oil separators psi 0 11.6 11.6
Delay at signal, oil separator sec 0 60 255
Service warning level for air filters bar -0.1 -0.05 -0.05
Service warning level for air filters psi -1.45 -0.7 -0.7
Delay at signal, air filter sec 0 60 255
Terminology
Term Explanation
ARAVF Automatic restart after voltage failure. See Elektronikon regulator
Compressor The regulator does not accept illogical settings, e.g. if the warning level is programmed at
element outlet 95˚C/203˚F, the minimum limit for the shut-down level changes to 96˚C/204˚F. The
recommended difference between the warning level and shut-down level is 10˚C/18˚F.
Required stop Once the compressor has automatically stopped, it will remain stopped for the minimum
period/Minimum stop time (approx. 20 seconds), whatever the net air pressure. In automatic operation, the
stop time compressor will not be stopped by the regulator until a standstill period of at least the sum
of the minimum stop time and required stop period is expected. However, if the decrease
in air net pressure should require a new start of the compressor, the regulator will start the
compressor after the minimum stop time.
Power recovery Is the period within which the voltage must be restored to have an automatic restart. Is
time accessible if the automatic restart is activated. See Elektronikon regulator. To activate the
automatic restart function, consult Atlas Copco.
Unloading/ The regulator does not accept illogical settings, e.g. if the unloading pressure is
Loading pressure programmed at 7.0 bar(e)/101 psig, the maximum limit for the loading pressure changes
to 6.9 bar(e)/100 psig. The recommended minimum pressure difference between loading
and unloading is 0.6 bar/9 psig.
Delay at shut- Is the time for which the signal must exist before the compressor is shut down. If it is
down signal required to program this setting to another value, consult Atlas Copco.
Permissive start The compressor will not start if this level is exceeded at the moment of starting. If the level
level remains too high for 30 seconds, the message “Start failure” will appear on the display.
2920 1764 00 49
Instruction book
4 Installation
4.1 Dimension drawing
Compressor dimensions
For Metric Units
Dimension drawing of G 110, air-cooled
50 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Dimension drawing of G 110, water-cooled
2920 1764 00 51
Instruction book
Dimension drawing of G 132/160, air-cooled
52 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Dimension drawing of G 132/160, water-cooled
2920 1764 00 53
Instruction book
For Anglo-American units
Dimension drawing of G 110, air-cooled
54 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Dimension drawing of G 110, water-cooled
2920 1764 00 55
Instruction book
Dimension drawing of G 132/160, air-cooled
56 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Dimension drawing of G 132/160, water-cooled
Text on drawing
(1) Compressed air outlet
(2) Cooling air outlet
(3) Air inlet
(4) Cooling air inlet
2920 1764 00 57
Instruction book
(5) Water in
(6) Water out
(7) Voltage supply entrance
(8) Centre of gravity
(9) With door fully open
(10) Manual drain
(11) Automatic drain
(16) Type
(23) Opening for transportation
(24) Slotted holes for horizontally pulling unit out of container
(25) Net mass, approximately
(26) For units without dryer
(31) Centre of gravity
(36) Low voltage
58 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
4.2 Installation proposal
Compressor room example
Compressor room example of G 110 up to G 160 air-cooled
2920 1764 00 59
Instruction book
Compressor room example of G 110 up to G 160 water-cooled
60 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Text on drawing
(1) Minimum free area
(2) Ventilation proposals
(3) Cooling systems
Description
Phase Description
1 Install the compressor on a level floor suitable for taking its weight. For ventilation
alternative 1 (indicated as Alt. 1), the minimum distance between the top of the bodywork
and the ceiling is 1200 mm (47 in).
2 Remove the plastic plug (if provided) from the compressor air outlet pipe and fit the air
outlet valve (to be provided by the customer) to the pipe. Close the valve and connect it
to the net.
3 The pressure drop over the air outlet pipe can be calculated as follows:
dp = (L x 450 x Qc1.85) / (d5 x p)
d = Inner diameter of the outlet pipe in mm
dp = Pressure drop (recommended maximum = 0.1 bar)
L = Length of outlet pipe in m
p = Absolute pressure at the compressor outlet in bar(a)
Qc = Free air delivery of the compressor in l/s
It is recommended that the connection of the compressor air outlet pipe is made on top of
the main air net pipe in order to minimize carry-over of possible condensate residue.
As a rule of thumb, the following formula can be used to calculate the recommended
volume of the air net:
V = (30 x C x p x Q) / Dp
C = Correction factor
Dp = Pressure difference between unloading and loading pressures in bar (recommended
minimum = 0.6)
p = Compressor inlet pressure in bar absolute
Q = Free air delivery of compressor in l/s
V = Recommended air net volume in l
Correction factors
Air consumption divided by compressor free air delivery Correction factor C

0.9 0.10
0.8 0.15
0.7 0.20
0.5 0.25
0.3 0.20
0.2 0.15
0.1 0.10
2920 1764 00 61
Instruction book
Phase Description
4 The inlet grids and ventilation fan should be installed in such a way that any recirculation
of cooling air to the compressor is avoided. The maximum air velocity through the grids is
5 m/s (16.5 ft/s).
The required ventilation to limit the compressor room temperature can be calculated as
follows:
On air-cooled compressors: Qv = 0.92 N/dT
On water-cooled compressors: Qv = 0.1 N/dT
Qv = Required ventilation capacity in m3/s
N = Shaft input of compressor in kW
dT = Temperature increase in compressor room
If cooling air ducts are installed, the maximum allowable pressure drop over the ducts is
30 Pa (0.12 in wc). The maximum pressure drop depends on the ambient temperature.
The fan capacity should match the compressor fan capacity at a pressure head equal to
the pressure drop caused by the cooling air outlet ducts. Consult Atlas Copco.
5 A water shut-off valve and water drain valve in the compressor water inlet pipe and outlet
pipe can be installed by the customer. If water shut-off valves are installed, a safety device
with set pressure according to the maximum cooling water inlet pressure has to be installed
between the compressor water outlet pipe and the shut-off valve. When operating the unit,
the operator must ensure that the cooling water system cannot be blocked.
The above mentioned also applies for the energy recovery cooling system.
Remove the plastic plugs (if provided) from the compressor water pipes and connect the
pipes to the cooling water circuit.
6 Remove the plastic plugs (if provided) from the condensate outlets and fit the manual
condensate drain valve. Lay out the drain piping towards the condensate collector. The
drain pipes must not dip into the water of the drain collector. It is recommended to provide
a funnel to allow visual inspection of the condensate flow.
7 Location of the Elektronikon regulator.
8 See Electric cable size for the recommended size of the supply cables. Check that the
electrical connections correspond to the local codes. The installation must be earthed and
protected against short circuits by fuses in all phases. An isolating switch must be installed
near the compressor.
9 Location of a pipe coupling
62 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
4.3 Electric cable size
Electrical connections
Electrical connections of G 110 up to G 160 compressors
Cable size
G 110 up to G 160 IEC compressors 50Hz
Compressor Supply voltage Cable size (length <150m)*

G 110 400 V 2x (3x70 mm2+35 mm2)
G 132 400 V 2x (3x95 mm2+50 mm2)
G 160 400 V 2x (3x120 mm2+70 mm2)
2920 1764 00 63
Instruction book
*For the fuse class data, see Settings for overload relay and fuses.
G 110 up to G 160 CSA/UL compressors 60Hz
Compressor Supply voltage Cable size

G 110 460 V 2x (3xAWG00+AWG3)
G 132 460 V 2x (3xMCM300+AWG2)
G 160 460 V 2x (3xMCM300+AWG2)
4.4 Pictographs
Control panel
Pictographs of control panel
Reference Description
1 Start
2 Keys to scroll through display
3 Key to go to next field on display
4 Voltage on
5 Alarm
6 Automatic operation
7 Stop
64 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Other locations
13 Automatic condensate drain
14 Automatic condensate drain for optional oil/water separator (type OSD)
15 Manual condensate drain
16 Stop the compressor before maintenance or repair
17 Warning: under tension
18 Read Instruction book before starting the compressor
19 Switch off the voltage and depressurize the compressor before maintenance or repair
20 Before connecting the compressor electrically, consult the Instruction book for the motor
rotation direction
21 Torques for steel (Fe) or brass (CuZn) bolts
22 Consult the Instruction book before greasing
23 Switch off the voltage before removing the protecting cover inside the electric cabinet
24 Oil the gaskets, screw on the filters and tighten by hand (approx. one half turn)
25 Consult the Instruction book before maintenance or repair
26 Cooling water inlet
27 Cooling water outlet
28 Oil outlet
4.5 Cooling water requirements
Recommendations
The cooling water quality must meet certain minimum requirements.
No general recommendation can encompass the effects of all combinations of the various compounds, solids
and gases typically found in cooling water in interaction with different materials.
This recommendation is a general guide line for acceptable coolant quality.
2920 1764 00 65
Instruction book
Type of system
First, it is important to consider whether you are dealing with a closed system or an open system. In a closed
system, the same cooling water circulates through a system without contact with air.
An open system is a pass-through system, or a circulating system with a cooling tower. In the latter case, the
composition of the water that enters the cooler must be considered, and not the composition of the make-up
water. Due to the evaporative effect in the cooling tower, much higher concentrations of ions can be obtained
in the circulating water than in the make-up water.
Ryznar stability index (RSI)

The Ryznar Stability Index (RSI) is a parameter for predicting whether water will tend to dissolve or precipitate
calcium carbonate. The adhesion of scaling deposits and their effect are different on different materials, but
the equilibrium of the water (scaling or corrosive) is only determined by its actual pH value and by the
saturation pH value (pHs).
The saturation pH value is determined by the relationship between the calcium hardness, the total alkalinity,
the total solids concentration and the temperature.
The Ryznar Index is calculated as follows :
RSI = 2*pHs - pH
Symbol Explanation
pH Measured pH (at room temperature) of water sample
pHs pH at saturation
The pHs is calculated by using :

pHs = (9.3 + A + B) - (C + D)
Symbol Explanation
A Depends on the total solids concentration (mg/l)
B Depends on the highest cooling water temperature (˚C/˚F), (T=75 ˚C/167 ˚F)
C Depends on the calcium hardness (ppm CaCO3)
D Depends on the HCO3- concentration or M-alkalinity (mval/l)
The values of A, B, C and D can be found in the following table.
Total dissolved A Temperature B Ca-hardness (ppm C M-alkalinity (mval/l) D

solids (mg/l) (˚C) CaCO3)
50 - 300 0.1 0-1 2.6 10 - 11 0.6 0.20 - 0.22 1.0
400-1000 0.2 2-6 2.5 12 - 13 0.7 0.24 - 0.26 1.1
7-9 2.4 14 - 17 0.8 0.28 - 0.34 1.2
10 - 13 2.3 18 - 22 0.9 0.36 - 0.44 1.3
14 - 17 2.2 23 - 27 1.0 0.46 - 0.54 1.4
18 - 21 2.1 28 - 34 1.1 0.56 - 0.70 1.5
22 - 27 2.0 35 - 43 1.2 0.72 - 0.88 1.6
28 - 31 1.9 44 - 55 1.3 0.90 - 1.10 1.7
32 - 37 1.8 56 - 69 1.4 1.12 - 1.38 1.8
66 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Total dissolved A Temperature B Ca-hardness (ppm C M-alkalinity (mval/l) D

solids (mg/l) (˚C) CaCO3)
38 - 44 1.7 70 - 87 1.5 1.40 - 1.76 1.9
45 - 50 1.6 88 - 110 1.6 1.78 - 2.20 2.0
51 - 56 1.5 111 - 138 1.7 2.22 - 2.78 2.1
57 - 63 1.4 138 - 174 1.8 2.80 - 3.54 2.2
64 - 71 1.3 175 - 220 1.9 3.54 - 4.40 2.3
72 - 80 1.2 230 - 270 2.0 4.6 - 5.4 2.4
280 - 340 2.1 5.6 - 7.0 2.5
350 - 430 2.2 7.2 - 8.8 2.6
440 - 550 2.3 9.0 - 11.0 2.7
560 - 690 2.4 11.2 - 13.8 2.8
700 - 870 2.5 14.0 - 17.6 2.9
880 - 1000 2.6 17.8 - 20.0 3.0
Interpretation of the value obtained
RSI Water condition Action

RSI<3.9 Very high scale formation Water cannot be used.
4.0<RSI<5.5 High boiler scale formation Regular inspection and descaling operation
necessary.
5.6<RSI<6.2 Slight boiler scale formation Water treatment not necessary.
Occasional inspection recommended.
6.3<RSI<6.8 Neutral water Water treatment not necessary.
Occasional inspection recommended.
6.9<RSI<7.5 Slight corrosion at higher Water treatment not necessary.
temperature Occasional inspection recommended.
7.6<RSI<9.0 Strong corrosion Regular inspection necessary, use of corrosion
inhibitor recommended.
9.1<RSI<11 Very strong corrosion Regular inspection necessary, use of corrosion
inhibitor required.
RSI>11 Very strong corrosion in Water should not be used.
complete water system
The table indicates that distilled or demineralised water should never be used, as their RSI is > 11.
The RSI only indicates the equilibrium of scaling - descaling. A cooling water showing good RSI conditions
can still be unsuitable due to other factors.
From the table above, the RSI index should be between 5.6 and 7.5; otherwise, contact a specialist.
pH
The effect of pH is already calculated in the Ryznar index, but the pH itself has some additional limitations :
6.8 < pH
2920 1764 00 67
Instruction book
Total dissolved solids (TDS)

This is the sum of all the ions in the water. It can be derived from the dry residue after evaporation (but not
including suspended solids), or it can be estimated from the electrical conductivity.
In a closed system, the following limits apply : TDS < 3000 mg/l (< 3800 microS/cm)
For an open system, the following limits apply : TDS < 450 mg/l ( < 580 microS/cm)
Chlorides (Cl-)
Chloride ions will create pitting corrosion on stainless steel. Their concentration should be limited:
Closed cooling system : chlorides < 500 ppm
Open cooling system : chlorides < 150 ppm
However, if the water is scaling, lower limits should be used. (See The Ryznar stability index (RSI)).
Free chlorine (Cl2)

A level of 0.5 ppm should not be exceeded for long periods.
For shock treatments, a maximum limit of 2 ppm for maximum 30 minutes/day applies.
Sulphates (SO4--)
Closed cooling system : sulphates < 400 ppm
Open cooling system : sulphates < 150 ppm
Carbonate hardness
Closed cooling system : 50-1000 ppm CaCO3
Open cooling system : 50-500 ppm CaCO3
HCO3- / SO42- should be > 1
Ammonia
< 0.5 ppm
Copper
< 1 ppm
Iron and manganese

< 1 ppm
Organics
No algae
No oil
68 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Suspended solids
Non-soluble particles, size < 1 mm.
< 10 ppm
2920 1764 00 69
Instruction book
5 Operating instructions
5.1 Initial start-up
Warning
The operator must apply all relevant Safety precautions.
Switch off the voltage before making any adjustment.
Outdoor/altitude operation
If the compressor is installed outdoors or if the air inlet temperature can be below freezing point, precautions
must be taken. In this case, and also if operating at high altitude, consult Atlas Copco.
Moving/lifting
The compressor can be moved by a lift truck using the slots in the frame. Make sure that the forks protrude
from the other side of the frame. The compressor can also be lifted after inserting beams in the slots. Make
sure that the beams cannot slide and that they protrude from the frame equally. The chains must be held parallel
to the bodywork by chain spreaders in order not to damage the compressor. The lifting equipment must be
placed in such a way that the compressor is lifted perpendicularly. Lift gently and avoid twisting.
General preparations
Plugs to fill compressor elements of G 110 up to G 160 at initial start-up
70 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Step Action
1 Install the compressor, see the sections Dimension drawing, Installation proposal and
Electric cable size.
2 Stick labels near the control panel to warn the operator that:
• the compressor may start automatically after a voltage failure
• the compressor is automatically started and stopped
• the compressor may be remotely controlled
3 A number of VCI (Volatile Corrosion Inhibitor) plates are provided inside the bodywork to
protect the compressor against corrosion. Remove the plates.
4 Remove filler plugs (1).
Pour approx. 1 l (0.26 US gal/0.22 Imp gal ) of oil into the compressor elements.
Refit the plugs.
5 Check that the compressor is filled with oil; the pointer of the oil level indicator should be
in the green range (see the section Oil filter change).
Protection during transport
Transport fixtures for G Compressors
Step Action
1 The gear casing supports, motor support and air receiver supports are secured to the
frame, immobilizing the vibration dampers during transport.
2 Remove the bushes (1) from the gear casing supports and the motor support.
3 Remove the brackets fitted next to the air receiver supports.
2920 1764 00 71
Instruction book
Electric cabinet
Example of a cubicle with starter
Step Action
1 Check that the electrical connections correspond to the local codes.The installation must
be earthed and protected by fuses in all phases. An isolating switch must be fitted.
2 Check the wires on transformers (T1/T2) for correct connection.
3 Check the setting of the circuit breakers (see the section Settings of circuit breakers).
4 Check that overload relay (F21) is set for automatic resetting and check its setting (see
the section Settings for overload relay and fuses).
Water circuit
Step Action
1 Check that the cooling water drain valves (customer’s installation) in the inlet and outlet
lines are closed.
2 Check that the water shut-off valves (customer’s installation) are open.
3 Open the water regulating valve and check for water flow.
72 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
5.2 Before starting
Warning
If the water system was drained, make sure the drain valves are closed.
Control panel
Step Action
1 Switch on the voltage. Voltage on LED (6) lights up.
2 Close the condensate drain valves (see the section Cooling and condensate system).
3 Open the air outlet valve.
4 Check the oil level indicator (see the section Oil change). The pointer should be in the
green range or orange range.
5 On compressors with integrated dryer, check that the by-pass valve is closed and that the
inlet and outlet valves of the dryer are open (see the section Initial start-up).
Open the water shut-off valves and the water regulating valve.
5.3 Starting
Warning
2920 1764 00 73
Instruction book
Control panel
Control panel of MkIV regulator
Step Action
1 Press start button (1). The compressor starts running in unloaded condition. Automatic
operation LED (8) lights up.
2 Approx. 10 seconds later (programmable), the compressor starts running loaded. The
message on display (2) changes from “Automatically unloaded” to “Automatically loaded”.
3 On water-cooled compressors, regulate the cooling water flow with the compressor
running loaded. Adjust the water flow to obtain the most suitable air temperature at the
outlet of the compressor elements. The temperature must be between 2 and approx. 7 ˚C
(4 and approx. 13 ˚F) above the relevant temperature in the diagram.
74 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Reference Name
A Air inlet temperature in ˚C
B Condensation temperature in ˚C
C Effective working pressure in bar
D Relative air humidity in %
5.4 During operation
Warning
The operator should immediately stop the machine in case of oil leaks internally in the
machine as wel as externally and consult a competent technician to resolve the cause.
The machine should not be restarted before the problem has been remedied
Control panel
1. When the automatic operation LED (8) is lit, the starting and stopping of the motor is controlled
automatically.
2. Check the readings on display (2).
3. To unload the compressor manually, press the “Unload” key (5). To put the compressor back into automatic
operation, press the “Load” key (5).
4. On compressor, equipped with an OSD, regularly check that the vessel of the OSD is filled; if necessary,
gently top up with water to the level of the water outlet and re-install the cover. See section Initial start-
up.
If the compressor is stopped, it may start automatically.
2920 1764 00 75
Instruction book
5.5 Checking the display
Warning
Before carrying out any maintenance, repair work or adjustment, stop the compressor,
press the emergency stop button and switch off the voltage. Close the air outlet valve and
open the manual condensate drain valve.
Control panel
Step Action
1 Regularly check the display for readings and messages. Normally, the main display is
shown, indicating the compressor outlet pressure, the status of the compressor and the
functions of the keys below the display.
2 Always check the display and remedy the problem if alarm LED (7) is lit or flashing.
3 The display will show a service message if a service plan interval has been exceeded or
if a service level for a monitored component has been exceeded. Carry out the service
actions of the indicated service plans or replace the component and reset the relevant
timer.
4 Regularly check the actual compressor status by pressing the arrow down key from the
main screen.
Example of the main menu
“Status data”
“Measured Data”
“Counters”
“Mainscreen”
F1 F2 F3
Example of the main display

Main display of G compressors
76 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
“Compressor outlet” 7.5 bar
“Automatically loaded”
F1 F2 F3
5.6 Manual loading/unloading
Control panel
Control panel of Elektronikon MkIV regulator
Example of the main display

Main display of G compressors
“Compressor outlet” 7.5 bar (109 psi)

.
“Automatically loaded”
F1 F2 F3
Automatic operation
Normally, the compressor runs in automatic operation, i.e. the electronic regulator loads, unloads, stops and
restarts the compressor automatically. LED (8) is then lit.
Manually unloading
Press “Unload” key (F3), LED (8) goes out. The message “Manually Unloaded” appears on the display. The
compressor remains running unloaded unless it is loaded again manually.
2920 1764 00 77
Instruction book
Manually loading
Press “Load” key (F3), LED (8) lights up. The command “Load” does not force the compressor into loaded
condition, but it will switch the compressor to automatic operation again; the compressor will be loaded if
the air net pressure drops below the programmed level.
5.7 Stopping
Important
After pressing stop button (9), the compressor will run unloaded for 30 seconds. The
compressor stops after this period. A start command during this period is ignored.
After stopping, the compressor is prevented from restarting within a programmable time
(20 seconds). A start command given during this minimum stop time will be memorized;
the automatic operation LED lights up. The compressor will start when the minimum stop
time has elapsed.
Control panel
Control panel of Elektronikon MkIV regulator
Reference Name
1 Press stop button (9). LED (8) goes out. The message “Programmed stop” appears. The
compressor runs unloaded for 30 seconds and then stops.
2 To stop the compressor in the event of an emergency, press button (S2). Alarm LED (7)
blinks. After remedying the fault, unlock the button by pulling it out
3 Close the air outlet valve.
4 Open the condensate drain valves.
For compressors equipped with electronic water drains, press the test buttons on top of
the electronic drains until the air system between the air receiver and the outlet valve is
fully depressurized.
5 Switch off the voltage.
6 On water-cooled compressors, close the water shut-off valves.
78 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Reference Name
7 On water-cooled compressors, if the compressor is installed in a room where freezing
temperatures are expected, drain the cooling system by opening the drain valves in the
water inlet and outlet pipes (customer's installation).
5.8 Taking out of operation
Disconnecting the compressor

At the end of the service life of the compressor, proceed as follows:
Step Action
1 Stop the compressor and close the air outlet valve.
2 Switch off the voltage and disconnect the compressor from the mains.
3 Depressurize the compressor by opening the drain valve and loosening the oil filler plug
one turn.
For compressors equipped with electronic water drains, press the test buttons on top of
the electronic drains until the air system between the air receiver and the outlet valve is
fully depressurized.
4 Shut off and depressurize the part of the air net which is connected to the outlet valve.
Disconnect the compressor air outlet pipe from the air net.
5 Drain the oil and condensate circuits.
On water-cooled compressors, drain the water circuits.
6 Disconnect the compressor condensate piping from the condensate drain net.
7 On water-cooled compressors, disconnect the cooling water pipes from the compressor.
2920 1764 00 79
Instruction book
6 Maintenance
6.1 Preventive maintenance schedule
Warning
Before carrying out any maintenance, repair work or adjustment, proceed

as follows:
• Stop the compressor.
• Press emergency stop button (S2).
• Close the air outlet valve and open the manual condensate drain valves.
• For compressors equipped with electronic water drains, press the test
buttons on top of the electronic drains until the air system between the air
receiver and the outlet valve is fully depressurized.
• Switch off the voltage.
• Open and lock the isolating switch.
Warranty - Product Liability

Use only authorized parts. Any damage or malfunction caused by the use of unauthorized parts is not covered
by Warranty or Product Liability.
General
When servicing, replace all removed gaskets, O-rings and washers.
Preventive maintenance schedule
Period Running hours Operation

Daily 8 Check readings on display.
Daily 8 Check that condensate is discharged during loading.
Daily 8 Check oil level. Before starting, the level should be in the middle of the
sight-glass.
Weekly 50 On compressors equipped with an OSD, check the oil level in the oil
collectors. If necessary, empty the collectors and take the oil to the
local collection service. Keep the covers of the vessels in place to
prevent possible evaporation.
3-Monthly -- On compressors equipped with an OSD, remove, dismantle and clean
the float valve of the condensate traps.
3-Monthly -- Clean compressor.
3-Monthly -- Check for possible leaks.
3-Monthly 500 Check the coolers; clean them if necessary. See the section Coolers.
3-Monthly -- Remove air filter elements and inspect
Yearly -- Have safety valve tested
Yearly -- Have all flexibles inspected
80 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Period Running hours Operation

Yearly 4000 Replace oil filters
Yearly 6000 If Roto-Xtend Duty Fluid is used, change oil
2-Yearly 8000 Have oil separator element replaced
When displayed -- Carry out service action according to the displayed service plans.
When operating in a dusty atmosphere, inspect the air filters more frequently.
Use always Atlas Copco filters.
The separator element must also be replaced when the pressure difference over the element
exceeds 0.8 bar (12 psi). Check the pressure drop when the compressor is running loaded
and preferably with a stable working pressure.
Damaged flexibles must be replaced immediately.
Service agreements
Atlas Copco Customer Centres have a range of service agreements to suit your needs:
• An Inspection Plan
• A Preventive Maintenance Plan
• A Total Responsibility Plan
Contact your Customer Centre to set up a tailor-made service agreement. It will ensure optimum operational
efficiency, minimize downtime and reduce the total life cycle costs.
Service plan
A number of service operations are grouped (called Level A, Level B, Level C...). Each level stands for a
number of service actions to be carried out at the time intervals programmed in the Elektronikon regulator.
When a level is reached, a message will appear on the screen. After carrying out all service actions, the interval
timers must be reset using the “Reset” key in the “Service” menu. Consult your Atlas Copco Service Centre.
6.2 Motors
Warning
Stop the compressor and switch off the voltage. The operator must apply all relevant Safety
precautions.
Never mix greases of different brands or types.
Fan motors
The bearings of the fan motors are greased for life. The bearings of the fan motor must be replaced after 25000
operating hours.
Drive motor
Motors must be greased with Polyrex EM
2920 1764 00 81
Instruction book
Compressor type Interval Amount

G 110 4000 h 45 gr (1.57 oz)
G 132 4000 h 45 gr (1.57 oz)
G 160 4000 h 45 gr (1.57 oz)
6.3 Oil specifications
Atlas Copco Roto-Xtend Duty Fluid

Atlas Copco Roto-Xtend Duty Fluid is a high-quality lubricant for single-stage, oil-injected rotary screw
compressors. (see section Service kits).
Important
Never mix oils of different brands or types.
6.4 Oil change
Warning
Control panel
82 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Vent, filler and drain plugs
Oil drain plugs on G 110 up to G 160 compressor elements
Vent, filler and drain plugs on air-cooled G 110 up to G 160 compressors
2920 1764 00 83
Instruction book
Filler and drain plugs on water-cooled G 110 up to G 160 compressors
Procedure
Step Action
1 Run the compressor until warm. Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch
off the voltage. Wait a few minutes and depressurize by unscrewing plug (8) only one turn
to permit any pressure in the system to escape.
2 Loosen the vent plugs on top of the oil coolers.
3 Drain the oil by removing the drain plugs.
Plugs are fitted on the:
• Air receiver (6)
• Oil stop valve (4)
• Check valve (5)
• Gearbox (3)
• Oil coolers (9) of air-cooled compressors
• Flexible between the oil filter housing and oil coolers of water-cooled compressors
Tighten the plugs after draining.
4 Remove filler plug (8). Fill the air receiver with oil until the level reaches the filler opening.
Refit and tighten plug (8)
Tighten the vent plug of the oil cooler.
5 Run the compressor loaded for a few minutes to allow the oil cooler by-pass valve to open.
Stop the compressor and wait a few minutes.
6 Depressurize the system by unscrewing plug (8) only one turn to permit any pressure in
the system to escape. Remove the plug. Fill the air receiver with oil until the level reaches
the filler opening. Tighten filler plug (8).
84 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Step Action
7 After carrying out all service actions in the relevant “Service Plan”, reset the service
warning as follows:
• Press the “Menu” key (3).
• Press key (1) until “Service” is followed by an arrow pointing to the right. Activate the
menu by pressing key (2).
• Press key (1) until the related “Service Plan” is followed by an arrow pointing to the
right and activate by pressing key (2).
• Press the “Reset” key (3); the timer is reset to 0.
6.5 Oil filter change
Warning
precautions.
Control panel
Control panel, MkIV regulator
2920 1764 00 85
Instruction book
Position of oil filters
Position of oil filter on G 110 up to G 160
Procedure
Step Action
1 Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve and switch off the voltage. Wait a few
minutes and depressurize by unscrewing plug (4) only one turn to permit any pressure in
the system to escape.
2 Use an oil pan to avoid possible oil spillage. Unscrew oil filters (3) only one turn and wait
a few minutes to let the oil of the filter flow back into the oil separator. Remove the oil filters.
3 Clean the filter seats on the manifold. Oil the gaskets of the new filters and screw the filters
into place until the gaskets contact their seats. Then tighten by hand.
4 Tighten plug (4).
5 Reset the message and service timer:
• Press key (1) until “Oil filter” is followed by an arrow pointing to the right. Activate the
86 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
6.6 Storage after installation
Procedure
Run the compressor, e.g. twice a week, until warm. Load and unload the compressor a few times to operate
the components of the unloading/loading system.
If the compressor is going to be stored without running from time to time, protective
measures must be taken. Consult the Atlas Copco Customer Centre.
6.7 Service kits
General
Service kits comprise all parts needed for servicing components and offer the benefits of genuine Atlas Copco
parts while keeping the maintenance budget low. All service kits are indicated in the relevant Parts Lists.
Atlas Copco Roto-Xtend Duty Fluid

HD Roto-Xtend Duty Fluid can be ordered in the following quantities:
• 5-litre can: 2901 1700 00
• 20-litre can: 2901 1701 00
• 209-litre drum: 2901 1702 00
See Oil specifications.
2920 1764 00 87
Instruction book
7 Adjustments and servicing procedures
7.1 Air filters
Warning
Stop the compressor, close the air outlet valve, press the emergency stop button and
switch off the voltage. The operator must apply all relevant Safety precautions.
Position of air filters
Air filters, G 110 up to G 160
88 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Procedure
Step Action
1 Remove the filter elements.
2 Fit the new filter elements.
3 Reset the message and service timer:
• Press key (1) until “Air filters” is followed by an arrow pointing to the right. Activate the
• Press “Reset” key (3); the timer is reset to 0.
7.2 Coolers
Warning
Stop the compressor, press the emergency stop button and switch off the voltage. The
operator must apply all relevant Safety precautions.
2920 1764 00 89
Instruction book
Procedure
Cooler block of air-cooled G 110 up to G 160
Cooler block of water-cooled G 110 up to G 160
Keep the cooler block clean to maintain the cooling efficiency.

On air-cooled compressors proceed as follows:
90 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
Step Action
1 Unscrew bolts (1) and rotate the fan away from the cooler block.
2 Remove any dirt form the coolers with a fibre brush, brush in the direction of the fins. Also
remove any dirt from the fans.
3 Clean the coolers with an air jet in the reverse direction to normal flow. Use low pressure
air; if necessary, the pressure may be increased up to 6 bar (e) (87 psig).
4 If it is necessary to clean the coolers with a cleaning agent, consult Atlas Copco.
5 Reposition and fix the fan. Make sure that the fan rotates freely.
On water-cooled compressors, consult the Atlas Copco Customer Centre if it is necessary to clean the coolers.
7.3 Safety valve
Warning
precautions.
Never run the compressor without safety valves.

No adjustments are allowed.
Testing
Location of safety valve on air-cooled G 110 up to G 160
2920 1764 00 91
Instruction book
Location of safety valve on water-cooled G 110 up to G 160
The valve can be tested on a separate compressed air line.

Consult the Atlas Copco Customer Centre if the valve does not open at the correct pressure (see the section
Settings of safety valve).
92 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
8 Problem solving
8.1 Problem solving
Warning
Before carrying out any maintenance, repair work or adjustment, stop the compressor,
press the emergency stop button and switch off the voltage. Close the air outlet valve and
open the manual condensate drain valves.
Open and lock the isolating switch.
Control panel
Faults and remedies
A service message appears on the display

Stop the compressor and carry out the indicated service actions.
Reset the message:
• Press key (1) until “Service” is followed by an arrow pointing to the right. Activate the menu by pressing
key (2).
A shut-down warning message appears on the display

The alarm LED will light up indicating that the temperature at the outlet of the compressor elements is too
high. The message disappears as soon as the cause of the problem is remedied.
2920 1764 00 93
Instruction book
Unit is shut down

The alarm LED will flash indicating either that the outlet temperature is too high or that the motor overload
relay has tripped. Remedy the problem. It may be necessary to reset the display after remedying the fault:
press the “Reset” key (2), the message “All protection functions are OK” will appear, after which the
compressor can be restarted.
Condition Fault Remedy

Condensate is not discharged from Discharge pipe of condensate trap Check and correct as necessary.
condensate traps during loading. clogged.
Float valve of condensate traps Remove float valve assembly,
malfunctioning. clean and check.
EWD (electronic water drain) Consult Atlas Copco.
malfunctioning.

Compressor air delivery or pressure Air consumption exceeds air Check equipment connected.
below normal. delivery of compressor.
Choked air filters. Replace filters.
Air leakage. Check and correct.

Compressor element outlet Oil level too low. Check and correct.
temperature or delivery air
temperature above normal.
Oil coolers clogged. Consult the section Coolers.
Air cooler clogged. Consult the section Coolers.
On air-cooled compressors, Check and correct as necessary.
insufficient cooling air or cooling
air temperature too high.
On water-cooled compressors, Increase flow.
cooling water flow too low.
On water-cooled compressors, Consult Atlas Copco Customer
restriction in cooling water system. Centre.

Turbulence in separator vessel of oil/ Discharge pipe of condensate trap Check and correct as necessary.
water separator (OSD). clogged.
Float valve of condensate traps Remove float valve assembly,
malfunctioning. clean and check.

Condensate is not discharged Strainer/restrictors at the inlets of Clean the strainer/restrictors.
through OSD outlets. the separator vessels clogged. Consult Atlas Copco.
Flexibles between condensate Replace flexibles.
traps and OSD clogged.
94 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
9 Technical data
9.1 Readings on display
Important
The readings are valid when operating under reference conditions. See the section
Reference conditions.
Normally the main display is shown (see the section Function keys), indicating the
actual air outlet pressure and the actual compressor status. The arrow down key
allows the operator to call up other information such as actually measured
pressures and temperatures.
Important readings
Compressor outlet pressure bar(e) (psig) Depends on programmed

unloading and loading
pressures
Pressure drop over air filters bar Below 0.05
Pressure drop over air filters psi Below 0.73
Pressure difference over oil separator bar Below 0.8
Pressure difference over oil separator psi Below 12
Oil injection pressure at the compressor elements bar(e) (psig) Depends on programmed
unloading and loading
pressures
Compressor outlet temperature, air-cooled Pack compressors ˚C Approx. 29
Compressor outlet temperature, air-cooled Pack compressors ˚F Approx. 84
Compressor outlet temperature, water-cooled Pack ˚C Approx. 25
Compressor outlet temperature, water-cooled Pack ˚F Approx. 77
Compressor element outlet temperature ˚C Between 55 and 100
Compressor element outlet temperature ˚F Between 131 and 212
Cooling air inlet temperature ˚C Below 40
Cooling air inlet temperature ˚F Below 104
Cooling water temperature ˚C Below 50
Cooling water temperature ˚F Below 122
9.2 Reference conditions
Reference conditions
Absolute inlet pressure bar(a) 1

Absolute inlet pressure psi 14.5
2920 1764 00 95
Instruction book
Relative air humidity % 0

Air inlet temperature ˚C 20
Air inlet temperature ˚F 68
Nominal working pressure See Compressor data
Cooling water inlet temperature ˚C 20
Cooling water inlet temperature ˚F 68
9.3 Limits
Limits
Maximum air inlet/ambient temperature ˚C 46

Maximum air inlet/ambient temperature ˚F 115
Minimum air inlet/ambient temperature ˚C 0
Minimum air inletambient temperature ˚F 32
Maximum cooling air temperature ˚C 40
Maximum cooling air temperature ˚F 104
Minimum cooling air temperature ˚C 0
Minimum cooling air temperature ˚F 32
Maximum working pressure See section Compressor
data
Maximum cooling water inlet temperature ˚C 40
Maximum cooling water inlet temperature ˚F 104
Maximum cooling water outlet temperature (open systems) ˚C 50
Maximum cooling water outlet temperature (open systems) ˚F 122
Maximum cooling water outlet temperature (recirculating ˚C 60
systems)
Maximum cooling water outlet temperature (recirculating ˚F 140
systems)
Maximum cooling water inlet pressure bar(e) 10
Maximum cooling water inlet pressure psig 145
9.4 Settings of safety valve
Compressor type Setting

For G compressors with a maximum working pressure of 7.5, 8.5,10 or 14 bar 15 bar (e)
For G compressors with an effective working pressure of 6.9, 8.6, 10.4 or 13.8 bar 15 bar (e)
For G compressors with a maximum working pressure of 100, 125,150 or 200 psi 218 psig
96 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
9.5 Settings for overload relay and fuses
50 Hz IEC compressors
G 110 up to G 160
Compressor Supply Overload relay Fuses Class gL/ Fuses Class gL/
type voltage (V) (A) gG (Type 2) (A) gG (Type 2) (A)
2X3 fuses 3 fuses
2X3 cables to 2X3 cables to
contactor* contactor*
G 110 A 400 134 200 250
G 110 W 400 134 200 250
G 132 A 400 161 250 315
G 132 W 400 161 250 315
G 160 A 400 194 315 315
G 160 W 400 194 315 315
*The data are based on a cable length < 150 m. See Cable size. If the cable length exceeds 150 m, please
check again.
60 Hz CSA/UL compressors
G 110 up to G 160
Compressor Supply Overload relay Fuses CSA HRC Fuses UL Class

type voltage (V) (A) UL Class 5 (A) K5 (A)
2x3 fuses 3 fuses
2x3 cables to 2x3 cables to
contactor contactor
G 110 A 460 116 200 275
G 110 W 460 116 175 250
G 132 A 460 137 250 --
G 132 W 460 137 200 300
G 160 A 460 166 275 --
G 160 W 460 166 250 --
9.6 Settings of circuit breakers
For cooler cooling fan (air-cooled 50 Hz)
Compressor type Supply voltage (V) Circuit breakers Setting (A)

G 110 400 Q25/Q26 7.5
G 132 400 Q25/Q26 7.5
G 160 400 Q25/Q26 9.0
2920 1764 00 97
Instruction book
For cooler cooling fan (air-cooled 60 Hz)

G 110 460 Q25/Q26 7.5
G 132 460 Q25/Q26 7.5
G 160 460 Q25/Q26 7.5
For bodywork ventilation fan (water-cooled 50 Hz)

G 110 400 Q25 1.7
G 132 400 Q25 1.7
G 160 400 Q25 1.7
For bodywork ventilation fan (water-cooled 60 Hz)

G 110 460 Q25 1.6
G 132 460 Q25 1.6
G 160 460 Q25 1.6
For control circuit (50 Hz)
Compressor type Supply Circuit Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer

voltage (V) breakers T1 T1 T1 T1
250 VA 400 VA 630 VA 800 VA
G 110 400 Q1 0.8 1.2 1.9 2.4
G 132 400 Q1 0.8 1.2 1.9 2.4
G 160 400 Q1 0.8 1.2 1.9 2.4
For control circuit (60 Hz)
Compressor type Supply Circuit Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer

voltage (V) breakers T1 T1 T1 T1
250 VA 400 VA 630 VA 800 VA
G 110 460 Q1 0.8 1.2 1.9 2.4
G 132 460 Q1 0.8 1.2 1.9 2.4
G 160 460 Q1 0.8 1.2 1.9 2.4
98 2920 1764 00
Instruction book
9.7 Compressor data
Data for 7.5 bar (109 psi) 50 Hz compressors
Units G 110 G 132 G 160

Maximum working pressure, G Pack bar(e) 7.5 7.5 7.5
Maximum working pressure, G Pack psig 109 109 109
Nominal working pressure bar(e) 7.0 7.0 7.0
Nominal working pressure psig 102 102 102
Motor shaft speed r/min 1485 1485 1485
Power input, G Pack kW 124 146 189
Power input, G Pack hp 166 196 253
Power input, G W Pack kW 121 141 183
Power input, G W Pack hp 162 189 245
Oil capacity, G l 70 80 90
Oil capacity, G US gal 18.5 21.1 23.8
Oil capacity, G Imp gal 15.4 17.6 19.8
Oil capacity, G cu.ft 2.47 2.83 3.18
Oil capacity, G W l 58 78 78
Oil capacity, G W US gal 15.3 20.6 20.6
Oil capacity, G W Imp gal 12.8 17.1 17.1
Oil capacity, G W cu.ft 2.04 2.75 2.75
Sound pressure level, G* dB(A) 75 75 75
Sound pressure level, G W* dB(A) 74 74 74
Maximum cooling water flow l/s 2.5 3.0 3.6
Maximum cooling water flow cfm 5.3 6.4 7.6
Minimum cooling water flow l/s 0.8 0.9 1.1
Minimum cooling water flow cfm 1.7 1.9 2.3
Units G 110 G 132 G 160

2920 1764 00 99
Instruction book
Units G 110 G 132 G 160

Data for 10 bar (145 psi) 50 Hz compressors
Units G 110 G 132 G 160

Maximum working pressure, G Pack bar(e) 10 10 10
100 2920 1764 00

Instruction book
Data for 14 bar (203 psi) 50 Hz compressors
Units G 110 G 132 G 160

Maximum working pressure, G Pack bar(e) 14 14 14
Units G 110 G 132 G 160

2920 1764 00 101

Instruction book
Units G 110 G 132 G 160

Units G 110 G 132 G 160

102 2920 1764 00

Instruction book
Units G 110 G 132 G 160

Units G 110 G 132 G 160

2920 1764 00 103

Instruction book
Units G 110 G 132 G 160

*The A-weighted emission sound pressure level is measured according to the standard EN ISO 2151:2004
104 2920 1764 00

Instruction book
10 Pressure equipment directives
PED instructions G 110 up to G 160

Product : G 110-160
This machine is a pressure assembly of cat. IV according to 97/23/EC.
Parts of article 3.3 of 97/23/EC are subject to good engineering practice.
Parts of category I according to 97/23/EC are integrated into the machine and fall under the exclusion of article
I, section 3.6.
The following pressure bearing parts are of category higher than I :
Oil separator vessel : Cat IV
For G 110: design pressure 15 bar(e), content 147 l
For G 132 and G 160: design pressure 15 bar(e), content 189 l
Design standard : ASME section VIII div. 1.
Safety valve : Cat IV, is designed according AD-Merkblätter, A2
Safety Standard : EN1012
2920 1764 00 105

Instruction book
11 Documentation
Declaration of conformity
Typical example of a Declaration of Conformity document
106 2920 1764 00

What sets Atlas Copco apart as a company is our conviction that
we can only excel in what we do if we provide the best possible
know-how and technology to really help our customers produce,
grow and succeed.
There is a unique way of achieving that - we simply call it the Atlas
Copco way. It builds on interaction, on long-term relationships
and involvement in the customers’ process, needs and objectives.
It means having the flexibility to adapt to the diverse demands of
the people we cater for.
It’s the commitment to our customers’ business that drives our
effort towards increasing their productivity through better
solutions. It starts with fully supporting existing products and
continuously doing things better, but it goes much further, creating
advances in technology through innovation. Not for the sake of
technology, but for the sake of our customer’s bottom line and
peace-of-mind.
That is how Atlas Copco will strive to remain the first choice, to
succeed in attracting new business and to maintain our position
as the industry leader.
No. 2920 1764 00 / 2010 - 08

Atlas Copco Stationary Air Compressors
G 110 - G 132 - G 160 UL/CE
G 110W - G 132W - G 160W UL/CE
Parts list
• Copyright 2014, Atlas Copco Airpower n.v., Antwerp, Belgium.

This applies in particular to trademarks, model denominations, part numbers and
drawings.
• Use only authorized parts. Any damage or malfunction caused by the use
of unauthorized parts is not covered by Warranty or Product Liability.
No.9829 3083 21
Ed.
Registration code : APC GA>90
2014-12 www.atlascopco.com
Parts list
Contents Indice
Inhoud Innholdsfortegnelse
Innehåll Indice
Inhaltsverzeichnis Indholdsfortegnelse
Table des matières Sisällysluettelo
Indice
1 Gears - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160 ........................................ 8

Air inlet .............................................................................. 9
Element and connections - G 110, G 132/14 .......................
Element and connections - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160 ......... 2
Unloader - G 110, G 132/14 ............................................ 10
Gearbox - G 110, G 132/14 ................................................... 3
Unloader - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160 ............................... 11
Gearbox - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160 .................................... 4
Air receiver ................................................................... 12
Valves on elements - G 110, G 132/14 ................................. 5
Valves on elements - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160 .................. 6

Air and oil system
- C 146 ....................................................................... 13
Gears - G 110, G 132/14 ....................................................... 7 - C 190 ....................................................................... 14
2 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Contents Indice
Inhoud Innholdsfortegnelse
Innehåll Indice
Inhaltsverzeichnis Indholdsfortegnelse
Table des matières Sisällysluettelo
Indice
15
Air oulet ........................................................................
Regulating system - G 110, G 132/14 ............................. 22
Regulating system - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160 .............. 23
Coolers
- Aircooled ................................................................ 16
- Watercooled - G 110 ................................................ 17 Drain system ................................................................. 24
- Watercooled - G 132, G 160 ..................................... 18 Bodywork

- Aircooled ................................................................ 25
Fan and cooling duct plates - Aircooled - G 110 .......... 19 - Watercooled ............................................................ 26
Fan and cooling duct plates - Aircooled - G 132, G 160 20 Cubicle box ................................................................... 27
Frame and motor ........................................................... 21 Control panel ................................................................ 28
9829 3083 21 3
Parts list
4 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Element and connections - G 110, G 132/14

1
Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks
1010 1616 7409 80 1 Service stage 1130 0686 3716 01 1 Plug

1020 0508 1158 01 1 Bearing 1140 0147 1365 03 3 Hexagon bolt
1030 0335 2160 00 1 Int.circlip 1150 0147 1366 03 3 Hexagon bolt
1040 1623 1476 00 1 Spacer 1160 0211 1366 03 2 Sock screw
1050 0337 0009 77 1 Key parallel 1170 0663 2107 37 1 O-ring
1060 1623 0367 00 1 Washer 1180 0147 1363 03 4 Hexagon bolt
1070 0211 1409 00 1 Screw 1190 0301 2344 00 4 Washer
1080 0663 2109 78 1 O-ring 1210 0663 7138 00 1 O-ring
1090 0663 2111 46 1 O-ring 1220 0147 1363 03 2 Hexagon bolt
1100 0101 1626 00 2 Pin 1230 1619 6032 00 5 Nipple
1120 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer 1240 1079 5840 15 1 Nipple
9829 3083 21 5
Parts list
6 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Element and connections - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160

2
1010 1616 7345 80 1 Service stage 1110 0101 1626 00 2 Pin

1030 0508 1158 01 1 Bearing 1140 0686 6123 00 1 Plug
1040 0335 2160 00 1 Int.circlip 1150 0147 1405 03 15 Hexagon bolt
1050 1621 7324 00 1 Bushing 1160 0663 2114 23 1 O-ring
1060 1621 7326 00 1 Bushing 1170 0663 2108 13 1 O-ring
1070 0337 8350 00 1 Parallel key 1180 0301 2358 00 6 Washer
1080 1623 0075 00 1 Washer 1190 0211 1102 20 6 Screw
1090 0147 1409 03 1 Hexagon bolt 1210 1619 6032 00 3 Nipple
1100 0663 2114 07 1 O-ring
9829 3083 21 7
Parts list
8 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Gearbox - G 110, G 132/14

3
Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks

Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks
1 010 Gear box
1621 7939 00 1 G 110, G132/14 1140 0663 2107 76 1 O-ring
1020 0661 1000 27 1 Seal washer 1150 0147 1366 03 4 Hexagon bolt
1030 1623 0972 00 1 Shaft 1160 0337 0009 91 1 Key parallel
1040 1621 7386 00 1 Spacer 1170 0147 1557 03 8 Hexagon bolt
1050 0337 0009 74 1 Key parallel 1180 1092 0020 33 2 Support
1060 1621 7387 00 1 Cover 1190 0147 1400 03 4 Hexagon bolt
1070 0211 1325 00 4 Hex sock. Screw 1200 0301 2358 00 4 Washer
1080 0504 0110 01 1 Bearing 1210 0147 1401 03 6 Hexagon bolt
1100 1616 5519 00 1 Bushing 1230 0333 3244 00 1 Lock washer
1110 1623 0611 00 1 Bushing 1240 0574 8235 32 1 Hose assembly
1120 1616 5515 00 1 Retainer 1250 1079 5840 15 1 Nipple
1130 1621 4840 00 1 Seal 1260 1614 9252 00 1 Plug
1270 0266 2116 00 8 Nut
9829 3083 21 9
Parts list
10 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Gearbox - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160

4
1010 1 Gearbox 1621 2221 00 G 160 7.4/9.1

1621 7397 01 G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, 1100 1616 5515 00 1 Retainer
G 160/10.9/14 1110 1621 4840 00 1 Seal
1621 7335 01 G 160/10.9/14 1120 0663 2107 76 1 O-ring
1130 0147 1366 03 4 Hexagon bolt
1020 0661 1000 27 1 Seal washer
1030 1623 3920 00 1 Shaft 1170 0337 0009 91 1 Key parallel
1040 0211 1480 00 8 Hex.Sock.Screw 1180 0147 1411 03 2 Hexagon bolt
1190 1088 0019 02 2 Washer
1060 1 Bearing 1200 0147 1479 03 1 Hexagon bolt
0504 0110 01 1 G 132,G 160/10.1/14 1210 1619 6032 00 1 Plug
0506 0100 08 1 G 160 7.4/9.1 1220 1202 6668 07 2 Spacer
1070 1 Washer 1230 0333 3244 00 1 Lock washer
1616 5518 00 G 132,G 160/10.1/14 1240 0266 2116 00 8 Nut
1623 2222 00 G 160 7.4/9.1 1250 0211 1480 00 8 Hex. Sock. Screw
1080 1616 5519 00 1 Bushing 1260 0574 8235 32 1 Hose assembly
1090 1 Bushing 1270 1079 5840 15 1 Nipple
1623 0611 00 G 132,G 160/10.1/14 1280 1614 9252 00 1 Plug
9829 3083 21 11
Parts list
12 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Valves on element - G 110, G132/14

5
1010 1622 0795 00 1 Valve housing 1090 1622 5662 00 1 Spring

1020 1622 0977 00 1 Gasket 1100 0661 1000 44 1 Seal washer
1030 1622 9639 00 1 Check valve 1110 1623 0798 00 1 Nipple
1040 1622 0796 00 1 Spring 1120 0686 3716 01 1 Plug
1050 1622 1041 00 1 Piston 1130 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer
1070 0686 3716 07 1 Plug 1150 0661 1000 27 1 Seal washer
1080 1623 1362 00 1 Valve oil stop 1160 0211 1964 75 4 Hex. Sock. Screw
9829 3083 21 13
Parts list
14 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Valves on element - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160

6
1010 1623 0385 00 1 Valve check 1140 0147 1413 03 2 Hexagon bolt
1020 2254 8075 00 1 Compr.spring 1150 2255 2813 00 1 Piston
1030 1623 1354 00 1 Valve stop 1160 0686 3716 01 1 Plug
1040 1623 1767 00 1 Spring 1170 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer
1050 2252 6269 00 1 Spring guide 1180 0686 3716 10 1 Plug
1060 0335 2145 00 1 Int.circlip 1190 0661 1000 32 1 Seal washer
1070 0663 2108 12 2 O-ring 1200 0686 6441 00 1 Plug
1080 0663 2106 20 1 O-ring 1210 0686 3101 00 1 Plug
1090 0663 2106 15 1 O-ring 1220 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer
1100 0663 3116 00 1 O-ring 1230 1619 5205 00 1 Nipple
1110 0301 2358 00 4 Washer 1240 0575 0401 39 1 Flexible
1120 0147 1421 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1250 1623 3082 00 1 Nozzle
1130 0301 2358 00 2 Washer
9829 3083 21 15
Parts list
16 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Gears - G 110, G 132/14

7
G 110 - 7.4bar(e) 1020 1623 4071 00 1 Gear

1010 1623 4060 00 1 Gear
1020 1623 4059 00 1 Gear G 110 - 14bar(e)
1010 1623 4074 00 1 Gear
G 110 - 9.1bar(e) 1020 1623 4073 00 1 Gear
1010 1623 4069 00 1 Gear
1020 1623 4068 00 1 Gear G 132 - 14bar(e)
1010 1623 4072 00 1 Gear
G 110 - 10.9bar(e) 1020 1623 4071 00 1 Gear
1010 1623 4072 00 1 Gear
9829 3083 21 17
Parts list
18 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Gears - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160

8
G 132 - 7.4bar(e) 1020 1623 3948 00 1 Gear

1010 1623 3954 00 1 Gear
1020 1623 3953 00 1 Gear G 160 - 9.1bar(e)
1010 1623 3952 00 1 Gear
G 132 - 9.1bar(e) 1020 1623 3951 00 1 Gear
1010 1623 3977 00 1 Gear
1020 1623 3976 00 1 Gear G 160 - 10.9bar(e)
1010 1623 3954 00 1 Gear
G 132 - 10.9bar(e) 1020 1623 3953 00 1 Gear
1010 1623 4088 00 1 Gear
1020 1623 7087 00 1 Gear G 160 - 14bar(e)
1010 1623 3953 00 1 Gear
G 160 - 7.4bar(e) 1020 1623 3952 00 1 Gear
1010 1623 3949 00 1 Gear
9829 3083 21 19
Parts list
20 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Air inlet
9
1020 1616 2987 00 8 Plug 1120 0147 1326 03 2 Hexagon bolt

1030 1621 5012 00 2 Support 1130 0266 2110 00 2 Nut
1040 1079 1472 06 8 Hexagon bolt 1140 1079 1472 06 1 Hexagon bolt
1050 0147 1362 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1150 0346 1000 26 2 Pipe clamp
1060 0301 2344 00 4 Washer 1160 1621 5305 00 1 Support
1070 1 Hose 1170 1079 1472 06 1 Hexagon bolt
1092 0030 27 G 110 1180 1 Support
1092 0035 05 G 132,G 160 1614 9772 00 Watercooled
1080 1092 0002 55 1 Hose clamp 1621 7377 80 1 Air filter
1090 0347 6100 43 1 Hose clip 2010 1621 7376 00 • 1 Air filter
1100 1614 9625 00 1 Support 2020 1621 7377 00 • 1 Housing
1110 1621 5690 00 1 Support
9829 3083 21 21
Parts list
10
22 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Unloader - G 110, G 132/14

10
1623 1786 80 1 Unloader assy 1080 1622 3687 00 • 1 Piston
1010 1622 3778 00 • 1 Housing 1090 1622 3689 00 • 1 Guidance tape
1020 1622 3688 00 • 1 Rod 1100 0261 1099 32 • 1 Nut
1030 0335 2182 00 • 1 Int.circlip 1110 1622 3182 00 • 1 Guide
1040 0663 7151 00 • 1 O-ring 1120 1622 3183 00 • 1 Seal
1050 1622 3691 00 • 1 Quadring c146 1130 1622 3184 00 • 1 Bushing
1060 1622 3690 00 • 1 Bushing 1140 1622 3185 00 • 1 Spring
1070 1623 1785 00 • 1 Valve 1150 1622 3649 00 • 1 Cover
9829 3083 21 23
Parts list
11
24 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Unloader - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160

11
1623 0794 80 1 Housing valve 1100 1623 0796 00 • 1 Cover valve

1010 1623 0794 00 • 1 Housing valve 1110 0661 1000 29 • 1 Seal washer
1020 1623 0904 00 • 1 Bushing 1120 0686 3716 35 • 1 Plug
1030 1623 0335 00 • 1 Valve regulator 1130 0301 2358 00 • 8 Washer
1040 0663 2114 22 • 1 O-ring 1140 0147 1403 03 • 8 Hexagon bolt
1050 1623 0508 00 • 1 Rod 1150 0517 1424 00 • 1 Bearing ball
1060 1623 0540 00 • 1 Tape 1160 1623 0881 00 • 1 Pin
1070 1623 0334 00 • 1 Piston 1170 0663 2111 66 • 1 O-ring
1080 1623 0539 00 • 1 Seal 1180 0335 2126 00 • 1 Circlip
1090 0663 2109 49 • 1 O-ring
9829 3083 21 25
Parts list
12
26 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Air receiver
12
1614 6478 80 1 Min. Press valve 5150 1 Bushing

2010 9125 7289 00 • 1 Set screw 1614 9090 00 G 110
2020 0147 1365 03 • 6 Hexagon bolt 1614 9094 00 G 132, G 160
2030 0147 1958 97 • 2 Hexagon bolt 5160 1 Scavenge line
2040 0301 2335 00 • 2 Washer 1614 9142 00 G 110
2050 0663 2106 58 • 1 O-ring 1614 9141 00 G 132, G 160
2060 0665 0701 39 • 1 Back-up ring 5170 1614 9146 00 1 Plug
2070 1614 6477 00 • 1 Sleeve 5180 1614 9184 00 1 Level gauge
2080 1614 6478 00 • 1 Cover 5190 1 Shield
2090 1621 4977 00 • 1 Piston 1614 9223 00 G 110
2100 1614 6957 00 • 1 Washer 1092 0041 97 G 132, G 160
2110 1623 2037 00 • 1 Shaft 5200 1621 9144 00 1 Hose assembly
2120 2253 1860 00 • 1 Spring 5210 2250 2528 00 1 Plug
2130 1621 4975 00 • 1 Ring 5220 0663 2106 20 1 O-ring
2140 1621 4976 00 • 1 Nut
Air receiver Safety valve
1092 0033 01 1 Vessel G 110, G 132/9.1/10.9/14
3010 • 1 Asme vessel G 160 10.9/14
1092 0024 02 G 110 6010 0830 1008 95 1 Safety valve
1092 0024 03 G 132, G 160 6020 0603 4106 03 1 Nipple
3020 0147 1555 03 • 15 Hexagon bolt 6030 0560 0200 73 1 Elbow
3030 0301 2394 00 • 15 Washer 6040 0653 1165 00 2 Flat gasket
4020 1 Valve housing 6050 1614 9144 00 1 Nipple
1092 0033 08 G 110
1092 0033 09 G 132, G 160 G 132/7.4
5010 0147 1479 03 1 Hexagon bolt G 160/7.4/9.1
5020 0147 1962 29 11 Hexagon bolt 6010 0830 1008 92 1 Safety valve
5100 0663 2106 20 1 O-ring 6030 0564 0000 81 1 Elbow
5110 0663 2109 45 2 O-ring 6040 0653 1189 00 2 Flat gasket
5120 1092 0112 00 1 Pipe 6050 1614 9144 00 1 Nipple
5130 1 Oil separator element
1614 9054 00 G 110 Oil - Roto Xtend duty
1614 9056 00 G 132, G 160 7010 1092 0012 07 1 Label
5140 1614 9089 00 1 Pivot pin 7020 1092 0050 00 1 Oil can
9829 3083 21 27
Parts list
13
28 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Air and oil system - Air cooled

13
Oil connection 2050 0291 1114 00 4 Locknut

1010 0147 1362 03 2 Hexagon bolt 2060 0301 2378 00 8 Washer
1040 0301 2344 00 5 Washer 2085 0300 0276 03 4 Washer
1050 0301 2358 00 2 Washer 2090 0663 2106 15 1 O-ring
1060 0661 1000 24 2 Seal washer 2100 0663 2106 17 1 O-ring
1080 0663 2107 77 2 O-ring 2120 0663 2106 18 2 O-ring
1090 0663 2106 11 1 O-ring 2130 0663 2107 94 1 O-ring
1110 0686 3716 01 1 Plug 2138 0066 3738 00 1 O-ring
1120 1079 5840 01 2 Nipple 2140 1092 0020 29 1 Pipe
1130 1621 7378 00 2 Glass fiber oil filter 2160 1614 8926 00 8 Absorber
1140 1092 0023 35 1 Oil filter housing 2165 1092 0020 30 1 Pipe
1150 1623 1451 00 2 Nipple 2190 1614 9117 00 2 Pipe
1160 1621 0399 00 1 Regul.valve 2210 1614 9171 00 1 Pipe
1170 1621 9635 00 1 Hose 2220 1614 9169 00 1 Pipe
1190 0266 2112 00 4 Nut 2230 0147 1363 03 4 Hexagon bolt
1200 1 Thermost.valve 2240 1614 9459 00 1 Pipe
1202 5869 03 14 2285 1092 0020 28 1 Pipe
1619 7560 00 7.4/9.1/10.9 2290 1092 0023 07 1 Elbow
Air connection 2300 0346 1000 27 2 Pipe clamp
G 110, G 132/14 2310 1619 2766 00 1 Hexagon bolt
2020 0147 1961 01 4 Hexagon bolt 3010 1614 9114 00 4 Joint set
2025 0147 1406 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1614 9115 00 • 8 Joint
2028 0147 1476 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1614 9116 00 • 8 Ring
2030 0147 1499 03 2 Hexagon bolt 1614 9118 00 • 16 Bracket
9829 3083 21 29
Parts list
14
30 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Air and oil system - Air cooled

14
Oil connection 2020 0147 1961 01 8 Hexagon bolt

1020 0147 1370 03 3 Hexagon bolt 2040 0211 1401 03 4 Hex. sock. screw
1030 0147 1401 03 2 Hexagon bolt 2050 0291 1114 00 4 Locknut
1040 0301 2344 00 7 Washer 2060 0300 0276 03 8 Washer
1050 0301 2358 00 2 Washer 2070 0301 2344 00 20 Washer
1060 0661 1000 24 2 Seal washer 2080 0301 2358 00 12 Washer
1080 0663 2107 77 2 O-ring 2100 0663 2106 17 1 O-ring
1090 0663 2106 11 1 O-ring 2110 0663 2106 17 1 O-ring
1100 0663 2109 68 1 O-ring 2120 0663 2106 18 2 O-ring
1110 0686 3716 01 1 Plug 2130 0663 2109 69 1 O-ring
1120 1079 5840 01 2 Nipple 2140 1092 0020 31 1 Pipe
1130 1621 7378 00 2 Glass fiber oil filter 2150 0634 1001 45 1 Coupline
1140 1092 0023 35 1 Oil filter housing 2160 1614 8926 00 8 Absorber
1150 1623 1451 00 2 Nipple 2170 1614 9063 00 4 Joint set
1160 1621 0399 00 1 Regul.valve 2190 1614 9066 00 2 Pipe
1170 1621 9635 00 1 Hose 2210 1092 0020 32 1 Pipe
1180 1092 0030 16 1 Pipe 2220 1614 9217 00 1 Pipe
1186 0147 1363 03 2 Hexagon bolt 2240 1614 9448 00 1 Pipe
2250 1614 9488 00 1 Pipe
1190 0266 2112 00 4 Nut 2280 1092 0030 16 1 Pipe
1200 1 Thermost.valve 2290 1092 0023 07 1 Elbow
1202 5869 03 14 2310 1619 2766 00 1 Hexagon bolt
1619 7560 00 7.4/9.1/10.9 2320 0147 1501 03 2 Hexagon bolt
Air connection 3010 1614 9063 00 4 Joint set
G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9 1614 9064 00 • 8 Joint
G 160 1614 9065 00 • 8 Ring
2010 0147 1369 03 8 Hexagon bolt 1614 9067 00 • 16 Bracket
9829 3083 21 31
Parts list
15
32 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Air outlet
15
1005 0147 1323 03 1 Hexagon bolt 1090 1 Pipe

1010 0147 1369 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1092 0033 10 G 110
1015 2 Hexagon bolt 1092 0033 11 G 132, G 160
0147 1499 03 G 110 1095 1619 2766 00 2 Hexagon bolt
0147 1501 03 G 132, G 160 1096 1619 5337 01 5 Hexagon bolt
1020 0211 1401 03 4 Hex. Sock. Screw 1097 0301 2344 00 1 Washer
1030 0291 1114 00 2 Locknut 1115 1092 0024 07 1 Support
1035 0300 0276 03 4 Washer 1120 1614 9299 00 1 Support
1042 0346 1000 27 1 Pipe clamp 2000 1 Pipe
1045 0301 2358 00 4 Washer 1614 9461 00 G 110
1050 0653 1062 00 1 Flat gasket 1614 9450 00 G 132, G 160
1055 1 O-ring 2 005 1614 9114 00 2 Joint set G 110
0663 2107 94 G 110 1614 9115 00 • 1 Joint
0663 2109 69 G 132, G 160 1614 9116 00 • 1 Ring
1060 0686 3716 01 1 Plug 1614 9118 00 • 2 Bracket
1065 1092 0030 23 1 Support
1070 1614 8926 00 4 Absorber 2 005 1614 9063 00 2 Joint set G 132, G 160
1080 1 Pipe 1614 9064 00 • 1 Joint
1614 9117 00 G 110 1614 9065 00 • 1 Ring
1614 9066 00 G 132, G 160 1614 9067 00 • 2 Bracket
1085 1619 2766 00 2 Hexagon bolt
9829 3083 21 33
Parts list
16
34 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Coolers - Aircooled
16
1010 0147 1323 03 12 Hexagon bolt 1210 2 Oil cooler

1020 0147 1362 03 12 Hexagon bolt 1621 4112 00 G 110, G 132
1025 0147 1475 03 2 Hexagon bolt 1621 4111 00 G 160/7.4/9.1/10.9
1040 0300 8019 00 12 Washer 1621 9489 00 G 160/14
1050 0301 2344 00 12 Washer 1160 1614 9252 00 2 Plug
1060 0346 1000 15 2 Pipe clamp 1185 1619 2861 01 1 Clamp
1065 0346 1012 44 1 Pipe clamp 1190 1619 5337 01 1 Hexagon bolt
1080 1 Hose assembly 1220 1 Hose assembly
0574 8235 32 G 110 1614 8959 00 G 110
0574 8235 37 G 132, G160 1621 9139 00 G 132, G160
1090 1 Hose assembly 1230 1 Hose assembly
0574 8235 42 G 110 1092 0035 19 G 110
0574 8235 45 G 132, G160 1621 9137 00 G 132, G160
1100 0661 1000 27 4 Seal washer 1240 1 Hose
1110 0663 2109 68 4 O-ring 1621 9636 00 G 110
1120 0663 2109 68 2 O-ring 1621 9138 00 G 132, G160
1130 0686 3716 02 2 Plug 2010 1614 9497 80 2 Plate G 132
1140 1079 5840 15 2 Nipple 1614 9497 00 • 2 Plate
1200 1621 5363 00 1 Cooler 2020 1619 2795 00 • AR Rubber strip
9829 3083 21 35
Parts list
17
36 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Coolers - Watercooled G 110

17
1010 0147 1362 03 12 Hexagon bolt 2070 0663 2106 12 2 O-ring

1030 0147 1407 03 2 Hexagon bolt 2140 1619 6153 08 1 Ball valve
1050 0266 2112 00 2 Nut 2160 1092 0031 59 2 Pipe
1060 0301 2344 00 12 Washer 2170 1092 0031 60 1 Pipe
1070 0301 2358 00 8 Washer 2180 1092 0033 13 1 Pipe
1080 0301 2378 00 2 Washer 2190 1092 0031 62 1 Pipe
1090 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer 2200 1092 0033 12 1 Pipe
1100 0663 2106 11 2 O-ring 2210 0634 1000 27 4 Victaulic coupling
1110 0663 2106 12 2 O-ring 2240 0686 3716 35 2 Plug
1120 0663 2109 68 2 O-ring 2250 0661 1000 29 2 Seal washer
1130 0686 3716 01 1 Plug 3010 0663 2106 17 1 O-ring
1140 1614 6632 00 1 Plate 3020 0147 1363 03 4 Hexagon bolt
1 150 1614 8661 08 1 Oil cooler 3030 0301 2344 00 4 Seal washer
1170 1092 0018 14 1 Support 3050 1092 0005 79 1 Pipe
1 180 1621 2094 08 1 Aftercooler 3060 0663 2106 20 1 O-ring
1190 1621 4858 00 1 Hose assembly 3070 0147 1402 03 4 Hexagon bolt
1200 1621 4859 00 1 Hose assembly 3080 0301 2344 00 4 Seal washer
1250 1621 2096 00 1 Support 4010 1621 2060 00 1 Pipe
Water connection 4020 0147 1476 03 4 Hexagon bolt
2010 0147 1405 03 4 Hexagon bolt 4030 0301 2378 00 4 Seal washer
2020 0266 2112 00 4 Nut 4040 0663 2107 94 2 O-ring
2030 0301 2358 00 4 Washer 4050 1092 0005 80 1 Pipe
2040 0661 1000 24 1 Seal washer 4060 0147 1364 03 4 Hexagon bolt
2050 0661 1000 25 2 Seal washer 4070 0301 2344 00 4 Seal washer
9829 3083 21 37
Parts list
18
38 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Coolers - Watercooled G 132, G 160

18
1010 0147 1362 03 16 Hexagon bolt 3010 0663 2106 20 1 O-ring

1030 0147 1402 03 4 Hexagon bolt 3030 0301 2344 00 4 seal washer
1050 0266 2112 00 2 Nut 3050 1621 2047 00 1 Pipe
1060 0301 2344 00 16 Washer 3060 0663 2106 17 1 O-ring
1080 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer 3080 0663 2106 20 4 seal washer
1090 0663 2106 11 4 O-ring 1 210 1621 2050 08 1 Aftercooler
1100 0663 2106 12 2 O-ring 1 220 1621 4850 08 2 Oil cooler
1110 0663 2109 68 2 O-ring Water connection
1120 0686 3716 01 1 Plug 4010 0147 1405 03 8 Hexagon bolt
1130 1614 6632 00 1 Plate 4020 0266 2112 00 8 Nut
1140 1614 6634 00 1 Pipe 4030 0301 2358 00 10 Washer
1150 1614 9299 00 1 Support 4040 0661 1000 24 1 Seal washer
1160 1614 9583 00 1 Support 4050 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer
1190 1621 2039 00 1 Hose assembly 4080 0663 2106 12 4 O-ring
1200 1621 2040 00 1 Hose assembly 4150 1619 6153 08 1 Ball valve
1230 1092 0018 13 1 Support 4160 1092 0031 68 1 Pipe
1270 1092 5690 00 1 Support 4170 1092 0031 69 1 Pipe
1280 1614 9299 00 1 Support 4180 1092 0033 14 1 Pipe
2010 1621 2048 00 1 Pipe 4190 1092 0031 64 1 Pipe
2020 0663 2106 15 1 O-ring 4200 1092 0031 65 1 Pipe
2040 0301 2344 00 4 seal washer 4220 1092 0033 13 1 Pipe
2050 0663 2109 69 2 O-ring 4230 0634 1000 27 4 Victaulic coupling
2070 0301 2358 00 8 seal washer 4270 0686 3716 35 2 Plug
2080 1621 2060 00 1 Pipe 4280 0661 1000 29 2 Seal washer
9829 3083 21 39
Parts list
19
40 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Fan and cooling duct plates - Aircooled G 110

19
Cooler plates 1092 0038 17 1 Beam 1)

1010 0147 1360 03 4 Hexagon bolt 4020 1092 0030 92 • 1 Warning label
1020 0147 1360 03 10 Hexagon bolt 4030 1092 0038 18 • 1 Beam
1030 0147 1363 03 5 Hexagon bolt 1092 0038 20 1 Beam 2)
1050 0301 2344 00 14 Washer 5030 1092 0038 21 • 1 Beam
1060 0301 2358 00 4 Washer Fan arrangement
1070 1088 0019 02 5 Contact washer 6010 0147 1363 03 1 Hexagon bolt
1 140 1092 0024 29 1 Plate 6020 1092 0050 21 2 Washer
1150 1092 0024 38 1 Support 6030 1614 6456 00 1 Washer
1 160 1092 0024 39 1 Fan cowl 6040 1092 0050 09 1 Fan
1170 1614 9762 00 2 Hinge 7020 1088 1001 01 1 Warning label
1180 1092 0022 24 1 Fan guard 7030 1503 0786 00 1 Rotation arrow
1190 1619 2766 00 36 Hexagon bolt Fan motor
1200 1619 5337 01 4 Hexagon bolt 8010 1 Motor
1210 1619 6449 00 AR Seal 1092 1242 25 CE /IE3
1220 0147 1320 03 8 Hexagon bolt 1092 1273 09 UL
1092 0030 29 1 Baffle
2020 1503 1056 00 • 2 Seal Lined with / Bekleed met / Beklädd med / Ausgekleidet
2030 1092 0030 30 • 1 Baffle mit / Kledd med / Vuorattu :
2040 1619 6449 00 • AR Seal Garnir de / Rivestido de / Allineato con /
1092 0021 80 1 Baffle Foret med / Revestido com /
3020 1202 6584 00 • AR Seal Kledd med / Vuorattu :
3030 1092 0020 80 • 1 Baffle 1) Foam: 0395 6001 69 (AR) 50 x 2040 x 1650
3040 1619 6449 00 • AR Seal 2) Foam: 0395 6001 69 (AR) 30 x 2040 x 1650
9829 3083 21 41
Parts list
20
42 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Fan and cooling duct plates - Aircooled G 132, G 160

20
Cooler plates 1092 0021 80 Baffle G 132/14

1010 0147 1322 03 2 Hexagon bolt 2010 1088 0803 26 • 2 Grommet
1020 0147 1360 03 4 Hexagon bolt 2020 1202 6584 00 • AR Seal
1030 0147 1360 03 10 Hexagon bolt 2030 1092 0020 80 • 1 Baffle
1040 0147 1363 03 10 Hexagon bolt 2040 1619 6449 00 • AR Seal
1050 0147 1401 03 8 Hexagon bolt 1092 0035 23 Baffle G 132/14
1060 0291 1110 00 2 Locknut 3010 1092 0040 00 • 1 Baffle
1070 0301 2335 00 2 Washer 3020 1088 0803 26 • 1 Grommet
1080 0301 2344 00 14 Washer 3030 1619 6449 00 • AR Seal
1090 0301 2358 00 8 Washer
1100 1088 0019 02 10 Contact washer 1092 0038 17 1 Beam
1 150 1614 9216 80 1 Plate 4020 1092 0030 92 • 1 Warning label
1160 1092 0022 25 2 Fan guard 4030 1092 0038 18 • 1 Beam
1170 1614 9405 00 4 Hinge 1092 0038 20 1 Beam
1210 1619 5337 01 8 Hexagon bolt 5030 1092 0038 21 • 1 Beam
1220 1619 6449 00 AR Seal Fan arrangement
1230 1621 9526 00 1 Plate 6010 2 Hexagon bolt
1240 1621 9527 00 1 Fan cowl 0147 1362 03 G 132
1250 1621 9528 00 1 Support 0147 1363 03 G 160
6030 1614 6456 00 2 Washer
1092 0028 30 1 Baffle G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, 6040 2 Fan
G160/7.4/9.1 1092 0050 08 G 132
2020 1202 6584 00 • AR Seal 1092 0050 09 G 160
2030 1092 0028 20 • 1 Baffle 7020 1088 1001 01 2 Warning label
2040 1619 6449 00 • AR Seal 7030 1503 0786 00 2 Rotation arrow
1092 0035 25 1 Baffle G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, Fan motor
G160/7.4/9.1 8010 2 Motor
3010 1092 0035 26 • 1 Baffle 1092 1242 25 G 132 CE/IE3
3020 1088 0803 26 • 1 Grommet 1092 1273 09 G 132/160 UL
3030 1619 6449 00 • AR Seal 1092 1242 45 G 160 CE/IE3
1092 0021 83 Baffle G 160/10.9/14
2010 1088 0803 26 • 2 Grommet
2020 1202 6584 00 • AR Seal Lined with / Bekleed met / Beklädd med / Ausgekleidet
2030 1092 0020 83 • 1 Baffle mit / Kledd med / Vuorattu :
2040 1619 6449 00 • AR Seal Garnir de / Rivestido de / Allineato con / Foret med /
1092 0035 27 Baffle G 160/10.9/14 Revestido com / Kledd med / Vuorattu :
3010 1092 0040 00 • 1 Baffle 1) Foam: 0395 6001 69 (AR) 50 x 2040 x 1650
3030 1619 6449 00 • AR Seal 2) Foam: 0395 6001 69 (AR) 30 x 2040 x 1650
9829 3083 21 43
Parts list
21
44 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Frame and motor

21
Frame 1165 2 Spacer

G 110 1092 0023 13 G 110
1020 0147 1322 03 1 Hexagon bolt 1092 0023 15 G 132, G 160
1035 0147 1401 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1175 1092 0178 00 3 Support
1040 0147 1411 03 2 Hexagon bolt 1180 0346 1012 44 1 Pipe clamp
1055 0261 2114 00 1 Nut 1185 1619 5337 01 1 Hexagon bolt
1060 0266 2111 00 3 Nut 1190 1092 0020 33 2 Support
1065 0266 2112 00 4 Nut 2010 1 Motor
1070 0301 2358 00 18 Washer 1092 1315 22 G 110/IE3
1080 1088 0019 01 1 Contact washer 1092 1315 42 G 132/IE3
1085 1088 0019 02 1 Contact washer 1092 1315 62 G 160/IE3
1095 0346 1005 19 2 Pipe clamp 1092 0920 14 G 110 UL
1100 2 Anti pad 1092 0911 22 G 132 UL
3175 1782 00 G 110 1092 0913 10 G 160 UL
1619 5189 01 G 132, G 160 Coupling
1105 1020 5072 00 1 Rubber buffer G 110
1110 1092 0043 00 1 Cable 3010 1623 0377 00 1 Coupling drive
1120 1 Support 3015 1623 0378 00 1 Absorber
1092 0022 22 G 110 3020 1623 0379 01 1 Coupling drive
1614 6599 00 G 132, G 160 G 132
1126 1092 0029 82 1 Stud G 132, G 160 3010 1623 0377 00 1 Coupling drive
1130 1614 6600 00 1 Disc G 132, G 160 3015 1623 0378 00 1 Absorber
1130 0301 2378 00 2 Washer 3020 1623 0379 00 1 Coupling drive
1135 0147 1491 03 2 Hexagon bolt G 160
1145 1614 9542 00 3 Buffer 3010 1623 0374 00 1 Coupling element
1150 1 Frame 3015 1623 0375 00 1 Absorber
1092 0038 33 G 110 3020 1623 0376 00 1 Coupling drive
1092 0038 35 G 132, G160
9829 3083 21 45
Parts list
22
46 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Regulating system - G 110, G 132/14

22
Control system 2230 0564 0000 34 1 Tee

1010 0160 6038 00 4 Screw 2240 0571 0035 05 1 Nipple
1020 0301 2315 00 4 Washer 2250 0574 8231 35 1 Hose assembly
1050 1089 0574 70 4 Temperature sensor 2260 0603 4105 03 1 Nipple
1060 1089 9625 01 1 Dp transducer 2270 0653 1124 00 1 Flat gasket
1080 1089 9625 33 2 Pressure transducer 3 200 <<< >>> 1 Unloader valve
1100 1092 0150 00 1 Label 3220 1614 9144 00 1 Nipple
1110 1614 9406 00 1 Bracket 3230 1092 0008 96 1 Nozzle
1120 1900 5200 13 1 Mk5 graphic 3240 1619 5205 00 1 Nipple
1130 1089 0637 16 1 Temperature switch 3250 1092 0030 66 1 Nipple
1140 1 Wireharness 3260 0661 1000 26 1 Seal washer
1092 1277 46 CE 3280 1092 2106 09 1 Flange
1092 1277 47 CSA/UL 3290 1092 2106 10 1 Nipple
1150 1900 5200 33 1 Mk5 I/O2 3300 0661 1000 49 1 Seal washer
Regulation 3310 0663 2106 09 2 O-ring
2020 0147 1364 03 4 Hexagon bolt 3320 0160 6043 00 4 Screw
2040 0301 2344 00 4 Washer 3330 0160 6043 00 4 Screw
2050 0574 8231 26 2 Hose assembly 1623 1810 80 1 Valve assembly
2060 0574 9917 15 1 Hose assembly 4010 0663 2111 55 • 1 O-ring
2070 1 Hose 4020 0301 2318 00 • 2 Plain washer
1092 0031 38 G 110 A, G 132/14 A 4030 0160 0996 99 • 2 Scraw slot
1092 0030 26 G 110 W, G 132/14 W 1622 3694 80 • 1 Blow-off valve
2080 1091 6006 00 1 Hose assembly 5010 0226 3300 18 •• 4 Screw
2090 0580 0013 32 1 Coupling 5020 0663 2112 69 •• 1 O-ring
2100 0653 0500 02 1 Flat gasket 5030 1513 0477 00 •• 1 Piston ring
2110 0661 1000 24 2 Seal washer 5040 1622 3694 00 •• 1 Housing
2120 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer 5050 1622 3694 01 •• 1 Cover
2130 0661 1000 27 1 Seal washer 5060 1622 3694 02 •• 1 Piston
2140 0661 1000 29 2 Seal washer 5070 1622 3694 03 •• 1 Seal
2150 0661 1000 30 1 Seal washer 5080 1622 3694 04 •• 1 Seal
2160 0663 2107 37 1 O-ring 5090 1622 3694 05 •• 1 Rivet
2170 1079 5840 01 1 Nipple 5100 1622 3694 06 •• 2 Insert
2180 1079 5840 19 1 Nipple 5110 1622 3694 07 •• 1 Seal
2190 1079 5840 29 2 Nipple Solenoid valve
2200 1092 0029 97 1 Flange Aircooled 6010 1089 0668 21 1 Solenoid valve
2210 0663 2109 71 1 O-ring Aircooled
2220 0211 1362 03 4 Hex. Sock. Screw
Aircooled
9829 3083 21 47
Parts list
23
48 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Regulating system - G 132/7.4/9.1/10.9, G 160

23
Control system 2260 0661 1000 27 1 Seal washer

1010 0160 6038 00 4 Screw 2270 0661 1000 29 2 Seal washer
1020 0301 2315 00 4 Washer 2280 0661 1000 30 1 Seal washer
1050 1089 0574 70 4 Temperature sensor 2290 0663 2114 23 1 O-ring
1060 1089 9625 01 1 Dp transducer 2300 1079 5840 01 1 Nipple
1070 1089 9625 36 1 Pressure transducer 2310 1079 5840 19 1 Nipple
1080 1089 9625 33 2 Pressure transducer 2320 1079 5840 29 2 Nipple
1100 1092 0150 00 1 Label 3 200 <<< >>> 1 Unloader valve
1110 1614 9406 00 1 Bracket 3220 1092 0030 31 1 Unloader flange
1120 1900 5200 13 1 Mk5 graphic 3230 0603 4200 36 2 Nipple
1130 1089 0637 16 1 Temperature switch 3240 1092 0032 52 1 Nipple
1140 1092 1277 45 1 Wireharness 3250 1092 0031 54 1 Pipe
1150 1900 5200 33 1 Mk5 I/O2 3260 1614 9144 00 1 Nipple
1170 0663 2114 23 1 O-ring Aircooled 3270 1092 0008 96 1 Nozzle
1180 0211 1362 03 4 Hex. Sock. Screw 3280 1619 5205 00 1 Nipple
1200 0564 0000 34 1 Tee 3290 1092 0030 66 1 Nipple
1210 0571 0035 05 1 Nipple 3300 0661 1000 26 1 Seal washer
1220 0574 8236 35 1 Hose assembly 3310 1092 2106 10 1 Nipple
1230 0603 4105 03 1 Nipple 3320 1092 2106 10 1 Nipple
1240 0653 1124 00 1 Flat gasket 3330 0661 1000 49 1 Seal washer
1250 0603 4200 36 2 Nipple 3340 1092 2106 09 1 Flange
1270 0575 0401 29 1 Hose 3360 0160 6043 00 4 Screw
Regulation 1622 3694 80 • 1 Blow-off valve
2020 0147 1364 03 4 Hexagon bolt 4010 0226 3300 18 •• 4 Screw
2040 0301 2344 00 4 Washer 4020 0663 2112 69 •• 1 O-ring
2050 1 Hose 4030 1513 0477 00 •• 1 Piston ring
1092 0039 06 Aircooled 4040 1622 3694 00 •• 1 Housing
1092 0039 02 Watercooled 4050 1622 3694 01 •• 1 Cover
2060 0574 9917 15 1 Hose 4060 1622 3694 02 •• 1 Piston
2180 1091 6006 00 1 Hose 4070 1622 3694 03 •• 1 Seal
2190 1092 0039 00 1 Hose 4080 1622 3694 04 •• 1 Seal
2200 0574 8231 35 1 Hose 4090 1622 3694 05 •• 1 Rivet
2210 0575 0401 39 1 Hose 4100 1622 3694 06 •• 2 Insert
2220 0580 0013 32 1 Coupling 4110 1622 3694 07 •• 1 Seal
2230 0653 0500 02 1 Flat gasket Solenoid valve
2240 0661 1000 24 2 Seal washer 5010 1089 0668 21 1 Solenoid valve
2250 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer
9829 3083 21 49
Parts list
24
50 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Drain system
24
1010 0653 1062 00 2 Flat gasket 3010 0663 9287 00 •• 1 O-ring

1020 0653 1124 00 1 Flat gasket 3020 1613 9378 00 •• 1 Drain
1030 0686 3716 01 2 Plug 3030 1613 9379 00 •• 1 Housing
1040 0686 3716 02 1 Plug 3040 1613 9380 00 •• 1 Cover
1613 9370 80 1 Water separator 3060 1613 9397 01 •• 1 Insert
2010 0291 1111 00 • 1 Locknut 3070 1613 9398 00 •• 1 Valve disc
2020 0663 2111 27 • 1 O-ring 1613 9385 80 •• 1 Float assembly
2030 0663 2133 00 • 1 O-ring 4010 1613 9385 00 ••• 1 Float half
2040 0663 6136 00 • 1 O-ring 4020 1613 9386 00 ••• 1 Support
2050 0663 6147 00 • 1 O-ring Connections
2060 1613 9367 70 • 1 Head 5010 0070 6002 06 AR Plastic tube
2070 1613 9370 00 • 1 Head 5020 0581 0000 45 2 Pipe coupling
2080 1613 9371 00 • 1 Bowl 5030 0581 0000 53 2 Pipe coupling
2100 1613 9381 00 • 1 Nut 5040 0653 1062 00 1 Flat gasket
2110 1613 9389 00 • 1 Clamp 5050 0653 1124 00 2 Flat gasket
2120 1613 9390 00 • 1 Ring 5060 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer
2130 1613 9483 04 • 1 Label 5070 1092 0017 41 1 Ball valve
2140 1613 9671 00 • 1 Stud 5080 1614 9934 00 2 Pipe coupling
1613 9378 93 • 1 Drain 5090 1621 1091 00 3 Clamp
9829 3083 21 51
Parts list
25
52 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Bodywork - Aircooled
25
Panels and stays 7050 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock

1010 1088 1301 03 1 Cable tie 1614 9017 81 2 Door G 132, G 160 1)
1020 1089 9068 01 1 Key 7010 1614 9017 00 • 8 Door
1092 0025 76 1 Stay 1) 7040 0690 1140 01 • 1 House mark
1040 1092 0025 77 1 Stay 7050 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock
1045 1092 0030 92 1 Warning label 1614 9767 80 1 Stay G 110 1)
1092 0038 31 1 Stay 1) 8030 1079 9901 09 • 1 Label
1060 1092 0038 32 1 Stay 8040 1079 9910 95 • 1 Label
1092 0038 06 2 Stay 1) 8050 1079 9910 96 • 1 Label
1070 1092 0038 07 1 Stay 8060 1092 0029 98 • 1 Stay
1076 1621 2538 00 • 2 Hinge 1614 9730 80 1 Stay G 132, G 160 1)
1130 1619 2766 00 22 Hexagon bolt 8030 1079 9901 09 • 1 Label
1092 0038 37 1 Stay 8040 1079 9910 95 • 1 Label
1080 1092 0038 38 1 Stay 8050 1079 9910 96 • 1 Label
1085 1092 0030 92 • 1 Warning label 8060 1092 0029 99 • 1 Stay
1086 1621 2538 00 • 2 Hinge 1092 0038 41 2 Door 1)
1092 0038 01 1 Door 9010 1092 0038 02 • 1 Door
1140 1092 0038 02 1 Door 9030 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock
1145 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock 9040 0690 1140 01 • 1 House mark
1092 0038 04 2 Door Roofs
1160 1092 0038 05 1 Door G 110
1165 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock 10010 1092 0038 60 • 1 Roof 1)
1170 1621 0607 00 12 Pin 10020 1092 0038 62 • 1 Roof 1)
1200 0147 1320 03 26 Hexagon bolt 10030 1092 0038 64 • 1 Roof 1)
1092 0038 22 1 Panel 1) 10040 1619 2766 00 13 Hexagon bolt
2010 1092 0038 23 1 Panel G 132
1092 0038 14 1 Stay 1) G 160
2020 1092 0038 15 Stay 10010 1092 0038 66 • 1 Roof 1)
1092 0038 08 1 Stay 1) 10020 1092 0038 68 • 1 Roof 1)
3010 1092 0038 09 • 1 Stay 10030 1092 0038 70 • 1 Roof 1)
3020 1092 0030 92 • 1 Warning label 10040 1619 2766 00 13 Hexagon bolt
3040 1621 2538 00 • 1 Hinge Markings
3050 1092 0030 25 • 2 Hinge G 110
1614 9017 80 1 Door 1) 11010 1614 9425 02 1 Label
4010 1614 9017 00 • 1 Door 12010 1092 0036 02 1 Data plate
4050 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock 12020 0129 3107 00 4 Blind rivet
1092 1277 43 1 Door 1) G 132
5010 1092 1277 08 • 1 Door 11010 1614 9425 03 1 Label
5040 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock 12010 1092 0036 02 1 Data plate
1614 9018 80 1 Door 1) 12020 0129 3107 00 4 Blind rivet
6010 1614 9018 00 • 1 Door G 160
6040 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock 11010 1614 9425 04 1 Label
1614 9161 80 2 Door G 110 1) 12010 1092 0036 02 1 Data plate
7010 1614 9161 00 • 1 Panel 12020 0129 3107 00 4 Blind rivet
7040 0690 1140 01 • 1 House mark
9829 3083 21 53
Parts list
26
54 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Bodywork - Watercooled
26
Panels and stays 1092 0032 33 1 Stay G 110 1)

1010 1088 1301 03 1 Cable tie 8040 1092 0032 34 • 1 Stay
1020 1089 9068 01 1 Key 8050 1079 9901 09 • 1 Label
1092 0025 76 1 Stay 1) 8060 1079 9910 95 • 1 Label
1040 1092 0025 77 1 Stay 8070 1079 9910 96 • 1 Label
1045 1092 0030 92 1 Warning label 8090 1079 9913 69 • 1 Inform. label
1092 0038 11 2 Stay 1) 8100 1079 9913 79 • 1 Inform. label
1050 1092 0038 12 • 1 Stay 1092 0032 35 1 Stay G 132,
1055 1092 0030 92 • 1 Warning label G 160 1)
1056 1621 2538 00 • 2 Hinge 8040 1092 0032 36 • 1 Stay
1092 0038 31 1 Stay 1) 8050 1079 9901 09 • 1 Label
1060 1092 0038 32 1 Stay 8060 1079 9910 95 • 1 Label
1092 0038 06 2 Stay 1) 8070 1079 9910 96 • 1 Label
1070 1092 0038 07 1 Stay 8090 1079 9913 69 • 1 Inform. label
1076 1621 2538 00 • 2 Hinge 8100 1079 9913 79 • 1 Inform. label
1092 0038 37 1 Stay 1092 0038 41 2 Door 1)
1080 1092 0038 38 1 Stay 9010 1092 0038 02 • 1 Door
1085 1092 0030 92 • 1 Warning label 9030 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock
1086 1621 2538 00 • 2 Hinge 9040 0690 1140 01 • 1 House mark
1130 1619 2766 00 22 Hexagon bolt Roofs
1092 0038 01 1 Door G 110
1140 1092 0038 02 1 Door 10010 1092 0038 62 • 1 Roof 1)
1145 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock 10020 1092 0038 72 • 1 Roof 1)
1092 0038 04 2 Door 10030 1092 0038 74 • 1 Roof 1)
1160 1092 0038 05 1 Door 10040 1092 0038 37 1 Beam
1165 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock 10050 1619 2766 00 17 Hexagon bolt
1170 1621 0607 00 12 Pin 10060 1621 0607 00 2 Pin
1092 0038 22 1 Panel 1) G 132
2010 1092 0038 23 1 Panel G 160
1092 0038 14 1 Stay 1) 10010 1092 0038 68 • 1 Roof 1)
2020 1092 0038 15 1 Stay 10020 1092 0038 76 • 1 Roof 1)
1092 0038 08 1 Stay 1) 10030 1092 0038 77 • 1 Roof 1)
3010 1092 0038 09 • 1 Stay 10040 1092 0038 37 1 Beam
3020 1092 0030 92 • 1 Warning label 10050 1619 2766 00 17 Hexagon bolt
3040 1621 2538 00 • 1 Hinge 10060 1621 0607 00 2 Pin
3050 1092 0030 25 • 2 Hinge 10070 0147 1320 03 8 Hexagon bolt
1614 9017 80 1 Door 1) Markings
4010 1614 9017 00 • 1 Door G 110
4030 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock 11010 1614 9425 16 1 Label
1092 1277 43 1 Door 1) 12010 1092 0036 02 1 Data plate
5010 1092 1277 08 • 1 Door 12020 0129 3107 00 4 Blind rivet
5040 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock G 132
1614 9018 80 1 Door 1) 11010 1614 9425 17 1 Label
6010 1614 9018 00 • 1 Door 12010 1092 0036 02 1 Data plate
1614 9161 80 2 Door G 110 1) G 160
7010 1614 9161 00 • 2 Panel 11010 1614 9425 18 1 Label
7040 0690 1140 01 • 1 House mark 12010 1092 0036 02 1 Data plate
1614 9017 81 2 Door G 132, Fan assembly
G 160 1) 13010 0147 1250 03 3 Hexagon bolt
7010 1614 9017 00 • 8 Door 13020 0301 2321 00 3 Washer
7040 0690 1140 01 • 1 House mark 13030 1088 1001 01 1 Warning label
7050 2252 7237 00 • 2 Door lock 13040 1503 0786 00 1 Rotation arrow
13050 1092 0030 93 1 Fan
9829 3083 21 55
Parts list
27
56 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Cubicle box
27
1092 1277 41 1 Cubicle 3020 1088 1001 04 1 Warning label

1010 1092 1277 37 • 1 Cubicle 3030 1079 9901 67 1 Label
1020 1202 6584 00 • AR Seal 3040 1092 0019 06 1 Rod
1030 1614 9106 03 • 2 Pin 3060 0296 1108 02 2 Wing nut
1040 1619 7704 00 • 2 Lock Filter & Fan
2130 1079 9901 67 1 Label 4010 1092 0054 79 1 Filter
2140 1079 9923 72 2 Label 4020 1092 0054 80 1 Filter+ Fan
2170 1088 1001 01 1 Warning label Cable box
2180 1088 1001 04 1 Warning label 5010 1614 6571 00 1 Cable box
2190 1089 9154 02 1 Key 5020 1088 0524 09 2 Plug
2200 1614 6567 00 1 Seal 5030 1088 0524 10 2 Plug
2210 1619 2766 00 11 Hexagon bolt 5040 1614 6566 00 1 Plate
2220 1619 5337 03 1 Hexagon bolt 5050 1614 6562 00 2 Clamp
2230 1621 0478 00 1 Label 5060 1614 6563 00 2 Clamp
2270 1614 7145 00 1 Gasket 5070 1614 6565 00 4 Clamp
2280 1614 7146 00 1 Flange 5080 0301 2321 00 8 Washer
2290 0147 1325 03 6 Hexagon bolt 5090 0266 2108 00 8 Nut
2300 1613 5330 10 1 Listing mark 5100 0147 1250 03 8 Bolt
2310 1613 3431 00 1 Label 5110 0147 1322 03 2 Bolt
Screen 5120 0301 2335 00 2 Washer
3010 1092 0018 76 1 Screen
9829 3083 21 57
Parts list
28
58 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Control panel
28
1010 1079 9901 68 1 Label 120 1160 1088 0031 02 2 Connector 1X18,8X35
1020 1079 9906 09 1 Label 099 1170 1092 1290 10 2 Connector 1X11,1X19
1030 1079 9911 01 1 Label 1180 1092 1290 11 2 Contactor K21,K23
G 110-160, G 110-160W, 1190 1092 1290 12 1 Contactor K22
G 110-132 CSA/UL 1200 1092 1290 13 Contactor
1040 1079 9911 77 1 Label 1 G 110, G110-160W,
1050 1092 1277 48 1 Label G 110 CSA-UL K25
G 110-160, G 110-160W, 2 G 132-160,
G 110-132 CSA/UL G 132-160
1060 1092 1288 28 1 Label 110 CSA/UL K25,K26
G 110-160, G 110-160W, 1210 1089 9427 91 3 Partition Plate
G 110-132 CSA/UL 1 G 110 CE, G 110-160W
1070 1613 6639 00 1 Label 110 CE K25
G 110-160, G 110-160W CE 2 G 132-160 CE K25,K26
1080 Fuse 1220 1089 9602 01 5 Auxiliary Contact
1092 1290 01 2 G 110-160 CE, G 132-160, G132-160W,
G 110-160W G110-132 CE,
CE F0,F1 G110-132W CE,
1092 1290 02 1 G 110-160 CE, G 110-160 CSA-UL
G 110-160W K21,K22,K23
CE F3 G 160 CE, G 160W CE
1092 1290 03 1 G 110-160 CE, K21,K23
G 110-160W G 110, G 110W
CE F4,F5 1230 1089 9551 97 Auxiliary Contact
1092 1290 04 2 G 110-G 160, 1 G 110, G 110 CE,
G 110-G 160W, G110-160W,
G 110-160 G 110-160W CE,
CSA-UL F0,F1 G 110 CSA-UL Q25
1092 1290 05 1 G 110-G 160, 2 G 132-160,
G 110-G 160W, G 132-160 CE,
G 110-160 G 132-160 CSA-UL
CSA-UL F4,F5 Q25,Q26
1092 1290 06 1 G 110-G 160, 1240 1089 9463 13 1 Interface Relay K11
G 110-G 160W, 1250 1089 9463 19 1 Pedestal K11
G 110-160 1260 1092 1290 14 1 Plastic Holder K11
CSA-UL F3 1270 1092 1290 15 1 Surge Suppressor K11
1090 5 Fuse Holder 1280 1092 1290 16 1 Transformer T1, T2
1089 9363 84 G 110-G 160 CE, 1290 1089 9513 30 2 Auxiliary Contact S2
G 110-160W 1300 1089 9513 37 1 Holder S2
CE F0,F1,F3, F4, 1310 1092 1290 17 1 Emergency Button S2
F5 1320 1089 9551 10 Circuit Breaker
1089 9594 07 G 110-160, 1 G 110, G 110 CE,
G 110-160W, G 110 CSA-UL Q25
G 110-132 2 G 132-160, G 132-160 CE,
CSA /UL F0,F1, F3,F4, G 132-160 CSA-UL
F5 Q25,Q26
1100 Copper 1 G 110-160W,
1092 1290 07 2 G 160 CE, G160 W CE, G 110-160W CE Q25
G160, G160W K21-F21 1330 1092 1290 18 40 Terminal
1092 1290 08 2 K21,K23 1X4,1X5,
1092 1290 09 1 G 160, G 160WK22 1X6,1X7
1120 1088 0037 81 1 Connector 2X27 1340 1089 9427 79 6 Grounding Terminal
1130 1088 0037 83 1 Connector 3X33-1 1X3
1140 1088 0031 32 1 Connector 3X30-1 1350 1092 1290 19 1 Overload Relay F21
1150 1088 0031 46 1 Connector 3X31-1
9829 3083 21 59
Parts list
Notes:
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
60 9829 3083 21
Parts list
Notes:
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
9829 3083 21 61
Parts list
Notes:
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
62 9829 3083 21
Atlas Copco Stationary Air Compressors
G 110 - G 132 - G 160 UL/CE
G 110W - G 132W -G 160W UL/CE
Parts list
What sets Atlas Copco apart as a company is our convic-
tion that we can only excel in what we do if we provide the best
possible know-how and technology to really help our customers
produce, grow and succeed.
There is a unique way of achieving that - we simply call it
the Atlas Copco way. It builds on interaction, on long-term
relationships and involvement in the customers’ process, needs
and objectives. It means having the
flexibility to adapt to the diverse demands of the people
we cater for.
It’s the commitment to our customers’ business that drives
our effort towards increasing their productivity through better
continuously doing things better, but it goes much further,
creating advances in technology through innovation. Not for the
sake of technology, but for the sake of our customer’s bottom
line and peace-of-mind.
That is how Atlas Copco will strive to remain the first
choice, to succeed in attracting new business and to maintain
our position as the industry leader.
No. 9829 3083 21 / DC 2014.12
*9829308321*
Atlas Copco
Refrigerant compressed air dryers
FX17, FX18, FX19, FX19.5, FX20, FX21
Instruction book
Atlas Copco
FX17, FX18, FX19, FX19.5, FX20, FX21
Instruction book
Original instructions
Copyright Notice
This applies in particular to trademarks, model denominations, part numbers and drawings.
No. 1624 6066 04

2012 - 06
www.atlascopco.com
Instruction book
Table of contents
1 Safety precautions..........................................................................................................4
1.1 SAFETY ICONS...................................................................................................................................4
1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL...........................................................................................................4
1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING INSTALLATION...........................................................................................4
1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING OPERATION..............................................................................................6
1.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR...........................................................................7
2 General description........................................................................................................9
2.1 INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................................9
2.2 AIR SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................11
2.3 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM....................................................................................................................12
2.4 AUTOMATIC REGULATION SYSTEM........................................................................................................13
2.5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................14
3 Installation.....................................................................................................................15
3.1 DIMENSION DRAWINGS.......................................................................................................................15
3.2 INSTALLATION PROPOSAL...................................................................................................................18
3.3 ELECTRIC CABLE SIZE AND SETTING OF MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER..............................................................20
3.4 PICTOGRAPHS.................................................................................................................................21
4 Operating instructions.................................................................................................22
4.1 CONTROL PANEL..............................................................................................................................22
4.2 STARTING.......................................................................................................................................22
4.3 DURING OPERATION..........................................................................................................................24
4.4 STOPPING.......................................................................................................................................24
5 Maintenance..................................................................................................................26
5.1 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS.............................................................................................................26
2
Instruction book
6 Settings..........................................................................................................................27
6.1 DEVICE SETTINGS.............................................................................................................................27
7 Problem solving............................................................................................................28
7.1 PROBLEM SOLVING...........................................................................................................................28
8 Technical data...............................................................................................................30
8.1 REFERENCE CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS............................................................................................30
8.2 AIR DRYER DATA..............................................................................................................................31
9 Documentation..............................................................................................................32
3
Instruction book
1 Safety precautions
1.1 Safety icons
Explanation
Danger for life
Warning
Important note
1.2 Safety precautions, general
General precautions
1. The operator must employ safe working practices and observe all related work safety requirements and
regulations.
2. If any of the following statements does not comply with the applicable legislation, the stricter of the two
shall apply.
3. Installation, operation, maintenance and repair work must only be performed by authorized, trained,
specialized personnel.
4. The compressor is not considered capable of producing air of breathing quality. For air of breathing quality,
the compressed air must be adequately purified according to the applicable legislation and standards.
5. Before any maintenance, repair work, adjustment or any other non-routine checks, stop the compressor,
press the emergency stop button, switch off the voltage and depressurize the compressor. In addition, the
power isolating switch must be opened and locked.
On units powered by a frequency converter, wait six minutes before starting any electrical repair.
6. Never play with compressed air. Do not apply the air to your skin or direct an air stream at people. Never
use the air to clean dirt from your clothes. When using the air to clean equipment, do so with extreme
caution and wear eye protection.
7. The owner is responsible for maintaining the unit in safe operating condition. Parts and accessories shall
be replaced if unsuitable for safe operation.
8. It is not allowed to walk or stand on the roof of the unit.
1.3 Safety precautions during installation
All responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from neglecting these
precautions, or non-observance of the normal caution and care required for
installation, operation, maintenance and repair, even if not expressly stated, will
be disclaimed by the manufacturer.
4
Instruction book
Precautions during installation

1. The machine must only be lifted using suitable equipment in accordance with the applicable safety
regulations. Loose or pivoting parts must be securely fastened before lifting. It is strictly forbidden to
dwell or stay in the risk zone under a lifted load. Lifting acceleration and deceleration must be kept within
safe limits. Wear a safety helmet when working in the area of overhead or lifting equipment.
2. Place the machine where the ambient air is as cool and clean as possible. If necessary, install a suction
duct. Never obstruct the air inlet. Care must be taken to minimize the entry of moisture at the inlet air.
3. Any blanking flanges, plugs, caps and desiccant bags must be removed before connecting the pipes.
4. Air hoses must be of correct size and suitable for the working pressure. Never use frayed, damaged or
worn hoses. Distribution pipes and connections must be of the correct size and suitable for the working
pressure.
5. The aspirated air must be free of flammable fumes, vapors and particles, e.g. paint solvents, that can lead
to internal fire or explosion.
6. Arrange the air intake so that loose clothing worn by people cannot be sucked in.
7. Ensure that the discharge pipe from the dryer to the air net is free to expand under heat and that it is not
in contact with or close to flammable materials.
8. No external force may be exerted on the air outlet valve; the connected pipe must be free of strain.
9. If remote control is installed, the machine must bear a clear sign stating: DANGER: This machine is
remotely controlled and may start without warning.
The operator has to make sure that the machine is stopped and that the isolating switch is open and locked
before any maintenance or repair. As a further safeguard, persons switching on remotely controlled
machines shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one checking or working on the
machine. To this end, a suitable notice shall be affixed to the start equipment.
10. The electrical connections must correspond to the applicable codes. The machines must be earthed and
protected against short circuits by fuses in all phases. A lockable power isolating switch must be installed
near the dryer.
11. On machines with automatic start-stop system or if the automatic restart function after voltage failure is
activated, a sign stating "This machine may start without warning" must be affixed near the instrument
panel.
12. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices, guards or insulation fitted on the machine. Every pressure
vessel or auxiliary installed outside the machine to contain air above atmospheric pressure must be
13. Pipework or other parts with a temperature in excess of 80˚C (176˚F) and which may be accidentally
touched by personnel in normal operation must be guarded or insulated. Other high-temperature pipework
must be clearly marked.
14. If the ground is not level or can be subject to variable inclination, consult the manufacturer.
15. Air cooled dryer be installed as following instruction:Dryer can get enough cooling air,the discharge hot
air should not return to compressor inlet or cooling air inlet area .
16. For water cooled dryer ,safty device must be installed and setted accorting to the maximum cooling water
inlet pressure ,to protect the cooling water system.
Also consult following safety precautions: Safety precautions during operation and Safety
These precautions apply to machinery processing or consuming air or inert gas. Processing
of any other gas requires additional safety precautions typical to the application which are not
included herein.
Some precautions are general and cover several machine types and equipment; hence some
statements may not apply to your machine.
5
Instruction book
1.4 Safety precautions during operation
Precautions during operation

1. Never touch any piping or components of the compressor during operation.
2. Use only the correct type and size of hose end fittings and connections. When blowing through a hose or
air line, ensure that the open end is held securely. A free end will whip and may cause injury. Make sure
that a hose is fully depressurized before disconnecting it.
start equipment.
4. Never operate the machine when there is a possibility of taking in flammable or toxic fumes, vapors or
particles.
5. Never operate the machine below or in excess of its limit ratings.
6. Keep all bodywork doors shut during operation. The doors may be opened for short periods only, e.g. to
carry out routine checks. Wear ear protectors when opening a door.
7. People staying in environments or rooms where the sound pressure level reaches or exceeds 90 dB(A)
shall wear ear protectors.
8. Periodically check that:
• All guards are in place and securely fastened
• All hoses and/or pipes inside the machine are in good condition, secure and not rubbing
• There are no leaks
• All fasteners are tight
• All electrical leads are secure and in good order
• Safety valves and other pressure-relief devices are not obstructed by dirt or paint
• Air outlet valve and air net, i.e. pipes, couplings, manifolds, valves, hoses, etc. are in good repair, free
of wear or abuse
9. If warm cooling air from dryers is used in air heating systems, e.g. to warm up a workroom, take precautions
against air pollution and possible contamination of the breathing air.
10. Do not remove any of, or tamper with, the sound-damping material.
11. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices, guards or insulations fitted on the machine. Every pressure
vessel or auxiliary installed outside the machine to contain air above atmospheric pressure shall be
included herein.
6
Instruction book
1.5 Safety precautions during maintenance or repair
Precautions during maintenance or repair

1. Always use the correct safety equipment (such as safety glasses, gloves, safety shoes, etc.).
2. Use only the correct tools for maintenance and repair work.
3. Use only genuine spare parts.
4. All maintenance work shall only be undertaken when the machine has cooled down.
5. A warning sign bearing a legend such as "work in progress; do not start" shall be attached to the starting
equipment.
start equipment.
7. Close the dryer air outlet valve before connecting or disconnecting a pipe.
8. Before removing any pressurized component, effectively isolate the machine from all sources of pressure
and relieve the entire system of pressure.
9. Never use flammable solvents or carbon tetrachloride for cleaning parts. Take safety precautions against
toxic vapors of cleaning liquids.
10. Scrupulously observe cleanliness during maintenance and repair. Keep dirt away by covering the parts
and exposed openings with a clean cloth, paper or tape.
11. Never weld on, or in any way modify, pressure vessels.
12. Whenever there is an indication or any suspicion that an internal part of a machine is overheated, the
machine shall be stopped but no inspection covers shall be opened before sufficient cooling time has
elapsed; this to avoid the risk of spontaneous ignition of the oil vapor when air is admitted.
13. Never use a light source with open flame for inspecting the interior of a machine, pressure vessel, etc.
14. Make sure that no tools, loose parts or rags are left in or on the machine.
15. All regulating and safety devices shall be maintained with due care to ensure that they function properly.
They may not be put out of action.
16. Before clearing the machine for use after maintenance or overhaul, check that operating pressures,
temperatures and time settings are correct. Check that all control and shut-down devices are fitted and that
they function correctly.
17. Protect the motor, electrical and regulating components, etc. to prevent moisture from entering them, e.g.
when steam-cleaning.
18. Make sure that all sound-damping material and vibration dampers, e.g. damping material on the bodywork,
is in good condition. If damaged, replace it by genuine material from the manufacturer to prevent the
sound pressure level from increasing.
19. Never use caustic solvents which can damage materials of the air net, e.g. polycarbonate bowls.
20. The following safety precautions are stressed when handling refrigerant:
• Never inhale refrigerant vapours. Check that the working area is adequately ventilated; if required, use
breathing protection.
• Always wear special gloves. In case of refrigerant contact with the skin, rinse the skin with water. If
liquid refrigerant contacts the skin through clothing, never tear off or remove the latter; flush
abundantly with fresh water over the clothing until all refrigerant is flushed away; then seek medical
first aid.
7
Instruction book
precautions during operation.
included herein.
8
Instruction book
2 General description
2.1 Introduction
General views
FX 17 up to FX 19.5
9
Instruction book
FX 20 and FX 21
Introduction
The FX air dryers remove moisture from compressed air by cooling the air to near freezing point. This causes
water to condense. The condensate is automatically drained. The air is warmed up before leaving the dryer.
10
Instruction book
2.2 Air system
Air flow diagram
FX 17 up to FX 21
Text on figure:
(1) Air outlet

(2) Air inlet
(3) Condensate drain
Reference Name
1 Refrigerant compressor
2 Condenser
3 Motor and fan
4 Evaporator
5 Condensate separator
6 Impurity trap
7 Expansion capillary tube
8 Refrigerant filter
9 Hot gas by-pass valve
10 Air/air heat exchanger
11 Dewpoint indicator
12 Fan control switch
13 High pressure shut-down switch
14 Liquid separator
16 Minimum pressure shut-down switch
11
Instruction book
Description
Compressed air enters heat exchanger (10) and is cooled by the outgoing, cold, dried air. Water in the incoming
air starts to condense. The air then flows through heat exchanger/evaporator (4) where the refrigerant
evaporates causing the air to be cooled further to close to the evaporating temperature of the refrigerant. More
water in the air condenses. The cold air then flows through separator (5) where all the condensate is separated
from the air. The condensate is automatically drained.
The cold, dried air flows through heat exchanger (10) where it is warmed up by the incoming air to approx.
10˚C (18˚F) below the incoming air temperature.
Condensation in the air net cannot occur unless the air is cooled to below the pressure dewpoint indicated by
the dewpoint indicator (11).
2.3 Refrigeration system
Refrigerant flow diagram
FX 17 up to FX 21
Text on figure:
(1) Air outlet

(2) Air inlet
Reference Name
2 Condenser
3 Motor and fan
4 Evaporator
6 Impurity trap
12
Instruction book
Reference Name
14 Liquid separator
Description
Compressor (1) delivers hot, high-pressure refrigerant gas which flows through condenser (2) where most of
the refrigerant condenses.
The liquid flows through liquid refrigerant dryer/filter (8) to capillary tube (7). The refrigerant leaves the
capillary tube at evaporating pressure.
The refrigerant enters evaporator (4) where it withdraws heat from the compressed air by further evaporation
at constant pressure. The heated refrigerant leaves the evaporator and is sucked in by the compressor (1).
2.4 Automatic regulation system
Air flow diagram
FX 17 up to FX 21
Text on figure:
(1) Air outlet

(2) Air inlet
13
Instruction book
Reference Name
2 Condenser
3 Motor and fan
4 Evaporator
6 Impurity trap
14 Liquid separator
Description
The condenser pressure must be kept as constant as possible to obtain stable operation. Fan control switch
(12) therefore stops and starts the cooling fan (3).
If, under partial or no load, the evaporator pressure drops below a certain level, the hot gas by-pass valve (9)
opens and hot, high-pressure gas is fed to the evaporator circuit to prevent the evaporator pressure from
dropping any further.
2.5 Electrical system
Description
The fan control switch starts the fan motor as soon as the condenser pressure reaches the upper set point of
the switch and will stop the fan motor when the condenser pressure decreases to its lower set point.
The high pressure shut-down switch stops the compressor motor when the pressure in the refrigerant circuit
reaches the upper setpoint of the switch.
The low pressure shut-down switch stops the compressor motor when the pressure in the refrigerant circuit
drops below the setpoint of the switch.
14
Instruction book
3 Installation
3.1 Dimension drawings
FX 17 up to FX 19 (Air)
Reference Name
(1) Electric cable outlet
(2) Condensate drain outlet
(3) Cooling air flow
(4) Air inlet
15
Instruction book
Reference Name
(5) Air outlet
(6) Nipple (2X), for special versions
FX 19.5 (Air)
Reference Name
(4) Air inlet
(5) Air outlet
16
Instruction book
Reference Name
(6) Flanged adaptors (2X), special version only
FX 20 and FX 21 (Air)
Reference Name
(4) Air inlet
(5) Air outlet
17
Instruction book
Instruction book
19
Instruction book
3.2 Installation proposal
Moving
To move the dryer use a forklift truck.

Do not use metal cables for lifting.
Move the dryer gently.
Compressor room example
20
Instruction book
Text on figure:
(1) Compressor
(2) Air receiver
(3) To the air piping
(4) Dryer
(5) Ventilation proposal
(6) Air flow
(7) Minimum free area to be reserved for the dryer’s installation
(8) Service side
(9) Contol panel side
• Air treatment with dryer downstream of the air receiver: this can be used when the compressor runs
constantly and the cooling capacity of the dryer is equal to the air delivery of the compressor. Under this
condition the load of the dryer is constant.
• Air treatment with dryer upstream of the air receiver: this can be used when the air demand is variable.
For short periods the air demand is higher than the air delivery of the compressor; the air receiver must
be large enough to meet the instant air demand.
1 The refrigerant air dryer should be installed on a level floor suitable for taking the weight
of the dryer.
2 Ventilation: the inlet grids and ventilation fan should be installed in such way that any
recirculation of cooling air to the dryer is avoided. The maximum air velocity to the grids
has to be limited to 5 m/s. The maximum allowable pressure drop over the cooling air ducts
is 30 Pa. When 30 Pa is exceeded, a ventilation fan is needed at the outlet of the cooling
air ducts.
The condensate drain pipes must not dip into the condensate. Do not allow untreated
condensate to enter the draining system.
3 Power supply cable to be sized and installed by a qualified electrician.
4 Opionally DD and PD filters can be provided.
Filter, type DD for general purpose (optional). The filter traps solid particles down to 1
micron with a max. oil carry-over of 0.5 mg/m3. A high-efficiency filter, type PD (optional),
may be installed downstream of a DD filter. This filter traps solid particles down to 0.01
micron with a max. oil carry-over of 0.01 mg/m3. If oil vapors and odors are undesirable,
a QD type filter should be installed downstream of the PD filter.
5 It is recommended to install by-pass pipes over each filter and dryer together with ball
valves in order to isolate the filters and/or dryer during service operations, without
disturbing the compressed air delivery.
21
Instruction book
3.3 Electric cable size and setting of motor circuit breaker
Important
Local regulations remain applicable if they are stricter than the values proposed.
For 50 Hz dryers, the cable size is valid for cable PVC 70 ˚C (158 ˚F) at an ambient
temperature of 40 ˚C (104 ˚F).
For 60 Hz dryers, the cable size is valid for cable 90 ˚C (194 ˚F) at an ambient temperature
of 40 ˚C (104 ˚F).
Electrical data 50 Hz dryers
FX 17 FX 18 FX 19 FX 19.5 FX 20 FX 21
Voltage (V) 400 400 400 400 400 400
Maximum current (A) 10.8 11.3 14.2 17.4 19.4 26.2
Setting of motor circuit breaker 13 16 17 20 23 29
(A)
Maximum cable size (mm2) 6 6 6 6 10 10
(Maximum cable length 10 m/
32.8 ft)
Electrical data 60 Hz dryers
FX 17 FX 18 FX 19 FX 19.5 FX 20 FX 21
Voltage (V) 460 460 460 460 460 460
Maximum current (A) 11.95 12.5 15.8 17.4 19.9 24.4
Setting of motor circuit breaker (A) 13 16 17 17.5 23 28
Maximum cable size (mm2) (Maximum AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 8
cable length 10 m/32.8 ft)
22
Instruction book
3.4 Pictographs
Pictographs
Reference Name
1 Warning, under tension
2 Warning, air not fit for breathing
3 Warning, high pressure
4 Warning, rotating fan
5 Warning, hot surface
6 Switch off the voltage and depressurize the dryer before maintenance or repair
23
Instruction book
4 Operating instructions
4.1 Control panel
Description
FX 17 up to FX 21
Reference Name
2 Dryer on/off switch
3 Green indicator for voltage on, dryer running and blocked door
4 Red indicator for alarm for condensate drain
5 Red indicator for alarm for high pressure or fan motor protection
4.2 Starting
Attention
To ensure optimum operational efficiency, do not use dryer on/off switch (S1) repeatedly
within a short time period.
Wait at least 5 minutes to start the dryer again after stopping to allow pressure equalization.
To keep the compressed air net free of condensate, start the dryer before starting the
compressor and stop the compressor before stopping the dryer.
24
Instruction book
Procedure
FX 17 up to FX 21
Step Action
1 If installed, close the dryer by-pass valve. See Installation proposal.
2 Switch the on/off switch to On.
3 Open dryer air inlet valve (customer's installation).
4 Approx. 5 minutes later, open dryer air outlet valve (customer's installation).
5 Approx. 10 minutes later, the nominal dewpoint will be reached.
25
Instruction book
4.3 During operation
Procedure
FX 17 up to FX 21
Regularly check:
• The pressure dewpoint indicator on the control panel. The pressure dewpoint will deviate from nominal
if the air inlet conditions or volume flow differ from nominal.
• That condensate is discharged via condensate outlet. The amount depends on the operating conditions.
4.4 Stopping
Attention
To ensure optimum operational efficiency, do not use dryer on/off switch (S1) repeatedly
within a short time period.
Wait at least 5 minutes to start the dryer again after stopping to allow pressure equalization.
To keep the compressed air net free of condensate, start the dryer before starting the
compressor and stop the compressor before stopping the dryer.
26
Instruction book
Procedure
FX 17 up to FX 21
Step Action
1 Close the dryer inlet and outlet valve (customer’s installation).
2 Switch off the dryer.
3 If provided, open the dryer by-pass valve.
27
Instruction book
5 Maintenance
5.1 Maintenance instructions
Attention
FX type cooling dryers contain refrigerant HFC.
Safety precautions
When handling refrigerant R404a, all applicable safety precautions must be observed. Please be aware
of the following points:
• Contact of refrigerant with the skin will cause freezing. Special gloves must be worn. In case of contact
with the skin, the skin should be rinsed with water. On no account may clothing be removed.
• Fluid refrigerant will also cause freezing of the eyes; safety glasses must hence be worn.
• Refrigerant R404a is poisonous. Do not inhale refrigerant vapors. Check that the working area is
adequately ventilated.
When removing the side panels of the dryer, be aware that internal elements such as the pipes can reach a
temperature of 110˚C (230˚F). Therefore, wait until the dryer has cooled down before removing the side
panels.
Before starting any maintenance or repair work, switch off the voltage and close the air inlet and outlet valves.
Local legislation
Local legislation may stipulate that:
• Work on the refrigerant circuit of the cooling dryer or on any equipment which influences its function
must be undertaken by an authorized control body.
• The installation should be checked once a year by an authorized control body.
General
The following remarks should be kept in mind:
• Keep the dryer clean.
• Inspect and clean the filter of the steam trap daily.
• Brush or blow off the finned surface of the condenser monthly.
28
Instruction book
6 Settings
6.1 Device settings
Regulating and safety devices

The regulating and safety devices are factory-adjusted to obtain optimum performance of the dryer. Do not
alter the setting of any of the devices.
29
Instruction book
7 Problem solving
7.1 Problem solving
Position of air inlet and outlet valves (1) and condensate drain (3)
Attention
Use only authorized parts. Any damage or malfunction caused by the use of unauthorized
parts is not covered by Warranty or Product Liability.
Apply all relevant Safety precautions during maintenance or repair.
Before carrying out any maintenance or repair work on the dryer:
Close air inlet and outlet valve of the dryer.
Press the test button on the electronic condensate drain.
Move dryer on/off switch to position 0.
Switch off the voltage. See section Stopping.
Open the isolating switch to prevent an accidental start.
The air inlet and outlet valve can be locked during maintenance or repair work as
follows:
• Close the valve.
• Using a wrench, remove the screw fixing the handle.
• Lift the handle and turn it until the slot of the handle fits over the blocking edge on the
valve body.
• Fit the screw.
30
Instruction book
Faults and remedies

1 Pressure dewpoint too high Air inlet temperature too high Check and correct; if necessary,
install a pre-cooler
Ambient temperature too high Check and correct; if necessary, draw
cooling air via a duct from a cooler
place or relocate the dryer
Air inlet pressure too low Increase inlet pressure
Adjust the pressure switch
Dryer capacity exceeded Reduce air flow
Shortage of refrigerant Have circuit checked for leaks and
recharged
Refrigerant compressor does See 3
not run
Evaporator pressure too high See 5
Condenser pressure too high See 2
2 Condenser pressure too high Fan or fan motor out of order Check fan/fan motor
or too low
Ambient temperature too high Check and correct; if necessary, draw
cooling air via a duct from a cooler
room or relocate the dryer
Condenser externally clogged Clean condenser
3 Compressor stops or does not Electric power supply to Check and correct as necessary
start compressor is interrupted
Thermal protection of Reset the thermostatic protection
refrigerant compressor motor
has tripped
Restart of the dryer has been Wait a few minutes and restart
too fast, not enough time for
pressure balancing
The pressure switch for high Reset switch
pressure with manual resetting
has tripped
4 The condensate drain remains Drain system clogged Have system inspected
inoperative
Filter upstream of the solenoid Check filter
valve clogged
Timer or solenoid exhaust Check timer and solenoid valve
valve out of order
5 Evaporator pressure is too high Hot gas by-pass valve Have hot gas by-pass valve adjusted
or too low at unload incorrectly set or out of order
Condenser pressure too high See 2
or too low
Shortage of refrigerant Have circuit checked for leaks and
recharged
31
Instruction book
8 Technical data
8.1 Reference conditions and limitations
Reference conditions
Unit
Compressed air inlet pressure bar(e) 7
Compressed air inlet pressure psig 101.53
Compressed air inlet temperature
- 50 Hz dryers ˚C 35
- 50 Hz dryers ˚F 95
Ambient temperature
Pressure dewpoint
- 50 Hz dryers ˚F 37.4
Limits
Unit
Maximum compressed air inlet pressure bar(e) 13
Maximum compressed air inlet pressure psig 188.55
Min.-max. ambient air temperature ˚C 1-46
Min.-max. ambient air temperature ˚F 39-115
Max. compressed air inlet temperature ˚C 60
Max. compressed air inlet temperature ˚F 140
32
Instruction book
8.2 Air dryer data
FX 17 up to FX 21 50 Hz
Air dryer type Unit FX 17 FX 18 FX 19 FX 19.5 FX 20 FX 21

Nominal electric power input (Ambient kW 3.9 4.46 5.55 6.715 6.8 10.2
temperature 25 °C, Inlet temperature 35
°C)
Nominal electric power input (Ambient hp 5.23 5.98 7.44 9.0 9.12 13.68
temperature 77 °F, Inlet temperature 95
°F)
Maximum electric power input (Ambient kW 6.3 7.0 8.5 10.0 11.2 15.9
°C)
Maximum electric power input (Ambient hp 8.4 9.4 11.4 13.4 15.0 21.3
temperature 114.8 °F, Inlet temperature
140 °F)
Weight of the unit kg 325 335 350 380 550 600
Weight of the unit lb 716.5 738.5 771.6 837.8 1212.5 1322.8
Refrigerant R404A R404A R404A R404A R404A R404A
Total charge (approx.) kg 5.0 4.7 5.5 6.6 10.5 11.5
Total charge (approx.) lb 11.0 10.4 12.1 14.5 23.2 25.4
FX 17 up to FX 21 60 Hz
Air dryer type Unit FX 17 FX 18 FX 19 FX 19.5 FX 20 FX 21

Nominal electric power input (Ambient kW 5.47 5.82 7.26 9.74 9.6 12.5
°C)
Nominal electric power input (Ambient hp 7.34 7.8 9.74 13.06 12.87 16.76
100.4 °F)
Maximum electric power input (Ambient kW 8.1 8.7 10.5 12.1 13.9 17.0
°C)
Maximum electric power input (Ambient hp 10.9 11.7 14.1 16.2 18.6 22.8
140 °F)
Weight of the unit kg 325 335 350 380 550 600
Weight of the unit lb 716.5 738.5 771.6 837 1212.5 1322.8
Refrigerant R404A R404A R404A R404A R404A R404A
Total charge (approx.) kg 5.2 5.2 5.7 6.6 10.5 11.0
Total charge (approx.) lb 11.5 11.5 12.6 14.6 23.2 24.3
33
Instruction book
9 Documentation
Declaration of conformity
Typical example of a Declaration of Conformity document
34
What sets Atlas Copco apart as a company is our conviction that
we can only excel in what we do if we provide the best possible
know-how and technology to really help our customers produce,
grow and succeed.
There is a unique way of achieving that - we simply call it the Atlas
Copco way. It builds on interaction, on long-term relationships
and involvement in the customers’ process, needs and objectives.
It means having the flexibility to adapt to the diverse demands of
the people we cater for.
It’s the commitment to our customers’ business that drives our
effort towards increasing their productivity through better
continuously doing things better, but it goes much further, creating
advances in technology through innovation. Not for the sake of
technology, but for the sake of our customer’s bottom line and
peace-of-mind.
That is how Atlas Copco will strive to remain the first choice, to
succeed in attracting new business and to maintain our position
as the industry leader.
No. 2920 1747 02 / 2011 - 02

∎䞷広㢝⃵
FX17, FX18, FX19, FX19.5, FX20, FX21
䓗㧒⏻⛙
㦹兞幇♾᧨䰐㷱∎䞷㒥⮜Ⓟ㦻㓚␛₼㓏⚺䤓⏷捷㒥↊⇤₏捷⒕␔⹈ᇭ
㦻⏻⛙䔈Ⓔ抑䞷ℝ㦻㓚␛㓏⚺䤓⟕㪖ᇬ⨚⚆⚜䱿ᇬ榅ↅⅲ⚆✛⦍兇ᇭ
No.1624 6066 04 / 2012-06 Printed
棎䔈㕘㠾y䱠㣽㩾
ZZZDWODVFRSFRFRP

∎䞷広㢝⃵
䥽㇤
䥽㇤
⸘⏷㘹㡌
⸘⏷㘹㡌

⸘⏷⦍㪖
⸘孔扖䲚₼䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌
㝜⇫扖䲚₼䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌
≬␊㒥冃≽扖䲚₼䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌
㰑承

丏⅚
䴉㺣侊兮
Ⓟ⑆侊兮 11
呹┷庒唑侊兮 11
䟄㺣侊兮 11
⸘孔 12

12
⮥ㇱ⻉⺇⦍ 12
⸘孔ㆉ帽 14
⦍㪖 17
3
㝜⇫広㢝
㝜⇫広㢝

18
巵⛙ 18
㘶Ⓟ槱㨎 18
怆┷ 19
㝜⇫扖䲚₼ 19
⋫㧉 19
冃㔳

20
≬␊広㢝 20

∎䞷広㢝⃵
幍函
幍函

21
孔函幍函 21
㟔椫㘡棳
㟔椫㘡棳

22
㟔椫㘡棳 22
㔏㦾㟿㗽
㔏㦾㟿㗽

25
♑劒㧰ↅ✛棟Ⓟ 25
䴉㺣㄁䑴㧉䤓㊶厌♑㟿 25

∎䞷広㢝⃵
⸘⏷㘹㡌
⸘⏷㘹㡌
⸘⏷⦍㪖
⸘⏷⦍㪖
屲摙
屲摙
ⅉ愺☀棸

巵⛙

摜尐㽷摙

⺈ℝ⥯㊌展扨K欓棁㘹㡌㒥㦹挄䏶⸘孔ᇬ㝜⇫ᇬ≬␊✛冃≽尐㻑䤓㷲デ巵⛙✛
㽷㎞ℚ欈᧤☂∎㦹㢝䫽広㢝᧥力⺋咃䤓↊⇤㗮⧞㒥↳⹂᧨Ⓟ抯⟕㰑ₜ微徲ᇭ
₏咻欓棁㘹㡌
₏咻欓棁㘹㡌
㝜⇫⛧㉔權挄㈹⸘⏷㝜⇫⑕⒨᧨ㄅ挄⸗㇢⦿㓏㦘䦇␂䤓ぴ⇫⸘⏷尐㻑♙屓⸩ᇭ
Ⱁ㨫ⅴₚ↊⇤広㢝ₜ䶵⚗㇢⦿㽤屓᧨ⅴ₳劔₼㦃₴㫋䤓挲欈屓⸩⃉⑕ᇭ
⸘孔ᇬ㝜⇫ᇬ≬␊✛冃≽ぴ⇫♹厌䟀兞扖㘗㧒帳♾䤓帼兒㦘侯䤓₢₩ⅉ⛧㓶嫛ᇭ
☚冸㧉ℶ䞮䤓䴉㺣ₜ展⃉♾才Ⓙ✋⛇德摞ᇭ
尐∎☚冸䴉㺣才Ⓙ✋⛇德摞᧨㉔權㫈㗽㇢⦿㽤屓✛㪖⑕⺈☚冸䴉㺣扪嫛⏔⒕⑏▥ᇭ
扪嫛↊⇤≬␊ᇬ冃≽ᇬ庒唑㒥␅⸒↊⇤槭デ屓㭏㩴⃚ⓜ᧨庆⋫㷱扟嫛☚冸㧉᧨㖘ₚ侶㊴⋫㧉㖘朽᧨⒖㠼
䟄䄟ㄅ⃉☚冸㧉棜☚ᇭ㷳⮥᧨㉔權㓢㆏✛析⸩䟄䄟椣䱊㆏␂ᇭ
庆▎㔙䘸☚冸䴉㺣ᇭ庆ₜ尐常䴉㺣㘴屵㌷䤓䤽匳㒥劔⺕㺣㿐⺈䧏ⅉᇭ庆▎∎䞷☚冸䴉㺣⃉嫲㦜棳⺧ᇭ
∎䞷☚冸䴉㺣䂔㾐幍⮖㢅᧨┰㉔⺞㉒ㄅ⇸㓃棁㔳䧋柫ᇭ
⸘孔扖䲚₼䤓欓棁㘹㡌
⸘孔扖䲚₼䤓欓棁㘹㡌
♹厌㫈㗽㇢⦿䤓⸘⏷屓⸩∎䞷抑㇢䤓幍⮖怆⚙年㧉⣷ᇭ
怆⚙⃚ⓜ᧨㉔權⸘⏷⦿⦉⸩㨍┷䤓榅ↅ㒥㡚懻䤓榅ↅᇭ怆⚙摜䓸㢅₴䰐⦷☀棸◉⩮㤑⋫㒥抦䟨ᇭ
怆⚙┯抮✛⑞抮㢅㉔權≬㖐⦷⸘⏷䤓棟ㄵ␔ᇭ⦷浧䴉㒥怆⚙幍⮖◉⩮ぴ⇫㢅᧨㉔權⇸㓃⸘⏷ヌᇭ
⺕年㧉⣷㟍函⦷䴉㺣⻌摞⑘䓌✛䂔㾐䤓䘾⬒₼ᇭⰑ㦘㉔尐᧨庆⸘孔⛇㺣丰拢ᇭ庆▎棊⫭䴉㺣扪♲ᇭ
㉔權摖♥㘹㡌⻌♾厌⑞⺠扪♲䴉㺣サ⏴㻃⒕ᇭ
⦷扭㘴丰拢⃚ⓜ᧨㉔權㕕☇㓏㦘䦁㨎㽤⏿ᇬ婉⫭ᇬヌㄅ♊棳㄁䑴ⓑ嬚ᇭ
䴉㺣懾丰䤓⻉⺇㉔權㷲䫽᧨ㄅ₣抑⚗⦷ぴ⇫☚┪ₚ∎䞷ᇭ庆▎∎䞷䭷㗮ᇬ㗮⧞㒥㡶䤓懾丰ᇭ
㞾丰✛扭㘴䤓⻉⺇㉔權㷲䫽᧨ㄅ₣抑⚗⦷ぴ⇫☚┪ₚ∎䞷ᇭ
⛇⏴䤓䴉㺣ₜ厌⚺♾⺋咃␔捷怆䋺㒥䒕䍇䤓㢢䑒㺣⇢ᇬ均㼌✛欦伡᧤√Ⱁ᧨䀑䆕䅅ⓑ᧥ᇭ
㘡を扪㺣♲᧨ⅴ棁⛇⏴㝜⇫ⅉ⛧䴎䤓⹌㨍嫲㦜ᇭ
䫽≬⅝☚冸㧉Ⓙ⚝⑆☃⣷㒥䴉㺣丰几䤓㘡㟍丰♦䍼⚝♾呹䟀吷协᧨力₣ₜ槯扠㒥㘴屵㢢䑒㧟㠨ᇭ

∎䞷広㢝⃵
ₜ厌⺈䴉㺣⒉♲梏桷㡌┯⮥┪᧷扭㘴丰ₜ厌㓼㦁♧ㇱᇭ
Ⱁ㨫⸘孔ℕ扫䲚㘶Ⓟ᧨㧉⣷㉔權㪖㦘䂔㣿䤓㪖帿᧨㖖㢝᧶☀棸᧶㷳㧉⣷䟀扫䲚㘶Ⓟ᧨♾厌⦷㡯巵⛙䤓㍔
⑄ₚ怆┷ᇭ
⦷≬␊㒥冃≽ⓜ᧨㝜⇫⛧㉔權䫽≬㧉⣷め⋫㧉᧨椣䱊㆏␂め㓢㆏ㄅ析⸩ᇭ
⃉扪₏㷴≬幐⸘⏷᧨㓢㆏扫䲚㘶Ⓟ㧉⣷䟄䄟䤓ⅉ⛧ㄣ摖♥恂⮮䤓欓棁㘹㡌᧨ⅴ䫽≬㼰㦘ⅉ⛧⦷㭏㩴㒥㝜
⇫年㧉⣷ᇭ⥯㷳᧨ㄣ㇢⦷怆┷幍⮖ₙ伧心䦇ㄣ䤓抩䩴ᇭ
歝⑆㆞㧉⣷㉔權㖘ⅴₚ㡈㆞⸘孔᧶♾㈦Ⓙ恂⮮䤓⑆☃䴉㺣᧨ㄮ㺣ₜ↩␜㈹䘾扪⏴☚冸㧉䴉㺣扪♲㒥⑆☃
䴉㺣扪♲ᇭ
䟄㺣扭㘴㉔權䶵⚗㇢⦿屓喒ᇭ㧉⣷㉔權㘴⦿᧨ㄅ⦷㹞䦇₼⸘孔≬棸€᧨ⅴ棁㷱䩼恾ᇭ
㉔權⦷☚冸㧉棓扠⸘孔♾析⸩䤓䟄䄟椣䱊㆏␂ᇭ
⦷孔揜ℕ呹┷怆┷᧩⋫㧉侊兮㒥䉏㿊ℕ㠼䟄⚝呹┷摜㠿怆┷┮厌䤓㧉⣷ₙ᧨㉔權⦷ⅹ⣷槱㨎棓扠伧心㪖
帿᧨㖖㢝ಯ㷳㧉⣷♾厌⦷㡯巵⛙䤓㍔⑄ₚ怆┷ರᇭ
⦷⮩☚冸㧉侊兮₼᧨㉔權⸘孔㓚┷梏ⅴ椣䱊㹞♿☚冸㧉ᇭₜ㈦∎䞷◤⚠梏᧤㷱⥭梏᧥㧴椣䱊☚┪侊兮ᇭ
庆▎㕕☇㒥买㟈㧉⣷ₙ揜函䤓⸘⏷孔函ᇬ≬㔳孔函㒥公冧⇢ᇭ
㉔權㫈㗽榏尐∎䞷₏₹㒥⮩₹☚┪摙㟍孔函㧴≬㔳⸘孔⦷㧉⣷⮥捷䤓ᇬ㓏孔䴉㺣☚┪怔扖⮶㺣☚┪䤓㹞
₹☚┪⹈⣷㒥戔┸幍⮖ᇭ
㉔權⺈䂸ㄵ怔扖ə&ə)
ㄅ₣♾厌嬺㷲デ㝜⇫䤓ⅉ⛧㎞⮥屵䬿䤓丰拢㒥␅⸒榅ↅ┯ⅴ≬㔳㒥椣䱊᧨㉔權䂔㣿㪖㢝␅⸒浧䂸丰拢ᇭ
⺈ℝ㻃⑆㆞㧉⣷᧨㉔權∎䞷め㫈㗽㦏⮶⑆☃㻃扪♲☚┪幍⸩␅☚┪䤓⸘⏷孔函㧴≬㔳⸘孔⦷㧉⣷⮥捷䤓
⑆☃㻃侊兮ᇭ
Ⱁ㨫⦿槱ₜ㄂⧵㒥⋍㠫᧨庆⚠Ⓟ抯⟕✷幱ᇭ
执♾ⅴ♑劒ⅴₚ⸘⏷㘹㡌᧶㝜⇫扖䲚₼䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌✛≬␊扖䲚₼䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌ᇭ
扨K欓棁㘹㡌抑䞷ℝ㧉㬿┯ぴᇬ䀗劦䤓䴉㺣㒥㍿㊶㺣⇢ᇭ
⺈ℝ↊⇤␅⸒㺣⇢䤓⮓䚕᧨尐㻑挄㈹⺈㷳⮓㦹▔㕻䤓␅⸒ㄣ䞷ℶ❐抩デ抑䞷䤓棓┯⸘⏷㘹㡌
ᇭ
㦘K欓棁㘹㡌␆㦘₏⸩䤓㣽拜㊶ㄅ䁄䥥ℕ⮩䱜㧉⣷伊⨚✛幍⮖᧷⥯㷳㦘K広㢝♾厌ₜ抑䞷ℝ
㌷䤓㧉⣷ᇭ
₏咻欓棁㘹㡌
₏咻欓棁㘹㡌

∎䞷広㢝⃵
㝜⇫扖䲚₼䤓欓棁㘹㡌
㝜⇫扖䲚₼䤓欓棁㘹㡌
♹∎䞷伊⨚✛⻉⺇㷲䫽䤓懾丰丰㘴⯃✛扭㘴ᇭ
抩扖懾丰㒥䴉㺣丰恾㘡㺣㢅᧨庆䫽≬⸘⏷⦿⦉⸩Ⰼ㆏♲䵾ᇭ
Ⱁ㨫椞㎞㟍函㆏♲䵾᧨㆏♲䵾⺕↩䴐䏅䲊┷᧨ㄅ♾厌抯㒟↳⹂ᇭ
⦷㠼㆏懾丰扭㘴ⓜ᧨庆䫽≬懾丰め⸛⏷棜☚ᇭ
㓢㆏扫䲚㘶Ⓟ㧉⣷䟄䄟䤓ⅉ⛧ㄣ摖♥恂⮮䤓欓棁㘹㡌᧨ⅴ䫽≬㼰㦘ⅉ⛧⦷㭏㩴㒥㝜⇫年㧉⣷ᇭ
⥯㷳᧨ㄣ㇢⦷扫䲚怆┷幍⮖ₙ伧心䦇ㄣ䤓抩䩴ᇭ
庆▎⦷♾厌⛇⏴㢢䑒㒥㦘㹡䤓㺣⇢ᇬ均㼌㒥欦伡㢅扟嫛㧉⣷ᇭ
庆▎⇝ℝ㒥浧ℝ欬⸩棟⋋扟嫛㧉⣷ᇭ
扟嫛扖䲚₼≬㖐乀⇢䤓㓏㦘桷掌␂桼ᇭ♹厌⦷㓶嫛デ屓㭏㩴䷘㝜⇫㢅᧨㓜厌⺕扨K桷㓢㆏₏↩⏎ᇭ
㓢㆏㧉桷㢅᧨庆㓃Ⰼ㔳勂⣷ᇭ
⛕⦷⭿☚儶才Ⓙ㒥怔扖⒕徬$䤓䘾⬒㒥㓎⻚␔䤓ⅉ⛧ㄣ㇢⇸㓃㔳勂⣷ᇭ
庆⸩㦮㭏㩴᧶
• 㓏㦘≬㔳孔函⧖⸘孔Ⓙ⇜᧨ㄅめ⸘⏷⦉⸩ᇭ
• 㧉⣷␔䤓㓏㦘懾丰✛᧤㒥᧥丰拢⧖䕅⑄哾Ⰼᇬ⸘⏷♾槯ㄅ₣㡯䭷㗮
• 㼰㦘㽓䆞
• 㓏㦘侶⦉ↅ⧖め㡚侶
• 㓏㦘䟄ㆤ兎⧖⸘⏷㦘ㄞ
• ⸘⏷梏✛␅⸒☚┪摙㟍孔函㼰㦘嬺㻰⨱㒥䀑㠨棊⫭
• 䴉㺣⒉♲梏桷✛䴉㺣丰几᧤☂丰拢ᇬ勣戃⣷ᇬ㷶丰ᇬ梏桷ᇬ懾丰䷘᧥⧖兞扖哾Ⰼ冃≽᧨㼰㦘⒉䘿䭷㗮
㒥䅴䞷䘿廰
Ⱁ㨫⺕☚冸㧉㘡⒉䤓䍼䴉㺣䞷ℝ䴉㺣┯䍼侊兮᧤√Ⱁ᧨∎ぴ⇫⸳♧㤥᧥᧨庆摖♥欓棁㘹㡌᧨ⅴ棁㷱䴉㺣
㻰㩢ⅴ♙♾厌∎✋⛇䴉㺣㻰㩢ᇭ
庆▎㕕☇㒥买㟈↊⇤椣檂㧟㠨ᇭ
庆▎㕕☇㒥买㟈㧉⣷ₙ⸘孔䤓⸘⏷孔函ᇬ≬㔳孔函㒥公冧⇢ᇭ
ㄣ㇢㫈㗽榏尐∎䞷₏₹㒥⮩₹☚┪摙㟍孔函㧴≬㔳⸘孔⦷㧉⣷⮥捷䤓ᇬ㓏孔䴉㺣☚┪怔扖⮶㺣☚┪䤓㹞
₹☚┪⹈⣷㒥戔┸幍⮖ᇭ
执♾ⅴ♑劒ⅴₚ⸘⏷㘹㡌᧶⸘孔扖䲚₼䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌✛≬␊扖䲚₼䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌ᇭ
ᇭ
㌷䤓㧉⣷ᇭ

∎䞷広㢝⃵
₏咻欓棁㘹㡌
₏咻欓棁㘹㡌
≬␊㒥冃≽扖䲚₼䤓欓棁㘹㡌
≬␊㒥冃≽扖䲚₼䤓欓棁㘹㡌
ⱚ兗⇸㓃棁㔳䧋柫ᇭ
♹∎䞷㷲䫽䤓ぴ␆㓶嫛≬␊✛冃≽ぴ⇫ᇭ
♹∎䞷☮孔⮖䞷榅ↅᇭ
㓏㦘≬␊ぴ⇫ㄣ㇢♹⦷㧉⣷め兞⑆☃㢅扪嫛ᇭ
ㄣ㇢⦷怆┷幍⮖ₙ伧心㪖㦘庇Ⱁಯ㷲⦷ぴ⇫᧷庆▎怆┷ರⷦ㫆䤓巵⛙㪖帿ᇭ
㓢㆏扫䲚㘶Ⓟ㧉⣷䟄䄟䤓ⅉ⛧ㄣ摖♥恂⮮䤓欓棁㘹㡌᧨ⅴ䫽≬㼰㦘ⅉ⛧⦷㭏㩴㒥㝜⇫年㧉⣷ᇭ
⥯㷳᧨ㄣ㇢⦷扫䲚怆┷幍⮖ₙ伧心䦇ㄣ䤓抩䩴ᇭ
⦷扭㘴㒥㠼㆏丰拢⃚ⓜ᧨⏗␂桼☚冸㧉䴉㺣⒉♲梏桷ᇭ
⦷㕕☇↊⇤┯☚䤓㨓ↅ⃚ⓜ᧨⏗⺕㧉⣷₝㓏㦘☚┪䄟㦘㟗⦿椣䱊㆏㧴᧨ㄅ摙㟍㠃₹☚┪侊兮ᇭ
庆▎∎䞷㢢䑒䅅ⓑ㒥⥪㺾▥䭂䂔㾐榅ↅᇭ庆摖♥⸘⏷㘹㡌ⅴ棁喒䂔㾐䁁♠⒉䤓㦘㹡㺣⇢ᇭ
≬␊✛冃≽㢅᧨Ⅳ兕㩴䦚㧉⣷䤓䂔㾐㍔⑄ᇭ
⦷榅ↅ✛㟭♲ₙ䥥ₙ₏⧦㄁⑏䤓をᇬ兇㒥厅サ᧨ⅴ棁㽍ₙ䋿⺧ᇭ
庆▎⦷䀵䅠㽈侊兮棓扠扪嫛䎙㘴㒥㓶嫛␅⸒↊⇤↩♠䍼䤓㝜⇫ᇭ
⦷㓶嫛㷳伊㝜⇫⃚ⓜ᧨㉔權⏗㈊ㄤ䂔㾦㄁⑏㽈乀᧨√Ⱁ摖䞷均㼌䂔㾦ᇭ
庆▎⦷☚┪⹈⣷ₙ扪嫛䎙㘴᧨㒥ⅴ↊⇤㡈㆞㟈孔☚┪⹈⣷ᇭ
㡯幉⇤㢅᧨♹尐㦘抈廰嫷㢝㒥㊏䠠㧉⣷䤓㩟₹␔捷榅ↅ扖䍼᧨⻀ㄣ㇢⋫㷱扟嫛年㧉⣷᧨⇕㉔權⦷兞扖恂
⮮䤓⑆☃㢅梃⃚⚝㓜㓢㆏㭏㩴䥥᧨扨㫆♾ⅴ挎⏜⦷䴉㺣扪⏴㢅㽈均㼌♠䞮呹䑒䤓歝棸ᇭ
庆▎∎䞷㢝䋺⏘䄟㧴㭏㩴㧉⣷ᇬ☚┪⹈⣷䷘䤓␔捷ᇭ
䫽≬㧉⣷␔㒥㧉⣷ₙ㼰㦘拦䟨↊⇤ぴ␆ᇬ㨍┷䤓榅ↅ㒥㕈をᇭ
ㄣ⸩㦮⺈㓏㦘庒唑✛⸘⏷孔函扪嫛≬␊᧨ⅴ䫽≬⸒ⅻ厌㷲デぴ⇫ᇭ扨K孔函ₜ厌⒉䘿㟔椫ᇭ
≬␊㒥⮶≽⃚⚝᧨⦷䂔䚕㧉⣷ⅴ≎∎䞷⃚ⓜ᧨庆⏗㭏㩴ぴ⇫☚┪ᇬ䂸ㄵ✛㢅梃幍函㢾⚵㷲䫽ᇭ
庆㭏㩴㓏㦘䤓㘶Ⓟ✛⋫㧉孔函⧖め⸘孔᧨ㄅ₣♾ⅴ㷲デぴ⇫ᇭ
Ⱁめ㕕☇☚冸㧉洀┷戃䤓勣戃⣷凸᧨庆㭏㩴㢾⚵め摜㠿孔⥭ᇭ
㹞㶰㦃㗱⒕䱊⣷䅳唾㢅᧨庆㭏㩴㘡㟍丰✛㽈㺣⒕䱊⣷⹈⣷␔捷䤓䱾䭂㍔⑄᧷Ⱁ㨫䱾䭂扖⮩᧨⒨ㄣ㇢䂔棳
ᇭ
≬㔳䟄┷㧉ᇬ䴉㺣扖䅳⣷ᇬ䟄⷟⏒ↅ✛庒唑㨓ↅ䷘ⅴ棁㻃⒕扪⏴᧨√Ⱁ᧨⦷扪嫛均㼌䂔㾦㢅ᇭ
䫽≬㓏㦘椣檂㧟㠨᧤√Ⱁ᧨乀⇢ₙⅴ♙☚冸㧉䤓䴉㺣扪♲✛⒉♲侊兮₼䤓㷳伊㧟㠨᧥䤓䕅⑄哾Ⰼᇭ
Ⱁ㦘㗮⧞᧨庆䞷Ⓟ抯⟕㙟∪䤓☮孔㧟㠨㦃㗱᧨ⅴ棁⭿☚儶ₙ◖ᇭ
庆▎∎䞷♾㗮⧞䴉㺣丰几㧟㠨᧤√Ⱁ᧨勩䭂搇揾ㄤㄶ᧥䤓叟夏㊶䅅ⓑᇭ
⦷⮓䚕Ⓟ⑆ⓑ㢅᧨庆䔈Ⓔ㽷㎞ⅴₚ⸘⏷㘹㡌᧶

∎䞷広㢝⃵
• 庆▎⛇⏴Ⓟ⑆ⓑ均㺣ᇭ庆㭏㩴ぴ⇫◉㢾⚵抩歝哾Ⰼ᧷Ⱁ㦘㉔尐᧨庆∎䞷✋⛇棁㔳ぴ␆ᇭ
• ⱚ兗⇸㓃₢䞷㓚⯦ᇭⰑ㨫Ⓟ⑆ⓑ㘴屵Ⓙ䤽匳᧨庆䞷㻃⑁㾦䤽匳ᇭ
Ⱁ㨫䁁㊐Ⓟ⑆ⓑ択扖嫲㦜㘴屵Ⓙ䤽匳᧨庆ₜ尐▕▕叀㘘㒥棳ₚ嫲㦜᧨力ㄣ年䞷⮶摞䁰㻃⑁㾦嫲㦜᧨䦃
咂⑁忿㓏㦘䤓Ⓟ⑆ⓑ᧨䏅⚝⺊㻑◊䠦㊴㟠ᇭ
≬㔳♛㓚᧨ⅴ棁㷱㘴屵Ⓙ䅩䍺䤓㧉⣷榅ↅ力♦↳᧨√Ⱁ⦷㘡㽈扖䲚₼ᇭ
执♾ⅴ♑劒ⅴₚ⸘⏷㘹㡌᧶⸘孔扖䲚₼䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌✛㝜⇫扖䲚₼䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌ᇭ
ᇭ
㌷䤓㧉⣷ᇭ

∎䞷広㢝⃵
㰑承
㰑承
丏⅚
丏⅚
⏷展⦍
⏷展⦍
FX17-FX19.5

FX20-FX21

∎䞷広㢝⃵
丏⅚
丏⅚
);䴉㺣㄁䑴㧉⺕䴉㺣⑆☃咂㘴扠⑬⦉䍈᧨⅝力棳♊ℕ☚冸䴉㺣₼䤓㻃⒕ᇭ扨↩∎㻃⑬兢ᇭ
⑆⑬㻃呹┷㘡㟍ᇭ䴉㺣⦷䱊㆏㄁䑴㧉⃚ⓜ↩嬺摜㠿┯䍼ᇭ
㿐䲚⦍

♑劒
♑劒 ⚜䱿
⚜䱿
$ 䴉㺣⒉♲
% 䴉㺣扪♲
Ⓟ⑆☚冸㧉
⑆⑬⣷
䟄㧉✛歝㓖
䴉㺣Ⓟ⑆ⓑ䍼ℳ㗱⣷均♠⣷
⑆⑬㻃⒕䱊⣷
㧑德㟅楕⣷
吷协㹪兕丰
Ⓟ⑆ⓑ扖䅳⣷
䍼㺣㡐抩梏
䴉㺣䴉㺣䍼ℳ㗱⣷
槁䍈㖖䯉⣷
㦏⮶☚┪㆏␂

歝㓖㘶Ⓟ㆏␂
䁁⇢⒕䱊⣷
⑆⑬㻃呹┷㘡㻰
16 低压保护开关
䴉㺣侊兮
☚冸䴉㺣扪⏴䍼ℳ㗱⣷᧨ㄅ䟀㘡⒉䤓㄁䑴⑆䴉㺣扪嫛⑆☃ᇭ㿐⏴䤓䴉㺣₼䤓㻃⒕㆏ⱚ⑬兢ᇭ
椞⚝䴉㺣⺕㿐兞䍼ℳ㗱⣷均♠⣷
᧨⦷㷳⮓Ⓟ⑆ⓑ⺕均♠᧨⅝力∎䴉㺣嬺扪₏㷴⑆☃Ⓙ㘴扠Ⓟ⑆ⓑ䤓均♠䂸ㄵᇭ䴉㺣₼䤓㦃⮩㻃⒕↩⑬兢
椞⚝⑆䴉㺣⺕㿐兞⒕䱊⣷᧨⦷㷳⮓㓏㦘䤓⑆⑬㻃⺕₝䴉㺣⒕䱊ᇭ⑆⑬㻃↩呹┷㘡㟍ᇭ
㄁䑴⑆䴉㺣椞⚝⺕㿐兞䍼ℳ㗱⣷᧨⦷㷳⮓嬺㿐⏴䤓䴉㺣┯䍼┯䍼⚝䤓䂸ㄵ㹣㿐⏴䤓䴉㺣⇝ə&ə)
棳槭䴉㺣嬺⑆☃Ⓙ⇝ℝ槁䍈㖖䯉⣷㓏㖖䯉䤓☚┪槁䍈᧨⚵⒨䴉㺣丰几₼ₜ↩♠䞮⑆⑬ᇭ

∎䞷広㢝⃵
Ⓟ⑆侊兮
☚冸㧉↯戢䍼䤓浧☚Ⓟ⑆ⓑ㺣⇢Ⓙ⑆⑬⣷᧨⦷⑆⑬⣷₼⮶捷⒕Ⓟ⑆ⓑ⺕⑬兢ᇭ
䁁⇢⺕㿐兞䁁⇢Ⓟ⑆ⓑ㄁䑴㧉扖䅳⣷扪⏴㹪兕丰ᇭ⦷均♠☚┪ₚ᧨Ⓟ⑆ⓑ䱊㆏㹪兕丰ᇭ
Ⓟ⑆ⓑ扪⏴均♠⣷᧨⦷㷳⮓Ⓟ⑆ⓑ⦷㋡☚ₚ兞扖扪₏㷴䤓均♠⛇㟅☚冸䴉㺣₼䤓䍼摞ᇭ
䍼䤓Ⓟ⑆ⓑ䱊㆏均♠⣷᧨䏅⚝嬺⛇⏴☚冸㧉ᇭ
呹┷庒唑侊兮
⑆⑬⣷☚┪㉔權⻌♾厌≬㖐㋡⸩᧨ⅴ≎噆㈦䳂⸩䤓㝜⇫ᇭ⥯㷳᧨歝㓖㘶Ⓟ㆏␂↩⋫㷱✛怆┷⑆☃歝㓖
ᇭ
Ⱁ㨫⦷捷⒕┯戌㒥䴉戌㧰ↅₚ᧨均♠⣷☚┪⇝ℝ₏⸩㻃㄂᧨⒨䍼㺣㡐抩梏
↩㓢㆏ㄅ♧䍼᧨浧☚㺣⇢扪⏴均♠⣷⥭恾᧨ⅴ棁㷱均♠⣷☚┪扪₏㷴棜⇝ᇭ
䟄㺣侊兮
₏㡵⑆⑬⣷☚┪才Ⓙ歝㓖㘶Ⓟ㆏␂䤓幍⸩⋋ₙ棟᧨㆏␂⻀↩怆┷歝㓖䟄㧉᧨㇢⑆⑬⣷☚┪棜Ⓙ␅幍⸩⋋ₚ棟
㢅᧨㆏␂↩⋫㷱歝㓖䟄㧉ᇭ

∎䞷広㢝⃵
⸘孔
⸘孔
⮥ㇱ⻉⺇⦍
⮥ㇱ⻉⺇⦍
FX17-FX19(Air)

∎䞷広㢝⃵
电源线 70 1023 30
131
135
空气进口
UNI DN125
125
空气出口
1551
1420
1130
UNI DN125
1094
142
587
135
281 109 806 109 1020 1023
60
491
FX19.5 (Air)
13
∎䞷広㢝⃵

0
FX20-FX21(Air)
14
∎䞷広㢝⃵
AIR INLET 3" GAS 29 1023 30

AIR OUTLET 3" GAS
125
135
1420
1094
752
142
587
195100
125
1020 1023 60 806 108,5
281
135
491 108,5
Water inlet/outlet ZG3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN OUTLET ELECTRICAL CABLE OUTLET
PIPE INT.D.10/ TUBO D.INT.10
（Water )
FX17-FX19（
AIR INLET UNI DN125 29 1023 30

AIR OUTLET UNI DN125
125
135
1420
1094
142
587
195100
125
1020 1023 281 60
491
Water inlet/outlet ZG3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN OUTLET ELECTRICAL CABLE OUTLET
PIPE INT.D.10/ TUBO D.INT.10
（Water ）
FX19.5（
15
∎䞷広㢝⃵
（Water )
FX20-FX21（
16 77
∎䞷広㢝⃵
⸘孔ㆉ帽
⸘孔ㆉ帽
䲊┷
䲊┷
尐䲊┷㄁䑴㧉᧨庆∎䞷♘懵ᇭ
庆▎∎䞷摠⻭䟄冕怆⚙㄁䑴㧉ᇭ
戊冢⦿䲊┷☚冸㧉ᇭ
᧶

Minimum mt. 1,5
17
∎䞷広㢝⃵
☚冸㧉㓎䯉√
☚冸㧉㓎䯉√

• 䴉㺣⮓䚕侊兮₝㄁䑴㧉₏怆⸘孔⦷徽㺣凟䤓ₚ䃇᧶㇢☚冸㧉㋡⸩扟嫛᧨ㄅ₣㄁䑴㧉䤓⑆☃厌┪䷘ℝ☚冸
䴉㺣⮓䚕侊兮₝㄁䑴㧉₏怆⸘孔⦷徽㺣凟䤓ₚ䃇᧶
㧉䤓㘡㺣摞㢅᧨♾ⅴ∎䞷扨䱜⸘孔㡈㆞ᇭ⦷㷳㧰ↅₚ᧨㄁䑴㧉䤓微戌㋡⸩ᇭ
• 䴉㺣⮓䚕侊兮₝㄁䑴㧉₏怆⸘孔⦷徽㺣凟䤓ₙ䃇᧶㇢䴉㺣榏㻑摞♾♧㢅᧨♾ⅴ∎䞷扨䱜⸘孔㡈㆞ᇭ
䴉㺣⮓䚕侊兮₝㄁䑴㧉₏怆⸘孔⦷徽㺣凟䤓ₙ䃇᧶
䴉㺣榏㻑摞⦷䩼㦮梃␔浧ℝ☚冸㧉♾ⅴ㙟∪䤓㺣摞᧨⥯㷳徽㺣凟㉔權恂⮮⮶᧨ⅴ䅰恂☂㢅䤓䴉㺣榏㻑摞ᇭ
18
∎䞷広㢝⃵
♑劒
♑劒広㢝
広㢝
⑆⑊䴉㺣㄁䑴㧉ㄣ㇢⸘孔⦷抑ℝ㔎戌␅摜摞䤓㻃㄂⦿槱ₙᇭ
抩歝᧶扪♲㪔㫋✛抩歝歝㓖⦷⸘孔㢅ㄣ挎⏜⑆☃䴉㺣␜㈹䘾扪⏴㄁䑴㧉ᇭ
扪⏴㪔㫋䤓㦏⮶䴉㺣抮ㄵ㉔權棟Ⓟ⃉伂䱡ᇭ抩扖⑆☃䴉㺣歝拢䤓㦏⮶⏐幇☚棜⃉
イᇭⰑ㨫怔扖イ᧨⒨榏尐⦷⑆☃䴉㺣歝拢䤓⒉♲⮓⸘孔抩歝歝㓖ᇭ
⑆⑬㻃㘡㻰丰ₜ㈦䀇⦷⑆⑬㻃₼ᇭₜ⏐幇㦹兞⮓䚕䤓⑆⑬㻃扪⏴㘡㻰侊兮ᇭ
䟄䄟䟄冕䤓⻉⺇䟀䟄㺣㔏゗䫽⸩᧨ㄅ䟀⚗㫋䤓䟄㺣㔏゗扪嫛⸘孔ᇭ
''✛3'扖䅳⣷♾⇫⃉♾折ↅ㙟∪ᇭ
伊⨚⃉''䤓扖䅳⣷⇫₏咻扖䅳䞷抣᧤♾折᧥ᇭ年扖䅳⣷♾䅳棳⺞咂
㈽伂䤓⦉⇢欦伡ᇭ⚺㽈摞㦏⮶⃉PJPᇭ♾⦷''扖䅳⣷䤓ₚ䃇⸘孔伊⨚⃉3'
䤓浧㟗扖䅳⣷᧤♾折᧥ᇭ年扖䅳⣷♾䅳棳⺞咂㈽伂䤓⦉⇢欦伡ᇭ⚺㽈摞㦏⮶⃉
PJPᇭⰑ㨫ₜ榏尐㽈均㼌✛㺣✂᧨⒨ㄣ⦷3'扖䅳⣷䤓ₚ䃇⸘孔4'
伊⨚䤓扖䅳⣷ᇭ
ㆉ帽⦷㹞♿扖䅳⣷✛㄁䑴㧉ₙ⸘孔㡐抩丰✛䚒梏᧨ⅴ≎⦷≬␊扖䲚₼♾ⅴ椣䱊扖䅳⣷✛
᧤㒥᧥㄁䑴㧉᧨力ₜ↩㈀❜☚冸䴉㺣戢⒉ᇭ
㄁䑴㧉
䴉㺣丰几
☚冸㧉
徽㺣凟
咂䴉㺣丰拢
㄁䑴㧉
抩歝ㆉ帽
䴉㺣㿐䲚
⃉㄁䑴㧉⸘孔≬䟨䤓㦏⺞呹䟀䴉梃
≬␊扨₏∶
㘶Ⓟ槱㨎扨₏∶
19
∎䞷広㢝⃵
⦍㪖
⦍㪖
⦍㪖
⦍㪖

♑劒
♑劒 ⚜䱿
⚜䱿
巵⛙᧨㦘䟄
巵⛙᧨䴉㺣ₜ抑⚗✋⛇
巵⛙᧨浧☚
巵⛙᧨歝㓖㷲⦷㡚懻
巵⛙᧨嫷槱㈗䍺
扪嫛≬␊㒥冃≽⃚ⓜ᧨庆⏗⒖㠼䟄䄟ㄅ⃉㄁䑴㧉棜☚
20
∎䞷広㢝⃵
㝜⇫広㢝
㝜⇫広㢝
巵⛙
巵⛙
⸘⏷㘹㡌
⸘⏷㘹㡌
㝜⇫⛧㉔權㓶嫛㓏㦘䦇␂⸘⏷㘹㡌᧨▔㕻㦻広㢝⃵₼㙟♙䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌ᇭ
扟嫛䀆㕣浧ㄵ
扟嫛䀆㕣浧ㄵ
Ⱁ㨫⦷伂᧤喀⻉᧥ⅴₙ䤓浧ㄵ扟嫛᧨庆⚠棎䔈㕘㠾y䱠㣽㩾✷幱ᇭ
㘶Ⓟ槱㨎
㘶Ⓟ槱㨎
広㢝
広㢝
2

4 5
♑劒
♑劒 ⚜䱿
⚜䱿
槁䍈㖖䯉⣷
㄁䑴㧉RQRII㆏␂
冎唁㖖䯉≰⚆嫷䯉㘴抩䟄䄟ᇬ㄁䑴㧉㷲⦷扟嫛✛桷⫄⫭
红色指示信号表示排水器故障
５红色指示信号表示高／低压报警或风扇保护
21
∎䞷広㢝⃵
怆┷
怆┷
㽷㎞
㽷㎞
⃉䫽≬㦏∂扟嫛㟗䘖᧨庆▎⦷䩼㢅梃␔♜⮜∎䞷㄁䑴㧉RQRII㆏␂6ᇭ
⋫㧉⚝庆咂⺠䷘⊨⒕朮᧨䏅⚝␜摜㠿怆┷㄁䑴㧉᧨ⅴ≎⧖嫰☚┪ᇭ
尐≬㖐☚冸䴉㺣丰几ₜ⑆⑬᧨庆⦷怆┷☚冸㧉⃚ⓜ怆┷㄁䑴㧉᧨ㄅ⦷⋫㷱扟嫛㄁䑴㧉⃚
ⓜ⋫㷱扟嫛☚冸㧉ᇭ
扖䲚
㷴洳
㷴洳㝜⇫
㝜⇫
Ⱁ㨫め⸘孔᧨庆␂桼㄁䑴㧉㡐抩梏ᇭ庆♑梔⸘孔ㆉ帽ᇭ
㖘㄁䑴㧉RQRII㆏␂ᇭ
㓢㆏㄁䑴㧉扪㺣梏᧤⸱㓆⸘孔᧥ᇭ
⮶儵⒕朮⚝᧨㓢㆏㄁䑴㧉⒉㺣梏᧤⸱㓆⸘孔᧥ᇭ
⮶儵⒕朮⚝᧨⺕才Ⓙ欬⸩槁䍈ᇭ
㝜⇫扖䲚₼
㝜⇫扖䲚₼
扖䲚
⸩㦮㭏㩴᧶
• 㘶Ⓟ槱㨎ₙ䤓☚┪槁䍈㖖䯉⣷ᇭⰑ㨫䴉㺣扪♲㧰ↅ㒥⹈䱾㿐摞₝欬⸩⋋ₜ⚛᧨⒨☚┪槁䍈⺕⋞䱊欬⸩⋋ᇭ
• ⑆⑬㻃抩扖⑆⑬㻃⒉♲㘡㟍ᇭ⑆⑬㻃摞♥⑂ℝぴ⇫㧰ↅᇭ
⋫㧉
⋫㧉
㽷㎞
㽷㎞
⃉䫽≬㦏∂扟嫛㟗䘖᧨庆▎⦷䩼㢅梃␔♜⮜∎䞷㄁䑴㧉RQRII㆏␂6ᇭ
⋫㧉⚝庆咂⺠䷘⊨⒕朮᧨䏅⚝␜摜㠿怆┷㄁䑴㧉᧨ⅴ≎⧖嫰☚┪ᇭ
尐≬㖐☚冸䴉㺣丰几ₜ⑆⑬᧨庆⦷怆┷☚冸㧉⃚ⓜ怆┷㄁䑴㧉᧨ㄅ⦷⋫㷱扟嫛㄁䑴㧉⃚
ⓜ⋫㷱扟嫛☚冸㧉ᇭ
㷴洳
㷴洳㝜⇫
㝜⇫
␂桼㄁䑴㧉扪♲梏✛⒉♲梏᧤⸱㓆⸘孔᧥ᇭ
㖘㄁䑴㧉RQRII㆏␂᧨㄁䑴㧉⋫㷱扟嫛ᇭ
Ⱁ㦘揜⮖㄁䑴㧉㡐抩梏᧨庆⺕␅㓢㆏ᇭ
22
∎䞷広㢝⃵
冃㔳
冃㔳
≬␊広㢝
≬␊広㢝
㽷㎞
㽷㎞
);伊⨚䤓⑆㄁䑴㧉▔⚺Ⓟ⑆ⓑ+)&ᇭ
⸘⏷㘹㡌
⸘⏷㘹㡌
⦷⮓䚕Ⓟ⑆ⓑ5D5D㢅᧨㉔權挄⸗㓏㦘抑䞷䤓⸘⏷㘹㡌ᇭ庆㽷㎞ⅴₚ⑯䍈᧶
• Ⓟ⑆ⓑ₝䤽匳㘴屵↩ㆤ怆兢␿ᇭ㉔權⇸㓃₢䞷㓚⯦ᇭⰑ㨫Ⓟ⑆ⓑ㘴屵Ⓙ䤽匳᧨庆䞷㻃⑁㾦䤽匳ᇭ
公⺈ₜ♾叀ₚ嫲㦜ᇭ
• 䁁⇢Ⓟ⑆ⓑ执↩ㆤ怆䧋䧪兢␿᧨⥯㷳㉔權⇸㓃棁㔳䧋柫ᇭ
• Ⓟ⑆ⓑ5D5D㦘㹡ᇭ庆▎⛇⏴Ⓟ⑆ⓑ均㺣ᇭ庆㭏㩴ぴ⇫◉㢾⚵抩歝哾Ⰼᇭ
⦷㕕☇㄁䑴㧉䤓∶槱㨎㢅᧨庆㽷㎞丰拢䷘␔捷⏒ↅ䤓䂸ㄵ♾才ə&ə)ᇭ
⥯㷳᧨庆䷘㄁䑴㧉⑆☃ₚ㧴⚝㕕☇∶槱㨎ᇭ
⦷㆏ⱚ↊⇤≬␊㒥冃≽ぴ⇫⃚ⓜ᧨庆⒖㠼䟄䄟᧨ㄅ␂桼扪㺣梏✛⒉㺣梏ᇭ
㇢⦿㽤屓
㇢⦿㽤屓
㇢⦿㽤屓♾厌屓⸩᧶
• ⦷⑆㄁䑴㧉䤓Ⓟ⑆ⓑ⥭恾㒥㈀❜␅┮厌䤓↊⇤幍⮖ₙぴ⇫㉔權䟀㽤⸩丰䚕◤⇜㓶嫛ᇭ
• 孔函ㄣ㇢䟀㽤⸩丰䚕◤⇜㹞㄃㭏㩴₏㶰ᇭ
デ屓≰㋾
デ屓≰㋾
ⅴₚ㽷㎞ℚ欈ㄣ㇢侶帿᧶
• ≬㖐㄁䑴㧉䂔㾐ᇭ
• 㹞㡴㭏㩴✛䂔㾐䠞㻃⣷䤓扖䅳⣷ᇭ
• 㹞㦗㝵㕼㒥䂔㾐⑆⑬⣷䤓剔䓖嫷槱ᇭ
23
∎䞷広㢝⃵
幍函
幍函
孔函幍函
孔函幍函
庒唑✛⸘⏷孔函
庒唑✛⸘⏷孔函
庒唑✛⸘⏷孔函め兞扖ぴ☑庒㠃᧨∎㄁䑴㧉䤓㊶厌才Ⓙ㦏∂ᇭ庆▎㟈♧扨K孔函䤓幍函ᇭ
24
∎䞷広㢝⃵
㟔椫㘡棳
㟔椫㘡棳
㟔椫㘡棳
㟔椫㘡棳
扪㺣梏✛⒉㺣梏
扪㺣梏✛⒉㺣梏
FIG. 10
6 2
8
7
3

1
25
∎䞷広㢝⃵
㽷㎞
㽷㎞
♹∎䞷兞㘗㧒帳♾䤓榅捷ↅᇭ
↊⇤⥯∎䞷㦹兞㘗㧒帳♾䤓榅捷ↅ力⺋咃䤓㗮⧞㒥㟔椫᧨⧖ₜ⻭ℝ≬≽㒥ℶ❐⃘┰喒䠃
ᇭ
㓶嫛㓏㦘䦇␂⸘⏷㘹㡌ᇭ
⦷㓶嫛㄁䑴㧉䤓≬␊㒥冃≽ぴ⇫⃚ⓜ᧶
␂桼㄁䑴㧉䤓扪㺣梏✛⒉㺣梏ᇭ
㖘⑆⑬㻃䟄⷟㘡㻰ₙ槱䤓㿚幤㖘朽ᇭ
⺕㄁䑴㧉RQRII㆏␂䲊咂⇜函ᇭ
⒖㠼䟄䄟ᇭ庆♑梔⋫㧉捷⒕ᇭ
㓢㆏椣䱊㆏␂᧨ⅴ棁㎞⮥怆┷ᇭ
⦷㓶嫛≬␊㒥冃≽ぴ⇫㦮梃᧨㖘Ⱁₚ㓏䯉析⸩扪㺣梏✛⒉㺣梏᧶
• ␂桼梏桷ᇭ
• ∎䞷㔂㓚㕕ₚ䞷ℝ⦉⸩㓚㩓䤓婉€ᇭ
• 㔻怆㓚㩓᧨懻┷⸒᧨䦃咂㓚㩓䤓䕼㲌₝梏⇢䤓棟⇜㖰⧦⛊⚗ᇭ
• 孔Ⰼ婉€ᇭ
㟔椫✛㘡棳
㟔椫✛㘡棳
䕅⑄
䕅⑄ 㟔椫
㟔椫㘡棳
㘡棳
☚┪槁䍈扖浧䴉㺣扪♲䂸ㄵ扖浧㭏㩴ㄅ㟈㷲᧷Ⱁ㦘㉔尐᧨庆⸘孔欓⑆
☃⣷
䘾⬒䂸ㄵ扖浧㭏㩴ㄅ㟈㷲᧷Ⱁ㦘㉔尐᧨庆抩扖丰拢
⅝⑆☃⣷⇜函⛇⏴⑆☃䴉㺣㒥摜㠿⸘
函㄁䑴㧉
䴉㺣扪♲☚┪扖⇝ ⬭┯扪♲☚┪
庒唑☚┪㆏␂
怔扖㄁䑴㧉⹈摞棜⇝䴉㺣㿐摞
凉⺠Ⓟ⑆ⓑ 㭏㩴⥭恾㢾⚵ⷧ⦷㽓䆞ㄅ摜㠿孔⏴Ⓟ
⑆ⓑ
Ⓟ⑆☚冸㧉ₜ厌扟嫛庆♑梔
均♠⣷☚┪扖浧庆♑梔
⑆⑬⣷☚┪扖浧庆♑梔
⑆⑬⣷☚┪扖浧㒥扖⇝ 歝㓖㒥歝㓖䟄㧉⯀䌄㭏㩴歝㓖歝㓖䟄㧉
䘾⬒䂸ㄵ扖浧㭏㩴ㄅ㟈㷲᧷Ⱁ㦘㉔尐᧨庆抩扖丰拢
⅝⑆☃⣷㓎⛇⏴⑆☃䴉㺣㒥摜㠿⸘函
㄁䑴㧉
⑆⑬⣷⮥捷⫄⫭ 䂔㾐⑆⑬⣷
☚冸㧉⋫㷱扟嫛㒥ₜ厌怆┷ ☚冸㧉䤓∪䟄䟄䄟嬺₼㠼㭏㩴ㄅ㫈㗽榏尐扪嫛㟈㷲
⚾䞷ℕⓅ⑆☚冸㧉䟄㧉䤓䍼㟞 ⮜⇜㋡䂸≬㔳
≬㔳
26
∎䞷広㢝⃵
䕅⑄
䕅⑄ 㟔椫
㟔椫㘡棳
㘡棳
摜㠿怆┷㄁䑴㧉䤓抮ㄵ扖㉺᧨ 庆䷘㈔⑯⒕朮᧨䏅⚝摜㠿怆┷
㢅梃ₜ恂᧨㡯㽤㄂嫰☚┪
⑆⑬㻃㘡㻰⅜ₜ厌ぴ⇫ 㘡㻰侊兮⫄⫭ 㭏㩴侊兮
☇戌㢅᧨均♠⣷☚┪扖浧㒥扖䍼㺣㡐抩梏幍函ₜ㷲䫽㒥⯀䌄庒唑䍼㺣㡐抩梏
⇝
⑆⑬⣷☚┪扖浧㒥扖⇝ 庆♑梔
凉⺠Ⓟ⑆ⓑ 㭏㩴⥭恾㢾⚵ⷧ⦷㽓䆞ㄅ摜㠿孔⏴Ⓟ
⑆ⓑ
27
∎䞷広㢝⃵
8 技术参数
8.1 参考条件和限制
参考条件
单位
压缩空气进气压力 bar(e) 7
压缩空气进气压力 psig 101.53
压缩空气进气温度
- 50 Hz 干燥机 ˚C 35
- 50 Hz 干燥机 ˚F 95
- 60 Hz 干燥机 ˚C 38
- 60 Hz 干燥机 ˚F 100
环境温度
- 50 Hz 干燥机 ˚C 25
- 50 Hz 干燥机 ˚F 77
- 60 Hz 干燥机 ˚C 38
- 60 Hz 干燥机 ˚F 100
压力露点
- 50 Hz 干燥机 ˚C 3
- 50 Hz 干燥机 ˚F 37.4
- 60 Hz 干燥机 ˚C 4
- 60 Hz 干燥机 ˚F 39
限制
单位
最大压缩空气进气压力 bar(e) 13
最大压缩空气进气压力
度
psig 188.55
最小-最大环境温度 ˚C 1-46
最小-最大环境温度 ˚F 39-115
最大压缩空气进气温度 ˚C 60
最大压缩空气进气温度 ˚F 140
28
∎䞷広㢝⃵
8.2 干燥机数据
FX 17 — FX 21 50 Hz
机型单位 FX 17 FX 18 FX 19 FX 19.5 FX 20 FX 21
额定输入功率 kW 3.9 4.46 5.55 6.715 6.8 10.2
(环境温度25 °C, 进气温度35°C)
额定输入功率 hp 5.23 5.98 7.44 9.0 9.12 13.68
(环境温度77 °F, 进气温度 95°F)
最大输入功率 kW 6.3 7.0 8.5 10.0 11.2 15.9

(环境温度46 °C, 进气温度 60°C)
最大输入功率 hp 8.4 9.4 11.4 13.4 15.0 21.3

(环境温度114.8 °F, 进气温度140 °F)
重量 kg 325 335 350 380 550 600

重量 lb 716.5 738.5 771.6 837.8 1212.5 1322.8
制冷剂 R404A R404A R404A R404A R404A R404A
总负荷 (大约.) kg 5.0 4.7 5.5 6.6 10.5 11.5
总负荷 (大约.) lb 11.0 10.4 12.1 14.5 23.2 25.4
FX 17 — FX 21 60 Hz
机型单位 FX 17 FX 18 FX 19 FX 19.5 FX 20 FX 21
额定输入功率 (环境温度 38 °C,进气温度 kW 5.47 5.82 7.26 9.74 9.6 12.5
38°C)
额定输入功率 (环境温度100.4 °F,进气温 hp 7.34 7.8 9.74 13.06 12.87 16.76

度100.4 °F)
kW 8.1 8.7 10.5 12.1 13.9 17.0

最大输入功率
(环境温度46 °C, 进气温度 60°C)
最大输入功率(环境温度114.8 °F, 进气温 hp 10.9 11.7 14.1 16.2 18.6 22.8
度140 °F)
重量 kg 325 335 350 380 550 600

重量 lb 716.5 738.5 771.6 837 1212.5 1322.8
制冷剂 R404A R404A R404A R404A R404A R404A
总负荷 (大约.) kg 5.2 5.2 5.7 6.6 10.5 11.0
总负荷 (大约.) lb 11.5 11.5 12.6 14.6 23.2 24.3
29
In order to be First in Mind—First in Choice® for all your quality
compressed air needs, Atlas Copco delivers the products and
services that help to increase your business’ efficiency and
profitability.
Atlas Copco's pursuit of innovation never ceases, driven by our
need for reliability and efficiency. Always working with you, we are
committed to providing you the customized quality air solution that
is the driving force behind your business.
No. 1624 6066 04 / 2012 - 06 Printed
www.atlascopco.com
Code
2200773170
Edition 01
May 2011
PARTS LIST
零件手册
FX17 (A15) - FX18 (A16) - FX19 (A17) - FX19.5

(A17.5) - FX20 (A18) - FX21 (A19)
AIR DRYER
空气干燥机
REFRIGERATION CYCLE DRYERS
冷冻式
TAB. 1 Body work (FX17 - FX18 - FX19 - FX19.5)
Q.ty
TAB. 1 FX 17 FX 18 FX 19 FX 19.5 Body work
(A15) (A16) (A17) (A17.5)
Ref.
Part. num. DESCRIPTION
No
1 2202 8118 02 1 1 1 1 CRANKCASE

2 2202 7991 00 1 1 1 1 BOX
3 2202 8000 02 1 1 1 1 BACK PANEL
4 2202 8001 07 1 1 1 1 FRONT PANEL
5 2202 8002 07 1 1 1 AIR PANEL
5 2202 9069 07 1 AIR PANEL
6 2202 8004 07 1 1 1 1 LATERAL PANEL
7 2202 8132 01 1 1 1 1 ROOF PANEL
8 2202 8178 01 1 1 1 1 FAN
8 2202 8178 02 FAN
9 2202 8163 00 4 4 4 4 STIRRUP
10 2202 8406 00 2 2 2 2 STIRRUP
11 2202 8007 00 1 1 1 1 SAFETY GUARD
12 0211 1247 03 12 12 12 12 SCREW
13 0300 0274 64 12 12 12 12 WASHER
14 0129 3270 38 2 2 2 2 BLIND RIVET
15 0333 3100 17 4 4 4 4 WASHER
16 0129 3270 40 4 4 4 4 BLIND RIVET
17 0697 9809 51 1 1 1 1 NUT
18 0698 6126 81 2 2 2 2 CABLE GLAND
19 0070 4022 64 X X X X SHEATH
20 0698 5141 20 1 1 1 1 CABLE GLAND
20 0698 5141 28 CABLE GLAND
21 0989 4220 08 1 1 1 1 GROMMET
22 0333 4220 00 12 12 12 12 WASHER
23 0216 1957 70 9 9 9 9 SCREW
24 0301 2335 00 4 4 4 4 WASHER
25 0147 1327 03 4 4 4 4 SCREW
26 0216 1957 76 4 4 4 4 SCREW
27 0215 0006 13 8 8 8 8 SCREW
28 2202 8094 02 1 1 1 1 PANEL
29 2202 8276 00 1 1 1 1 SILK SCREEN
30 2202 8189 01 1 1 1 1 LABEL INSTRUCTION
32 2202 2603 49 1 1 1 1 LABEL "ATLAS COPCO"
33 2202 7121 00 1 1 1 1 LABEL "QUALITY AIR"
34 2202 7131 11 1 LABEL "FX17"
34 2202 7131 12 1 LABEL "FX18"
34 2202 7131 13 1 LABEL "FX19"
34 2202 7131 16 1 LABEL "FX19.5"
35 2202 2603 50 1 1 1 1 LABEL WEB SITE
36 1079 9903 48 1 1 1 1 WARNING LABEL
37 2202 2608 91 1 1 1 1 THERMOMETER
38 2202 8252 00 ELECTRIC LABEL
TAB. 2 Body work (FX20 - FX21)
Q.ty
TAB. 2 FX20 FX21 Body work
(A18) (A19)
Ref.
No
1 2202 7892 02 1 1 CRANKCASE

2 2202 7991 00 1 1 BOX
3 2202 8000 02 1 1 BACK PANEL
4 2202 8001 07 1 1 FRONT PANEL
5 2202 8002 07 2 2 AIR PANEL
6 2202 8004 07 1 1 LATERAL PANEL
7 2202 8131 01 2 2 ROOF PANEL
8 2202 8178 01 2 2 FAN
8 2202 8178 02 FAN
9 2202 8163 00 4 4 STIRRUP
10 2202 8406 00 2 2 STIRRUP
11 2202 8007 00 2 2 SAFETY GUARD
12 0211 1247 03 24 24 SCREW
13 0300 0274 64 16 16 WASHER
14 0129 3270 38 8 8 BLIND RIVET
15 0333 3100 17 8 8 WASHER
16 0129 3270 40 4 4 BLIND RIVET
17 0697 9809 51 1 1 NUT
18 0698 6126 81 4 4 CABLE GLAND
19 0070 4022 64 X X SHEATH
20 0698 5141 27 1 1 CABLE GLAND
20 0698 5141 20 CABLE GLAND
21 0989 4220 08 1 1 GROMMET
22 0333 4220 00 24 24 WASHER
23 0216 1957 70 14 14 SCREW
24 0301 2335 00 8 8 WASHER
25 0147 1327 03 8 8 SCREW
26 0216 1957 76 8 8 SCREW
27 0215 0006 13 8 8 SCREW
28 2202 8094 02 1 1 PANEL
29 2202 8276 00 1 1 SILK SCREEN
30 2202 8189 01 1 1 LABEL INSTRUCTION
31 2202 2610 68 LABEL "UL"
32 2202 2603 49 1 1 LABEL "ATLAS COPCO"
33 2202 7121 00 1 1 LABEL "QUALITY AIR"
34 2202 7131 14 1 LABEL "FX20"
34 2202 7131 15 1 LABEL "FX21"
35 2202 2603 50 1 1 LABEL WEB SITE
36 1079 9903 48 1 1 WARNING LABEL
37 2202 2608 91 1 1 THERMOMETER
39 2202 8172 00 1 1 ROOF STIRRUP
40 2202 8169 00 1 1 CONDENSOR STIRRUP
41 2202 8003 07 1 1 LATERAL BACK
42 2202 8164 02 1 1 LATERAL STIRRUP
43 2202 8164 02 1 1 LATERAL STIRRUP
TAB. 3 Air dryer (FX17 - FX18 - FX19 - FX19.5)
Q.ty
TAB. 3 FX 17 FX 18 FX 19 FX 19.5 Air dryer
(A15) (A16) (A17) (A17.5)
Ref.
No
1 2202 8321 00 1 1 1 DRAIN PIPE

1 2202 9068 00 1 DRAIN PIPE
2 2202 8227 80 1 PIPE ASS. DRYER
2 2202 8223 80 1 1 PIPE ASS. DRYER
2 2202 9070 80 1 PIPE ASS. DRYER
3 2202 8228 00 1 CAPILLARY
3 2202 8226 00 1 CAPILLARY
3 2202 8225 00 1 CAPILLARY
3 2202 9071 00 1 CAPILLARY
4 2200 5997 43 5 5 5 5 CHECK VALVE
5 1617 1524 04 1 HOT GAS BY-PASS VALVE
5 2202 8185 01 1 1 1 HOT GAS BY-PASS VALVE
6 2202 7562 01 1 1 1 1 PRESSOSTAT
7 2202 8155 01 1 1 1 1 PRESSOSTAT
8 2202 8186 01 1 1 1 1 PRESSOSTAT
9 2202 7466 10 2 2 2 2 SLEEVE
10 2202 7466 02 2 2 2 2 NUT
11 2202 7466 07 4 4 4 4 NUT
12 2202 7466 08 3 3 3 3 SLEEVE
13 2202 7466 09 1 1 1 1 SLEEVE
TAB. 4 Air dryer (FX20 - FX21)
Q.ty
TAB. 4 FX20 FX21 Air dryer
(A18) (A19)
Ref.
No
1 2202 8373 00 1 DRAIN PIPE

1 2202 8391 00 1 DRAIN PIPE
2 2202 8182 80 1 1 PIPE ASS. DRYER
3 2202 8390 00 CAPILLARY
3 2202 8513 00 1 CAPILLARY
3 2202 8372 00 CAPILLARY
3 2202 8512 00 1 CAPILLARY
4 2202 8516 00 5 5 NO RETURN VALVE
5 2202 8185 02 1 1 HOT GAS BY-PASS VALVE
6 1089 9139 06 1 1 PRESSOSTAT
7 2202 8155 01 1 1 PRESSOSTAT
8 2202 8186 01 1 1 PRESSOSTAT
9 2202 7466 10 4 5 SLEEVE
10 2202 7466 02 4 5 NUT
11 2202 7466 07 5 6 NUT
12 2202 7466 08 5 6 SLEEVE
13 2202 7466 08 1 1 SLEEVE
14 2202 7466 07 1 1 NUT
15 2202 8221 80 1 PIPE ASS. DRYER
15 2202 8381 80 1 PIPE ASS. DRYER
16 0160 6039 00 2 2 SCREW
17 0301 2315 00 2 2 WASHER
TAB. 5 Air dryer (FX17 - FX18 - FX19 - FX19.5)
29
49
49
Q.ty
(A15) (A16) (A17) (A17.5)
Ref. No Part. num. DESCRIPTION
1 2202 8118 02 1 1 1 1 CRANKCASE

2 2202 8167 00 2 2 2 2 STIRRUP
3 2202 8029 01 2 2 2 MANIFOLD
3 2202 9067 01 2 MANIFOLD
4 0803 5010 08 1 1 1 1 STRAINER
5 0653 1124 00 5 5 5 5 GASKET
6 2202 8188 00 2 2 2 2 REDUCER
7 9090 1518 00 2 2 2 2 COUPLING
8 0392 1100 15 2 2 2 2 DAMPER
9 9090 1527 00 1 1 1 1 TEE
10 2202 8062 00 3 3 3 3 ADAPTOR
11 0196 1553 18 4 4 4 4 SCREW
12 2202 7721 01 4 4 4 4 FITTING
13 2202 8175 00 8 8 8 12 HOSE CLAMP
14 2202 8174 00 4 4 4 6 HOSE AIR
15 0560 1310 03 2 2 2 3 ELBOW
16 2200 6336 11 4 4 4 6 RING FOR ROTALOCK
17 2202 7425 01 2 2 2 3 RING FOR ROTALOCK
18 0333 4232 00 2 2 2 3 WASHER
19 0147 1364 03 2 2 2 3 SCREW
20 0348 0101 13 7 7 7 7 CABLE TIE
21 2202 8434 00 1 1 1 1 LIQUID SEPARATOR
22 2202 8458 00 1 1 INSULATION COMP.
22 2202 8461 00 1 INSULATION COMP.
22 2202 9604 00 1 INSULATION COMP.
23 2202 8181 00 1 1 1 1 INSULATION ASS. DRYER
24 2202 7985 81 2 HEAT EXCHANGER ASSY
24 2202 7403 81 2 2 3 HEAT EXCHANGER ASSY
25 2202 8159 06 1 1 1 1 ELECTRIC DRAIN
26 2202 8165 00 2 2 2 2 STIRRUP
27 2202 8171 00 1 1 1 1 STIRRUP
28 2202 8160 00 1 1 1 1 STIRRUP
29 2202 7895 01 1 1 CONDENSER
29 2202 7895 02 1 CONDENSER
29 2202 9053 01 1 CONDENSER
29 1624 6349 47 1 1 1 1 SAFTY VALVE
29 1624 6604 96 1 1 1 WATER COOLER
29 1624 6236 27 1 WATER COOLER
29 1624 6601 05 1 1 1 1 WATER REGULATE VALVE
30 2202 8046 01 1 REFRIGERANT COMPRESS.
31 2202 8184 01 1 1 1 1 FILTER DRYER
32 2202 8399 00 1 1 1 1 STIRRUP
33 0211 1247 03 4 4 4 4 SCREW
34 0300 0274 64 4 4 4 4 WASHER
35 0129 3270 38 32 32 32 32 BLIND RIVET
36 0147 1401 03 6 6 6 6 SCREW
37 0301 2358 00 12 12 12 12 WASHER
38 0266 2112 00 6 6 6 6 NUT
39 0348 0110 03 3 3 3 3 ANCHOR
Q.ty
(A15) (A16) (A17) (A17.5)
Ref.
No
40 0129 3270 40 3 3 3 3 BLIND RIVET

41 0147 1331 03 4 4 4 4 SCREW
42 0300 8019 00 6 6 6 6 WASHER
43 0333 3100 17 4 4 4 4 WASHER
44 0300 0274 17 5 5 5 5 WASHER
45 0266 2111 00 3 3 3 3 NUT
46 0266 2110 00 4 4 4 4 NUT
47 0070 6002 48 X X X X PIPE (TO METERS)
48 0070 6002 49 X X X X PIPE (TO METERS)
49 0603 4150 30 NIPPLE
TAB. 6 Air dryer (FX20 - FX21)
29
Q.ty
(A18) (A19)
Ref.
No
1 2202 7892 02 1 1 CRANKCASE

2 2202 8167 00 2 2 STIRRUP
3 2202 8222 02 MANIFOLD
3 2202 7961 02 MANIFOLD
3 2202 8222 01 2 MANIFOLD
3 2202 7961 01 2 MANIFOLD
4 0803 5010 08 1 1 STRAINER
5 0653 1124 00 9 11 GASKET
6 2202 8188 00 4 5 REDUCER
7 9090 1518 00 8 10 COUPLING
8 0392 1100 15 2 2 DAMPER
10 2202 8062 00 5 6 ADAPTOR
11 0196 1553 18 8 10 SCREW
12 2202 7721 01 8 10 FITTING
13 2202 8175 00 16 20 HOSE CLAMP
14 2202 8174 00 8 10 HOSE AIR
15 0560 1310 03 4 5 ELBOW
16 2200 6336 11 5 6 RING FOR ROTALOCK
18 0333 4232 00 4 5 WASHER
19 0147 1364 03 4 5 SCREW
20 0348 0101 13 7 7 CABLE TIE
21 2202 8494 00 1 1 LIQUID SEPARATOR
22 2202 8465 00 1 1 INSULATION COMP.
23 2202 8503 00 1 1 INSULATION ASS. DRYER
25 2202 8159 03 1 1 ELECTRIC DRAIN
26 2202 8165 00 2 2 STIRRUP
27 2202 8170 00 1 1 STIRRUP
28 2202 8161 00 1 1 STIRRUP
29 2202 7895 01 2 CONDENSER
29 2202 7895 02 2 CONDENSER
29 1624 6349 47 1 1 SAFTY VALVE
29 1624 6604 97 1 1 WATER COOLER
29 1624 6601 06 1 1 WATER REGULATE VALVE
30 1619 7675 18 REFRIGERANT COMPRESS.
31 2202 8184 02 1 1 FILTER DRYER
32 2202 8397 00 1 1 STIRRUP
33 0211 1247 03 6 6 SCREW
34 0300 0274 64 6 6 WASHER
35 0129 3270 38 32 32 BLIND RIVET
36 0147 1401 03 6 6 SCREW
37 0301 2358 00 12 12 WASHER
38 0266 2112 00 6 6 NUT
39 0348 0110 03 3 3 ANCHOR
Q.ty
(A18) (A19)
Ref.
No
40 0129 3270 40 5 5 BLIND RIVET

42 0300 8019 00 4 4 WASHER
44 0300 0274 17 13 16 WASHER
45 0266 2111 00 9 11 NUT
46 0266 2110 00 4 4 NUT
47 0070 6002 48 X X PIPE (TO METERS)
48 0070 6002 49 X X PIPE (TO METERS)
49 2202 8166 00 1 1 ADAPTOR
50 0686 3718 25 1 1 PLUG
52 2202 8400 00 1 1 STIRRUP
TAB. 7 Electric board control panel (FX17 - FX18 - FX19) IEC
35
A
Q.ty
TAB. 7 FX 17 FX 18 FX 19 FX 19.5 Electric board control panel (IEC)
(A15) (A16) (A17) (A17.5)
Ref.
No
1 2202 7054 00 X X X X SEAL (TO METERS)

2 2202 2512 59 2 2 2 2 PEG
3 2200 5402 34 2 2 2 2 LOCK
4 2200 5402 77 1 1 1 1 KEY
5 1089 9498 22 1 1 1 1 HANDLE
6 1089 9596 02 1 1 1 1 SIGNAL LAMP
7 1089 9596 01 1 1 1 1 SIGNAL LAMP
8 1089 9596 01 1 1 1 1 SIGNAL LAMP
9 1089 9594 02 1 1 1 1 FUSE HOLDER
10 1089 0612 22 2 2 2 2 FUSE
11 1089 9594 01 1 1 1 1 FUSE HOLDER
12 1089 0612 23 1 1 1 1 FUSE
13 1089 9498 16 1 1 1 1 MAIN SWITCH
14 1089 9551 90 1 1 1 1 SHAFT
15 1089 0506 76 1 1 1 1 GROUND TERMINAL
16 1088 0037 50 11 11 11 11 TERMINAL
17 2202 8531 00 1 1 1 1 TRANSFORMER
18 1089 9415 28 1 1 1 1 CONTACTOR
19 1089 9416 23 1 1 1 FAN CIRCUIT BREAKER
19 1624 6413 59 1 FAN CIRCUIT BREAKER
20 1089 9416 41 2 2 2 2 AUX. CONTACT
21 1089 9415 17 2 2 2 CONTACTOR
21 1624 6413 61 1 CONTACTOR
21 1624 6413 62 1 CONTACTOR
22 1089 0506 28 2 2 2 2 GROUND TERMINAL
23 1079 9906 09 1 1 1 1 TIGHTENING TORQUES LABEL
24 0698 5141 21 1 1 1 1 CABLE GLAND
25 0697 9809 53 1 1 1 1 NUT
26 0698 5141 20 1 1 1 1 CABLE GLAND
27 0697 9809 51 2 2 2 2 NUT
28 0698 5141 23 4 4 4 4 CABLE GLAND
29 0697 9809 20 4 4 4 4 NUT
30 0698 5141 20 1 1 1 1 CABLE GLAND
31 2202 7992 02 1 1 1 1 DOOR
32 2202 7222 00 3 3 3 3 HINGE
33 0216 1957 79 3 3 3 3 SCREW
34 9828 4200 73 1 1 1 CUBICLE DRYER
34 1624 6312 10 1 CUBICLE DRYER
35 9828 4210 73 1 1 1 SERVICE DIAGRAM DRYER
35 1624 6312 10 1 SERVICE DIAGRAM DRYER
36 1089 9415 09 1 1 1 1 AUX. CONTACT
TAB. 8 Electric board control panel (FX20 - FX21) IEC
35
A
Q.ty
TAB. 8 FX20 FX21 Electric board control panel (IEC)
(A18) (A19)
Ref.
No
1 2202 7054 00 X X SEAL (TO METERS)

2 2202 2512 59 2 2 PEG
3 2200 5402 34 2 2 LOCK
4 2200 5402 77 1 1 KEY
5 1089 9498 22 1 1 HANDLE
6 1089 9596 02 1 1 SIGNAL LAMP
7 1089 9596 01 1 1 SIGNAL LAMP
8 1089 9596 01 1 1 SIGNAL LAMP
9 1089 9594 02 1 1 FUSE HOLDER
10 1089 0612 23 2 2 FUSE
11 1089 9594 01 1 1 FUSE HOLDER
12 1089 0612 24 1 1 FUSE
13 1089 9498 27 1 1 MAIN SWITCH
14 1089 9551 90 1 1 SHAFT
15 1089 0506 76 1 1 GROUND TERMINAL
16 1088 0037 50 11 11 TERMINAL
17 2202 8234 00 1 1 TRANSFORMER
18 1089 9415 29 1 1 CONTACTOR
19 1089 9416 23 2 2 FAN CIRCUIT BREAKER
20 1089 9416 41 2 2 AUX. CONTACT
21 1089 9438 15 1 1 AUXILIARY RELAY
22 1089 0506 28 2 2 GROUND TERMINAL
23 1079 9906 09 1 1 TIGHTENING TORQUES LABEL
24 0698 5141 21 2 2 CABLE GLAND
25 0697 9809 53 2 2 NUT
26 0698 5141 27 1 1 CABLE GLAND
27 0697 9809 51 2 2 NUT
28 0698 5141 23 4 4 CABLE GLAND
29 0697 9809 20 4 4 NUT
30 0698 5141 20 1 1 CABLE GLAND
31 2202 7992 02 1 1 DOOR
32 2202 7222 00 3 3 HINGE
33 0216 1957 79 3 3 SCREW
34 9828 4200 74 1 1 CUBICLE DRYER
35 9828 4210 74 1 1 SERVICE DIAGRAM DRYER
36 1089 9415 17 2 2 CONTACTOR
37 2202 8297 21 1 1 CABLE GLAND FOR REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR
38 2202 8297 22 1 1 NUT FOR REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR
39 1089 9415 09 1 1 AUX. CONTACT
50Hz
415V+/-10%
+/-5%
E&I Part Technically Cleared
By ARUL at 12:01 pm, Aug 16, 2016

ACSME - AC
suggestion is for
PROJECT: FL SMITH - GULF NATION, KUWAIT
DOC TITLE:
cable size 4 x
COMMENT RESOLUTION SHEET FOR: FX 20 Service Diagram 10mm2 (4g10)
Item no. Reference Revision Status Client Comments Supplier's Reply #1 Client Reply #1 Supplier's Reply #2 Client Reply #2
For 9kW Load 4Cx4 sq.mm. Cu. XLPE cable is considered from MCC to dryer
Considering the compressor and fan will start/stop
1 Page 1 of 1 02 2 panel. Terminal shall be suitable for the same. Please clarify whether pin type or
continually , we select the 4G10 cable
ring type lug to be considered.
KA2 contactor is beside the H2 lamp in the service

2 Page 1 of 1 02 2 KA2 contactor not in circuit. Please clarify?

diagram
3 Page 1 of 1 02 2 Interposing relay shall be considered for Remote Start & Stop Start/Stop signal shall be wet voltage from cubicle
4 Page 1 of 1 02 2 To be changed to 50HZ in line with earlier comment given on title block. confirmed
Page 1 of 1
E&I Part Technically Cleared
By ARUL at 12:01 pm, Aug 16, 2016

PROJECT: FL SMITH - GULF NATION, KUWAIT
DOC TITLE: ACSME -
COMMENT RESOLUTION SHEET FOR: Service Diagram of G160 Compressor 2 runs x( 3x150mm2) is
ok for the incomer side
Item no. Reference Revision Status Client Comments Supplier's Reply #1 Client Reply #1 Supplier's Reply #2
The terminal of the
Client Reply #2
REV 02 Comments
1 Page 1 of 3 02 2 415V +/-10%, 50HZ +/-5% as per project requirement Confirmed

isolation switch is
M10X30, 2 lugs can
As per the scope of supply and specifications, electrical
supply is equipped with a single incomer isolation switch installed in one terminal.
hene single run cable will only be acceptable due to
Input terminal shall be suitable to terminate 2 runs of 3.5C x 150 sq.mm. XLPE Cu. panel space constraints,
2 Page 1 of 3 02 2
Cable The units are already manufctured with the above config
and any further changes are not feasible,
We will recheck the possibility for any adaptation with
factory and revert back by this week
Min 500 mm Clearance from gland plate to terminal shall be maintained for
3 Page 1 of 3 02 2 Followed as per manufacturer standard
Cable Termination
DI for controller will be 24V wet voltage from compresssor

4 Page 2 of 3 02 2 Consider Start/Stop command (230 VAC) from Plant PLC with interposing relay cubicle. This is OEM standard confuguration followed for
all units
REV 01 OPEN Comments
Fuses to be provided by vendor and consider the same inside the compressor Fuses will be supplied by Atlas Copco. Single run power
Input terminal shall be suitable to terminate
4 Page 4 of 3 02 2 panel. Please note Customer will provide one Cable run and distribution will be cable is considered (3x240 mm2 + 120 mm2) and it shall Please refer reply for comment no 2
2 runs of 3.5C x 150 sq.mm. XLPE Cu. Cable
taken care by vendor inside the panel be supplied by customer.
Potential free contacts are digital outputs and are listed Please consider 230 VAC/24VDC
Please show PLC interface signals & Description with necessary Potential free
in Page 3 of the drawing. Start/Stop command will be interposing relay for commands from DCS DO from external source shall be dry contact as per AC cubicle
8 Page 4 of 3 02 2 contacts in Separate sheet.Consider Start/Stop command (230 VAC) from Plant
digital input to compressor controller, hence will be 24V to Compressor Panel. Main PLC DO design, Please refer reply for comment 3
PLC with interposing relay
wet voltage voltage is 230 VAC.
Page 1 of 1
$tlas&oSFo
(OHFWURQLFFRQGHQVDWHGUDLQV
(:'%(:'1.&(:'(:'$(:'&(+3(:'1
&(:'/(:'(:'&(:'(:'0(:'1(:'
0((:'0&(:'0%(:'((:''(:'
&(:'&+3(:'%(:'%(
Note: All relevant models have been highlighted in Yellow.
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
561
$tlas&oSFo
(OHFWURQLFFRQGHQVDWHGUDLQV
(:'%(:'.&(:'(:'$(:'&
(+3(:'&(:'/(:'(:'&(:'
(:'0(:'(:'0((:'0&(:'
0%(:'((:''(:'&(:'&
+3(:'%(:'%(
,QstrXFtioQEooN
2ULJLQDOLQVWUXFWLRQV
&oS\riJKtQotiFH
$Q\XQDXWKRUL]HGXVHRUFRS\LQJRIWKHFRQWHQWVRUDQ\SDUWWKHUHRILVSURKLELWHG
7KLVDSSOLHVLQSDUWLFXODUWRWUDGHPDUNVPRGHOGHQRPLQDWLRQVSDUWQXPEHUVDQGGUDZLQJV
7KLVLQVWUXFWLRQERRNLVYDOLGIRU&(DVZHOODVQRQ&(ODEHOOHGPDFKLQHV,WPHHWVWKH
UHTXLUHPHQWVIRULQVWUXFWLRQVVSHFLILHGE\WKHDSSOLFDEOH(XURSHDQGLUHFWLYHVDVLGHQWLILHG
LQWKH'HFODUDWLRQRI&RQIRUPLW\

1o1
ZZZDWODVFRSFRFRP
562
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
7aElHoIFoQtHQts
1 6aIHt\SrHFaXtioQs
6$)(7<,&216
6$)(7<35(&$87,216
GHQHraldHsFriStioQ
)81&7,21$/'(6&5,37,21
/(',1',&$7,216
7(67,1*7+((/(&7521,&'5$,19$/9(
,QstallatioQ11
,167$//$7,21352326$/
',0(16,21'5$:,1*6
5(675,&7,216
(/(&75,&$/&211(&7,216
0aiQtHQaQFH
0$,17(1$1&($&7,9,7,(6
6(59,&(.,76
3roElHPsolYiQJ
*(1(5$/&$86(6
)$8/76$1'5(0(',(6
OStioQalHTXiSPHQt
35(&$87,216)25237,21$/(48,30(17
),;,1*%5$&.(7
7+(50267$7,&$//<&21752//('+($7(5
75$&(+($7,1*

563
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
,168/$7,1*6+(//6
7HFKQiFaldata
5()(5(1&(&21',7,216$1'/,0,7$7,216
(/(&7521,&:$7(5'5$,1'$7$
3rHssXrHHTXiSPHQtdirHFtiYHs1
'HFlaratioQoIFoQIorPit\

564
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
1 6aIHt\SrHFaXtioQs
11 6aIHt\iFoQs
([SlaQatioQ
'DQJHUIRUOLIH
:DUQLQJ
,PSRUWDQWQRWH
1 6aIHt\SrHFaXtioQs
:arQiQJ
$OOUHVSRQVLELOLW\IRUDQ\GDPDJHRULQMXU\UHVXOWLQJIURPQHJOHFWLQJWKHVHSUHFDXWLRQVRU
QRQREVHUYDQFHRIWKHQRUPDOFDXWLRQDQGFDUHUHTXLUHGIRULQVWDOODWLRQRSHUDWLRQ
PDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSDLUHYHQLIQRWH[SUHVVO\VWDWHGZLOOEHGLVFODLPHGE\$WODV&RSFR
GHQHralSrHFaXtioQs
7KHRSHUDWRUPXVWHPSOR\VDIHZRUNLQJSUDFWLFHVDQGREVHUYHDOOUHODWHGORFDOZRUNVDIHW\UHTXLUHPHQWV
DQGUHJXODWLRQV
,IDQ\RIWKHIROORZLQJVWDWHPHQWVGRHVQRWFRPSO\ZLWKORFDOOHJLVODWLRQWKHVWULFWHURIWKHWZRVKDOODSSO\
,QVWDOODWLRQRSHUDWLRQPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSDLUVKDOORQO\EHSHUIRUPHGE\DXWKRULVHGWUDLQHGFRPSHWHQW
SHUVRQQHO
3rHFaXtioQsdXriQJiQstallatioQPaiQtHQaQFHaQdrHSair
$OZD\VZHDUVDIHW\JODVVHV
8VHWKHFRUUHFWWRROVIRUPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSDLUZRUN
$LUKRVHVPXVWEHRIWKHFRUUHFWVL]HDQGEHVXLWDEOHIRUWKHZRUNLQJSUHVVXUH1HYHUXVHIUD\HGGDPDJHG
RUZRUQKRVHV'LVWULEXWLRQSLSHVDQGFRQQHFWLRQVPXVWEHRIWKHFRUUHFWVL]HDQGEHVXLWDEOHIRUWKH
ZRUNLQJSUHVVXUH
7KHHOHFWULFDOFRQQHFWLRQVPXVWFRUUHVSRQGWRWKHORFDOFRGHV
8VHRQO\JHQXLQHVSDUHSDUWV
'RQRWH[FHHGWKHPD[LPXPRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUH0DLQWHQDQFHZRUNPD\RQO\EHFDUULHGRXWZKHQWKH
GHYLFHLVQRWXQGHUSUHVVXUH
2QO\XVHSUHVVXUHSURRILQVWDOODWLRQPDWHULDO7KHIHHGOLQHPXVWEHILUPO\IL[HG7KHGLVFKDUJHOLQHVKRXOG
EHDVKRUWSUHVVXUHKRVHRUDSUHVVXUHSURRISLSH(QVXUHWKDWWKHFRQGHQVDWHFDQQRWVTXLUWRQWRSHUVRQV
RUREMHFWV
$YRLGH[FHVVLYHWLJKWHQLQJRIWKHFRQQHFWRUVRQWKHLQOHWDQGRXWOHW:KHQWLJKWHQLQJWKHFRQQHFWRUVWZR
NH\VKDYHWREHXVHGRQHWRKROGWKHYDOYHWKHRWKHUWRWLJKWHQWKHQXW

565
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
,QDUHDVZKHUHIUHH]LQJWHPSHUDWXUHVDUHH[SHFWHGWKHGHYLFHVKRXOGEHSURYLGHGZLWKWKHUPRVWDWLFDOO\
FRQWUROOHGKHDWLQJRSWLRQDOHTXLSPHQW
$OOPDLQWHQDQFHZRUNPXVWRQO\EHXQGHUWDNHQZKHQWKHGHYLFHLVLQDGHHQHUJL]HGFRQGLWLRQ
$VLJQZLWKDZDUQLQJVXFKDVZRUNLQSURJUHVVGRQRWVWDUWPXVWEHDWWDFKHGWRWKHVWDUWLQJHTXLSPHQW
3HUVRQVVZLWFKLQJRQUHPRWHO\FRQWUROOHGPDFKLQHVPXVWWDNHDGHTXDWHSUHFDXWLRQVWRHQVXUHWKDWWKHUH
LVQRRQHFKHFNLQJRUZRUNLQJRQWKHPDFKLQH7RWKLVHQGDVXLWDEOHQRWLFHPXVWEHDIIL[HGWRWKHUHPRWH
VWDUWLQJHTXLSPHQW
%HIRUHUHPRYLQJDQ\SUHVVXUL]HGFRPSRQHQWVHIIHFWLYHO\LVRODWHWKHGHYLFHIURPDOOVRXUFHVRISUHVVXUH
DQGUHOLHYHWKHV\VWHPRISUHVVXUH
1HYHUXVHIODPPDEOHVROYHQWVRUFDUERQWHWUDFKORULGHIRUFOHDQLQJSDUWV7DNHVDIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVDJDLQVW
WKHWR[LFYDSRXUVRIFOHDQLQJOLTXLGV
6FUXSXORXVO\REVHUYHFOHDQOLQHVVGXULQJPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSDLUZRUN.HHSGLUWDZD\E\FRYHULQJWKH
SDUWVDQGH[SRVHGRSHQLQJVZLWKDFOHDQFORWKSDSHURUWDSH
1HYHUXVHDOLJKWVRXUFHZLWKRSHQIODPHIRULQVSHFWLQJWKHLQWHULRURIDGHYLFH
7KHHOHFWURQLFGUDLQYDOYHZLOORQO\IXQFWLRQZKHQYROWDJHLVEHLQJVXSSOLHGWRWKHGHYLFH
'RQRWXVHWKHWHVWEXWWRQIRUFRQWLQXRXVGUDLQLQJ
'RQRWXVHWKHHOHFWURQLFGUDLQYDOYHLQKD]DUGRXVDUHDVZLWKSRWHQWLDOO\H[SORVLYHDWPRVSKHUHV
'XULQJHOHFWULFLQVWDOODWLRQDOOUHJXODWLRQVLQIRUFHQHHGWREHDGKHUHGWRHJ9'(,(&
1otH
6RPHSUHFDXWLRQVDUHJHQHUDODQGPD\QRWDSSO\WR\RXUGHYLFH

566
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
GHQHraldHsFriStioQ
1 )XQFtioQaldHsFriStioQ
GHQHral
7KH(OHFWURQLF:DWHU'UDLQ(:'LVD]HURORVVHOHFWURQLFDOO\RSHUDWHGGUDLQYDOYHVSHFLDOO\GHVLJQHGWR
GUDLQFRQGHQVDWH(:'
VH[LVWLQDQXPEHURIYDULDQWVDQGVL]HV%HORZWDEOHH[SODLQVWKHDEEUHYLDWLRQVXVHG
LQWKHW\SHGHVLJQDWLRQ
6XIIi[ 'HsiJQatioQ
EODQN6WG (:'ZLWKRXWDODUPFRQWDFW
(:'(:'(:'(:'.ZLWKDODUPFRQWDFW
$ :LWKDODUPFRQWDFWRQO\(:'
% 'HOD\RIDSSUR[LPDWHO\VEHIRUHGUDLQLQJWKHFRQGHQVDWHZLWKDODUPFRQWDFW
& ,QWHUQDOO\FRDWHGZLWKDODUPFRQWDFW
( ([WHUQDOWHVWVLJQDOIRUFHGGUDLQLQJE\3/&RU(OHNWURQLNRQSRVVLEOH
' &RPELQDWLRQRIRSWLRQV
&
DQG
(
0 :LWKH[WUDVXSSRUWHOHFWULFFDEOHDQGPDQXDOGUDLQRXWOHW
+3 +LJKSUHVVXUHYHUVLRQEDUSVL
(+3 ([WUDKLJKSUHVVXUHYHUVLRQEDUSVL
/ &RPELQDWLRQRIRSWLRQV
%
DQG
(
RQO\(:'
(:'(:'(:'(:'1aQd(:'1.
&RQGHQVDWHIORZ(:'

567
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
&RQGHQVDWHIORZ(:'
&RQGHQVDWHIORZ(:'
&RQGHQVDWHIORZ(:'

568
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
&RQGHQVDWHIORZ(:'.
2SHUDWLRQ
7KHFRQGHQVDWHHQWHUVWKH(OHFWURQLF:DWHU'UDLQ(:'YLDLQOHWDQGDFFXPXODWHVLQFROOHFWRU$
FDSDFLWLYHVHQVRUFRQWLQXRXVO\PHDVXUHVWKHOLTXLGOHYHO$VVRRQDVWKHFROOHFWRULVILOOHGXSWRDFHUWDLQ
OHYHOSLORWYDOYHLVDFWLYDWHGDQGGLDSKUDJPRSHQVRXWOHWGLVFKDUJLQJWKHFRQGHQVDWH2QFHWKH
FROOHFWRUKDVEHHQHPSWLHGWKHRXWOHWFORVHVTXLFNO\ZLWKRXWZDVWLQJFRPSUHVVHGDLU
$ODUPPRGH
,QFDVHRIDPDOIXQFWLRQWKHUHGDODUP/('VWDUWVIODVKLQJDQGWKHHOHFWURQLFGUDLQYDOYHZLOODXWRPDWLFDOO\
FKDQJHWRWKHDODUPPRGHRSHQLQJDQGFORVLQJWKHYDOYHDFFRUGLQJWRDVHTXHQFHDVLQGLFDWHGEHORZ
6ZLWFKLQJVHTXHQFHLQWKHHYHQWRIDPDOIXQFWLRQ(:'%DQG(:'/

569
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
6ZLWFKLQJVHTXHQFHLQWKHHYHQWRIDPDOIXQFWLRQ(:'6WG(:'$(:'(:'(:'DQG(:'.
7KLVFRQGLWLRQFRQWLQXHVXQWLOWKHIDXOWLVUHPHGLHG2QFHWKHIDXOWLVFOHDUHGWKH(:'ZLOODXWRPDWLFDOO\
UHWXUQWRWKHQRUPDOPRGHRIRSHUDWLRQ,IWKHIDXOWLVQRWUHPHGLHGDXWRPDWLFDOO\PDLQWHQDQFHLVUHTXLUHG
/('iQdiFatioQs
(:'(:'(:'(:'1(:'1.
5HIHrHQFH 'HsFriStioQ
5HDG\IRURSHUDWLRQ3RZHULVRQ
7KHRXWOHWOLQHLVRSHQ
7KHDODUPPRGHLVDFWLYDWHG
7HVWRIYDOYHIXQFWLRQDQGPDQXDOGUDLQLQJEULHIO\SUHVVEXWWRQ
7HVWRIDODUPIXQFWLRQSUHVVEXWWRQIRU!PLQXWHVHHVHFWLRQ7HVWLQJWKHHOHFWURQLFGUDLQ
YDOYH

570
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
7HstiQJtKHHlHFtroQiFdraiQYalYH
7HstiQJ
&RQWUROSDQHORI(:'(:'(:'(:'DQG(:'.
)XQFWLRQDOWHVW
%ULHIO\SUHVVWKH7(67EXWWRQDQGFKHFNWKDWWKHYDOYHRSHQVIRUFRQGHQVDWHGLVFKDUJH
&KHFNLQJWKHDODUPVLJQDO
&ORVHWKHFRQGHQVDWHLQOHW
3UHVVWKH7(67EXWWRQIRUDWOHDVWPLQXWH
&KHFNWKDWWKHDODUP/('UHGIODVKHV
&KHFNWKDWWKHDODUPVLJQDOLVEHLQJUHOD\HGLIFRQQHFWHG
5HOHDVHWKH7(67EXWWRQDQGUHRSHQWKHFRQGHQVDWHLQOHWDIWHUWKHWHVW

571
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
,QstallatioQ
1 ,QstallatioQSroSosal
([aPSlHoIiQstallatioQ
$OZD\VREVHUYHWKHVDIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVPHQWLRQHGDWWKHEHJLQQLQJRIWKLV,QVWUXFWLRQ%RRN
'RQRWH[FHHGWKHPD[LPXPRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUHVHHW\SHSODWH
&$87,210DLQWHQDQFHZRUNPXVWRQO\EHFDUULHGRXWZKHQWKHGHYLFHLVQRWXQGHU
SUHVVXUH
2QO\XVHSUHVVXUHSURRILQVWDOODWLRQPDWHULDOV7KHIHHGOLQHPXVWEHILUPO\IL[HG2XWOHW
OLQHVKRUWSUHVVXUHKRVHWRSUHVVXUHSURRISLSH(QVXUHWKDWFRQGHQVDWHFDQQRWVTXLUW
RQWRSHUVRQVRUREMHFWV
(:'
(:'

572
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'
(:'
(:'.

573
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
'HsFriStioQ
7KHIHHGSLSHPXVWKDYHDPLQLPXPGLDPHWHU6HHVHFWLRQ(OHFWURQLF:DWHU'UDLQGDWD
1RILOWHUVVKRXOGEHLQVWDOOHGLQWKHIHHGOLQH
7KHIHHGOLQHPXVWKDYHDVORSHRIDWOHDVW
2QO\XVHEDOOYDOYHVLQWKHIHHGOLQH
$PLQLPXPSUHVVXUHPXVWEHSUHVHQWLQVLGHWKHHOHFWURQLFGUDLQYDOYH6HHVHFWLRQ
5HIHUHQFHFRQGLWLRQVDQGOLPLWDWLRQV
7KHSUHVVXUHKRVHXVHGPXVWEHDVVKRUWDVSRVVLEOH
)RUHDFKPHWHUIWRIULVLQJVORSHLQWKHRXWOHWOLQHWKHUHTXLUHGPLQLPXPSUHVVXUH
ZLOOLQFUHDVHE\EDUSVL7KHULVHRIWKHRXWOHWOLQHPD\QRWH[FHHGPHWUHV
IW
7KHFROOHFWLQJOLQHPXVWKDYHDPLQLPXPGLDPHWHU6HHVHFWLRQ(OHFWURQLF:DWHU'UDLQ
GDWD
7KHFROOHFWLQJOLQHPXVWKDYHDVORSHRIDWOHDVW
/HDGWKHGLVFKDUJHSLSHIURPWKHWRSLQWRWKHFROOHFWLQJOLQH
(:'. 7KHXSSHU³FRQQHFWLRQVKRXOGRQO\EHXVHGDVDFRQGHQVDWHLQOHWLQH[FHSWLRQDOFDVHV
VLQFHWKLVFRXOGOHDGWRLQIORZSUREOHPV
(:'. $OZD\VLQVWDOODYHQWLQJOLQH
5HParNs
,QVWDOODYHQWLQJOLQHLIWKHUHDUHLQIORZSUREOHPV
7KHIHHGOLQHFDQEHLQVWDOOHGKRUL]RQWDOO\RUYHUWLFDOO\RQWKH(:'
7KHQHFHVVDU\V\VWHPVWRUDJHYROXPHIRUWKH(:'%DQG(:'/FRPSULVHV
FROOHFWLQJVSDFHIHHGSLSHEDOOYDOYHDQG(OHFWURQLF:DWHU'UDLQ(:'

574
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
,QstallatioQoQIiltHr(:'/
7H[WRQGUDZLQJ
5HIHrHQFH 1aPH
)LOWHUERZO
7\SHDFFRUGLQJWRYROWDJH

575
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
'iPHQsioQdraZiQJs
(:'

576
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'
5HIHrHQFH 1aPH
([WHUQDOWHVWFRQWDFW
([WUDKLJKSUHVVXUHFRDWHG

577
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'
5HIHrHQFH 1aPH
'HOLYHUHGORRVH
7KHGDWDRQWKHGUDZLQJIRUWKH(:'&DUHWKHVDPHIRUWKH(:''YDULDQW

578
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'1

579
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'1.

580
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
5HstriFtioQs
(:'aQd(:'
(:'
1RWH
2QO\XVHWKH(:'%DQG(:'/IRULQVWDOODWLRQVDQGDSSOLFDWLRQVSURSRVHGDQG
GHOLYHUHGE\$WODV&RSFR

581
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'
3rHssXrHdiIIHrHQFHs
(DFKFRQGHQVDWHVRXUFHPXVWEHGUDLQHGVHSDUDWHO\
9HQtiQJ
,IWKHIHHGOLQHFDQQRWEHLQVWDOOHGZLWKVXIILFLHQWVORSHRULIWKHUHDUHRWKHULQIORZSUREOHPV
LWZLOOEHQHFHVVDU\WRLQVWDOODYHQWLQJOLQH
'HIlHFtorarHa
,IGUDLQDJHLVWRWDNHSODFHGLUHFWO\IURPDOLQHLWLVDGYLVDEOHWRDUUDQJHWKHSLSLQJVRWKDW
WKHDLUIORZLVGLYHUWHG
&oQtiQXoXssloSHZatHrSoFNHts
,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRDYRLGZDWHUSRFNHWVZKHQXVLQJDSUHVVXUHKRVHDVDIHHGOLQH
:DWHUSRFNHWVPXVWEHDYRLGHGZKHQLQVWDOOLQJDIHHGSLSH

582
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'aQd(:'1
(:'

583
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'
3rHssXrHdiIIHrHQFHs
9HQtiQJ
,IWKHIHHGOLQHFDQQRWEHLQVWDOOHGZLWKVXIILFLHQWVORSHRULIWKHUHDUHRWKHULQIORZSUREOHPV
LWZLOOEHQHFHVVDU\WRLQVWDOODVHSDUDWHYHQWLQJOLQH
'HIlHFtorarHa
,IGUDLQDJHLVWRWDNHSODFHGLUHFWO\IURPDOLQHLWLVDGYLVDEOHWRDUUDQJHWKHSLSLQJVRWKDW
WKHDLUIORZLVGLYHUWHG
0iQiPXPKHiJKtoIiQstallatioQ
7KHLQOHWFRQQHFWLRQPXVWEHORFDWHGORZHUWKDQWKHORZHVWSRLQWRIWKHFROOHFWLQJWDQNRU
YHVVHO

584
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
&oQtiQXoXssloSH
,IWKHVSDFHIRULQVWDOODWLRQLVWRRUHVWULFWHGWKHORZHUIHHGOLQHPXVWEHILWWHGZLWKDVHSDUDWH
YHQWLQJOLQH
9HQtiQJ
,IWKHUHDUHODUJHDPRXQWVRIFRQGHQVDWHLWZLOODOZD\VEHQHFHVVDU\WRLQVWDOODVHSDUDWH
YHQWLQJOLQH
(:'1.
3rHssXrHdiIIHrHQFHs
0iQiPXPKHiJKtoIiQstallatioQ
7KHLQOHWFRQQHFWLRQPXVWEHORFDWHGORZHUWKDQWKHORZHVWSRLQWRIWKHFROOHFWLQJWDQNRU
YHVVHO

585
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
&oQtiQXoXssloSH
,IWKHVSDFHIRULQVWDOODWLRQLVWRRUHVWULFWHGWKHORZHUIHHGOLQHPXVWEHILWWHGZLWKDVHSDUDWH
YHQWLQJOLQH
9HQtiQJ
,IWKHUHDUHODUJHDPRXQWVRIFRQGHQVDWHLWZLOODOZD\VEHQHFHVVDU\WRLQVWDOODVHSDUDWH
YHQWLQJOLQH
(lHFtriFalFoQQHFtioQs
5LVNIRUHOHFWULFVKRFNLQFDVHRIFRQWDFWZLWKQRQLQVXODWHGSDUWVFDUU\LQJPDLQV
YROWDJH
0DLQWHQDQFHZRUNPXVWRQO\EHFDUULHGRXWZKHQWKHGHYLFHLVLQDGHHQHUJLVHGVWDWH
$Q\ZRUNLQYROYLQJHOHFWULFDOSDUWVPXVWRQO\EHSHUIRUPHGE\VXLWDEO\TXDOLILHGDQG
DXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQQHO
3URWHFWWKHLQWHUQDOSDUWVIURPKXPLGLW\ZKHQWKHFRYHULVUHPRYHGIRUPDNLQJWKH
FRQQHFWLRQV
$SSO\DOOUHOHYDQWLQVWUXFWLRQVLQVHFWLRQ6DIHW\SUHFDXWLRQV
,QFDVHRI9'&RSHUDWLRQGRQRWFRQQHFWWKHSRVLWLYHZLUHWRWKHIUDPHEHFDXVH
WKHLQWHUQDOKRXVLQJSRWHQWLDORIWKHGHYLFHLVQHJDWLYH
7KHVXSSO\YROWDJHPXVWPHHWWKHUHTXLUHPHQWVIRUSURWHFWLYHH[WUDORZVDIHW\
YROWDJHV3(/9LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK,(&
,QFDVHRI$&VXSSO\DUHOLDEO\DFFHVVLEOHVHSDUDWRUPXVWEHSURYLGHGFORVHE\HJ
SRZHUSOXJRUVZLWFKZKLFKVHSDUDWHVDOOFXUUHQWFDUU\LQJFRQGXFWRUV
,IWKHSRWHQWLDOIUHHFRQWDFWFDUULHVYROWDJHWKDWLVGDQJHURXVLQWKHFDVHRIFRQWDFWD
FRUUHVSRQGLQJVHSDUDWRUPXVWDOVREHSURYLGHG
%HWZHHQWKHSURWHFWLYHFRQGXFWRU3(FRQQHFWLRQDQGWKHSLSLQJDSRWHQWLDOGLIIHUHQFH
LVQRWDGPLVVLEOH,IUHTXLUHGSRWHQWLDOHTXDOL]DWLRQLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK9'(
,(&PXVWEHSURYLGHGIRU

586
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'
2QO\RQ(:'$
/ 3KDVH
1 1HXWUDO
3( (DUWKLQJ
&20 &RPPRQ
1& 1RUPDOO\FORVHGFRQWDFW
12 1RUPDOO\RSHQFRQWDFW

587
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'(:'(:'1aQd(:'1.
/ 3KDVH
1 1HXWUDO
3( (DUWK
1& 1RUPDOO\FORVHGFRQWDFW
&20 FRPPRQ
12 1RUPDOO\RSHQFRQWDFW
9 9'&9
9 99'&
FRQQHFWLRQVIRU$&VXSSO\YROWDJH
FRQQHFWLRQVIRU'&VXSSO\YROWDJH
1RWH
7KHUHLVQRJDOYDQLFLVRODWLRQEHWZHHQWHUPLQDOVDQGRIWKH'&GHYLFHVDQGWKHKRXVLQJVRUWKHFRQGHQVDWH
FRQQHFWLRQV$VUHJDUGVWHVWVIRUH[DPSOHSURWHFWLYHFRQGXFWRUWHVWVLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK9'(
,(&&'LWPXVWEHREVHUYHGWKDWWKHUHLVRQO\DFRQQHFWLRQIRUWKHHVWDEOLVKPHQWRIDIXQFWLRQDO
HDUWKLQJEHWZHHQWKHWRXFKDEOHFRQGXFWLYHSDUWVRIWKHGHYLFHDQGWKHSURWHFWLYHFRQGXFWRUEDVHDQGQR
SURWHFWLYHFRQQHFWLRQFDSDEOHRIFDUU\LQJFXUUHQW

588
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
,QFasHoIH[tHrQaltHstEXttoQ
5HIHUHQFHVRQGUDZLQJ
$6 $ODUPVLJQDO
(7 ([WHUQDOWHVW
,1 ,QSXW
/ 3KDVH
1 1HXWUDO
29 *URXQG
3( (DUWKLQJ
36 3RZHUVXSSO\
)DLOVDIH
1RUPDOO\FORVHG
&RPPRQ
1RUPDOO\RSHQ

589
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
0aiQtHQaQFH
1 0aiQtHQaQFHaFtiYitiHs
%HIRUHVWDUWLQJDQ\PDLQWHQDQFHRUUHSDLUVFORVHWKHDLURXWOHWYDOYHDQGSUHVVWKH
WHVWEXWWRQRQWRSRIWKHHOHFWURQLFZDWHUGUDLQWRGHSUHVVXULVHWKHDLUV\VWHP
(:'(:'(:'(:'1aQd(:'1.
7KHVHWRIZHDULQJSDUWVVHUYLFHNLWPXVWEHFKDQJHGHYHU\KUVRU\HDUO\ZKLFKHYHUFRPHVILUVW
6HrYiFHNits
'HsFriStioQ
6HUYLFHNLWVDUHDYDLODEOHRIIHULQJWKHEHQHILWRIJHQXLQH$WODV&RSFRSDUWVZKLOVWDWWKHVDPHWLPHNHHSLQJ
WKHPDLQWHQDQFHEXGJHWORZ7KHNLWVFRPSULVHDOOSDUWVQHHGHGIRUVHUYLFLQJ&RQVXOWWKH3DUWVOLVWIRUSDUW
QXPEHUV

590
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
3roElHPsolYiQJ
1 GHQHralFaXsHs
GHQHral
0DOIXQFWLRQLQJFDQIRUH[DPSOHEHFDXVHGE\
0LVWDNHVPDGHGXULQJLQVWDOODWLRQ
3UHVVXUHVEHORZWKHPLQLPXPSUHVVXUH
([FHVVLYHDPRXQWRIFRQGHQVDWHRYHUORDGLQJ
%ORFNHGRUVKXWRIIRXWOHWOLQH
([FHVVLYHDPRXQWRIGLUWSDUWLFOHV
)UR]HQSLSLQJ
,IWKHIDXOWLVQRWFOHDUHGZLWKLQWKHILUVWPLQXWHQRWIRUWKH(:'6WGDIDXOWVLJQDOLVWULJJHUHGZKLFK
FDQEHSLFNHGRIIDVDSRWHQWLDOIUHHVLJQDOYLDWKHDODUPUHOD\
)aXltsaQdrHPHdiHs
:arQiQJs
%HIRUHVWDUWLQJDQ\PDLQWHQDQFHRUUHSDLUVFORVHWKHDLURXWOHWYDOYHDQGSUHVVWKH
WHVWEXWWRQRQWRSRIWKHHOHFWURQLFZDWHUGUDLQWRGHSUHVVXULVHWKHDLUV\VWHP
3roElHPsolYiQJ
&oQditioQ )aXlt 5HPHd\

1R/('OLJKWVXS 7KHSRZHUVXSSO\LVIDXOW\ &KHFNWKHSRZHUVXSSO\YROWDJHDQG
FRPSDUHLWWRWKHYROWDJHPHQWLRQHG
RQWKHW\SHSODWH
7KHSRZHUVXSSO\ERDUGLV &KHFNWKHYROWDJHRQWKHSRZHU
GHIHFWLYH VXSSO\ERDUG
7KHFRQWURO3ULQWHG&LUFXLW%RDUG &KHFNWKH9'&YROWDJH
3&%LVGHIHFWLYH 9'&ZLWKRXWORDGRQWKHFRQWURO
3&%
&KHFNWKHSOXJFRQQHFWLRQDQG
WKHULEERQFDEOH
1RFRQGHQVDWHLVEHLQJ 7KHIHHGDQGRURXWOHWOLQHLVVKXW &KHFNWKHIHHGOLQHDQGWKHRXWOHWOLQH
GLVFKDUJHGZKHQWKHWHVWEXWWRQLV RIIRUEORFNHG
SUHVVHG :HDU 5HSODFHWKHZRUQSDUWV
7KHFRQWURO3ULQWHG&LUFXLW%RDUG &KHFNLIWKHYDOYHRSHQVDXGLEO\
3&%LVGHIHFWLYH 3UHVVWKHWHVWEXWWRQVHYHUDOWLPHV
7KHVROHQRLGYDOYHLVGHIHFWLYH &KHFNWKH9'&YROWDJH9'&
ZLWKRXWORDGRQWKHFRQWURO3&%

591
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
&oQditioQ )aXlt 5HPHd\

&RQGHQVDWHLVRQO\EHLQJ 7KHIHHGOLQHKDVLQVXIILFLHQWVORSH /D\WKHIHHGOLQHZLWKDQDGHTXDWH
GLVFKDUJHGZKHQWKHWHVWEXWWRQLV VORSH
SUHVVHG ([FHVVLYHDPRXQWRIFRQGHQVDWH ,QVWDOODYHQWLQJOLQH
7KHVHQVRUWXEHLVH[WUHPHO\GLUW\ &OHDQWKHVHQVRUWXEH
7KHDLUSUHVVXUHKDVGURSSHG (QVXUHWKHUHLVWKHPLQLPXPSUHVVXUH
EHORZWKHPLQLPXPSUHVVXUH
7KHHOHFWURQLFGUDLQYDOYHNHHSV 7KHFRQWURODLUOLQHLVEORFNHG &OHDQWKHHQWLUHGUDLQYDOYH
EORZLQJRIIDLU :HDU 5HSODFHWKHZRUQSDUWV
7KHVHQVRUWXEHLVGLUW\ &OHDQWKHVHQVRUWXEH

592
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
OStioQalHTXiSPHQt
1 3rHFaXtioQsIoroStioQalHTXiSPHQt
:arQiQJ
$OOUHVSRQVLELOLW\IRUDQ\GDPDJHRULQMXU\UHVXOWLQJIURPQHJOHFWLQJWKHVH
SUHFDXWLRQVRUQRQREVHUYDQFHRIWKHQRUPDOFDXWLRQDQGFDUHUHTXLUHGIRU
LQVWDOODWLRQRSHUDWLRQPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSDLUHYHQLIQRWH[SUHVVO\VWDWHGZLOO
EHGLVFODLPHGE\$WODV&RSFR
3rHFaXtioQs
0DNHVXUHWKDWDOOHOHFWULFDOZLULQJKDVEHHQLQVWDOOHGLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHYDOLGUHJXODWLRQV
,QVWDOODWLRQPXVWDOZD\VEHSHUIRUPHGE\DTXDOLILHGWHFKQLFLDQ
,QVWDOODWLRQPXVWEHFDUULHGRXWLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHFLUFXLWGLDJUDPVDQGFRQQHFWLRQGUDZLQJVSURYLGHG
7KHHOHFWURQLFGUDLQYDOYHWKHIHHGOLQHDQGWKHGLVFKDUJHOLQHPXVWEHFRUUHFWO\LQVXODWHGWRSUHYHQW
IUHH]LQJDQGWKXVVHULRXVGDPDJHWRWKHGHYLFHRUSLSLQJ
'RQRWVZLWFKRIIWKHKHDWLQJLIWKHUHLVDQ\OLNHOLKRRGRIIURVW7KHUHPD\VWLOOEHFRQGHQVDWHOHIWLQVLGH
WKH(OHFWURQLF:DWHU'UDLQ
1otH
6RPHSUHFDXWLRQVDUHJHQHUDODQGPD\QRWDSSO\WR\RXURSWLRQDOHTXLSPHQW
)i[iQJEraFNHt
'HsFriStioQ
%UDFNHWWRIL[WKH(OHFWURQLF:DWHU'UDLQ(:'

593
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
,PSortaQtQotH
7KHIL[LQJEUDFNHWLVQRWDYDLODEOHDVDQRSWLRQIRUWKH(:'
5HParN
&RQVXOWWKHUHOHYDQW3DUWVOLVWIRUWKHFRUUHFWSDUWQXPEHU
7KHrPostatiFall\FoQtrollHdKHatHr
'HsFriStioQ
&RPSRQHQWV
5HIHUHQFHVRQGUDZLQJ
5HIHrHQFH 1aPH
+HDWLQJFDUWULGJH
7SLHFH
)ODWJDVNHW[
1XW
)ODWJDVNHW[
5HGXFLQJQLSSOH
/ 3KDVH
1 1HXWUDO
3(*URXQG (DUWKLQJ
7 :RUNLQJWKHUPRVWDW
7 6DIHW\WKHUPRVWDW
; 0D[LPXPSHUPLVVLEOHLQVXODWLRQGLVWDQFH

594
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
7KHKHDWHUFRQVLVWVRIDKHDWLQJFDUWULGJHZLWKEXLOWLQWKHUPRVWDWV7KHZRUNLQJWKHUPRVWDW7UHJLVWHUVWKH
DPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHWXUQVWKHKHDWLQJRQZKHQWKHWHPSHUDWXUHGURSVEHORZÛ&Û)DQGWXUQVWKH
KHDWLQJRIIZKHQWKHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHVDERYHÛ&Û)7KHVDIHW\WKHUPRVWDW7WXUQVRIIWKHKHDWLQJ
ZKHQWKHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHVDERYHÛ&Û)
7KHKHDWHULVVFUHZHGLQWRWKHIHHGOLQHXVLQJWKHDGDSWHUWKDWLVSURYLGHG7KHPHWDOFRQQHFWLRQSDUWVPDNH
VXUHWKDWWKHKHDWLVHYHQO\GLVWULEXWHGWRWKHGUDLQYDOYHKRXVLQJ7KHRSHUDWLRQRIWKHKHDWHULVFRPSOHWHO\
LQGHSHQGHQWRIWKH(OHFWURQLF:DWHU'UDLQ
,PSortaQtQotH
7KHKHDWHULVQRWDYDLODEOHDVDQRSWLRQIRUWKH(:'
,QstallatioQdraZiQJ
(:'
(:'

595
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'
(:'.
7H[WRQGUDZLQJ
5HIHrHQFH 1aPH
$,5 $LURXWOHW
,1 'UDLQYDOYHIHHGOLQH
287 'UDLQYDOYHGLVFKDUJHOLQH
,PSortaQtrHParNs
:KHQiQstalliQJtKHKHatHrNHHSiQPiQdtKHIolloZiQJSoiQts
2Q(:'DQG(:'ZKHQXVLQJWKH7SLHFHVHDOWKHWKUHDGWRWKHGUDLQ
YDOYHZLWK7HIORQWDSHDQGORFNZLWKWKHQXW
7KHHOHFWULFDOFRQQHFWLRQPXVWEHPDGHFRUUHFWO\YLDDFRQQHFWLRQER[RUYLDWKH
GLVWULEXWLRQPRGXOHZKHQWKHWUDFLQJRSWLRQVHHVHFWLRQ7UDFLQJLVDOVRLQVWDOOHG
7KHZRUNLQJWKHUPRVWDW7PD\QRWEHFRYHUHGZLWKWKHUPDOLQVXODWLRQVLQFHWKH
WKHUPRVWDWKDVWRPHDVXUHWKHDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUH7KHPD[LPXPSHUPLVVLEOH
LQVXODWLRQGLVWDQFH;LVPPLQ
7KHIXVHSURWHFWLRQPXVWEHDFFRUGLQJWRWKHSRZHUUHTXLUHPHQWV
6SHFiIiFatioQs
'HsFriStioQ 9alXH
7HPSHUDWXUHUDQJH 'RZQWRÛ&ZLWKFRUUHFWLQVXODWLRQ
7HPSHUDWXUHUDQJH 'RZQWRÛ)ZLWKFRUUHFWLQVXODWLRQ

596
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
'HsFriStioQ 9alXH
6ZLWFKLQJWHPSHUDWXUH 6ZLWFKHV21EHORZÛ&
6ZLWFKHV2))DERYHÛ&
6ZLWFKLQJWHPSHUDWXUH 6ZLWFKHV21EHORZÛ)
6ZLWFKHV2))DERYHÛ)
6DIHW\WHPSHUDWXUH 6ZLWFKHV2))DERYHÛ&
6DIHW\WHPSHUDWXUH 6ZLWFKHV2))DERYHÛ)
3URWHFWLRQVWDQGDUG ,3
:HLJKW NJ
:HLJKW OE
7KUHDGHGFRQQHFWLRQ *³VWDQGDUG
137RSWLRQDO
3UHVVXUHUDQJHKHDWLQJFDUWULGJH 0D[LPXPEDU
3UHVVXUHUDQJHKHDWLQJFDUWULGJH 0D[LPXPSVL
3UHVVXUHUDQJHDGDSWHUVHW 0D[LPXPEDU
3UHVVXUHUDQJHDGDSWHUVHW 0D[LPXPSVL
3RZHUVXSSO\ 6WDQGDUG9$&+]+]
3RZHUVXSSO\ 1RQVWDQGDUG9$&+]+]
3RZHUVXSSO\ 1RQVWDQGDUG9$&'&+]+]
3RZHULQSXW 9YHUVLRQ:
3RZHULQSXW 9YHUVLRQKS
3RZHULQSXW 9 9YHUVLRQ:
3RZHULQSXW 9 9YHUVLRQKS
/HQJWKRIWKHFDEOH P
/HQJWKRIWKHFDEOH IW
&DEOHFURVVVHFWLRQ [PP
5HParN

597
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
7raFHKHatiQJ
'HsFriStioQ
&RPSRQHQWV
5HIHUHQFHVRQGUDZLQJ
5HIHrHQFH 1aPH
+HDWLQJWDSHPIW
+HDWLQJWDSHPIW
'LVWULEXWLRQPRGXOHLQFOXVLYHLQVWDOODWLRQPRGXOH
7KHWUDFHKHDWLQJFRQVLVWVRIDGLVWULEXWLRQPRGXOHZLWKWZRIOH[LEOHKHDWLQJWDSHVZKLFKDUHODLGDORQJWKH
SLSLQJ
7KHWKHUPRVWDWLFVZLWFKLQVLGHWKHGLVWULEXWLRQPRGXOHFRQWLQXRXVO\UHJLVWHUVWKHDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUH,W
VZLWFKHVWKHKHDWLQJWDSHRQZKHQWKHWHPSHUDWXUHGURSVEHORZÛ&Û)DQGVZLWFKHVLWRIIZKHQWKH
WHPSHUDWXUHULVHVDERYHÛ&Û)
7KHKHDWLQJWDSHVDUHVHOIUHJXODWLQJZKLFKPHDQVWKDWWKHKHDWRXWSXWLVDGDSWHGWRWKHDFWXDOWHPSHUDWXUH
7KHWDSHVFDQEHVKRUWHQHGDVGHVLUHGZLWKRXWDIIHFWLQJWKHKHDWRXWSXWSHUPHWHU7KHGLVWULEXWLRQPRGXOH
ZLWKLQWHJUDWHGDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUVXSSOLHVWKHSRZHUIRUWKHKHDWLQJWDSHVDQGKDVDIUHHPDLQV
FRQWDFW
,PSortaQtQotH
7KHGLVWULEXWLRQER[PD\QRWEHFRYHUHGZLWKWKHUPDOLQVXODWLRQVLQFHLWKRXVHVWKH
WKHUPRVWDWLFVZLWFKZKLFKPXVWUHJLVWHUWKHDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUH
3rHSariQJaQdiQstalliQJtKHKHatiQJtaSHs
,QVRPHFDVHVLWPD\EHQHFHVVDU\WRDOWHUWKHOHQJWKRIWKHKHDWLQJWDSHV7KHLQVWUXFWLRQEHORZH[SODLQVKRZ
WRVKRUWHQRQHRIWKHWDSHV7KHRWKHUWDSHFDQEHDOWHUHGLQWKHVDPHZD\

598
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
,PSortaQtrHParN
0DNHVXUHQRWWRVKRUWHQWKHWDSHVWRRPXFK7KH\FDQQRWEHOHQJWKHQHG
+RZWRVKRUWHQWKHWDSHV
6tHS $FtioQ
0HDVXUHWKHGHVLUHGOHQJWKRIWKHKHDWLQJWDSHFXWWKHUXEEHUSURWHFWLRQDWWKDWGLVWDQFHDQG
IROGWKHPHWDOVKLHOGLQJEDFNZDUGV
&XWWKHKHDWLQJWDSHDWWKHGHVLUHGOHQJWK7KHPHWDOVKLHOGLQJPXVWEHDWOHDVWPP
LQORQJHUWKDQWKHKHDWLQJWDSH
,QVWDOOWKHVKULQNLQJVOHHYHRQWKHKHDWLQJWDSHDVVKRZQ
6TXHH]HWKHKHDWLQJWDSHDWWKHLQGLFDWHGVSRWV
)ROGWKHPHWDOVKLHOGLQJRYHUWKHHQGRIWKHKHDWLQJWDSH

599
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
6tHS $FtioQ
,QVWDOOWKHORQJVKULQNLQJVOHHYHRYHUWKHPHWDOVKLHOGLQJ7KHVOHHYHPXVWEHDWOHDVWPP
LQORQJHUWKDQWKHWDSH
6TXHH]HWKHVKULQNLQJVOHHYHDWWKHLQGLFDWHGVSRWV
*XLGHWKHKHDWLQJWDSHLQDVWUDLJKWOLQHDORQJWKHSLSLQJDQGIL[LWE\PHDQVRIFDEOHVWULSV
,QVXODWHWKHKHDWLQJWDSHWRJHWKHUZLWKWKHSLSH
,QstalliQJtKHdistriEXtioQEo[
'LPHQVLRQVRIWKHGLVWULEXWLRQER[
7RIL[WKHGLVWULEXWLRQER[WRDZDOORUDSDQHOKROHVDUHSURYLGHGLQWKHXQLW7KHFRUUHFWPHDVXUHPHQWVDUH
VKRZQLQWKHGUDZLQJ
&oQQHFtiQJtKHHlHFtriFalZiriQJ
7KHWUDFLQJRSWLRQKDVWREHFRQQHFWHGDVVKRZQ
&RQQHFWLRQV
5HIHUHQFHVRQGUDZLQJ
5HIHrHQFH 1aPH
+HDWLQJWDSH
+HDWLQJWDSH
)UHHPDLQVRXWOHW
0DLQVLQSXW

600
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
5HIHrHQFH 1aPH
)XVH
7KHUPRHOHPHQW
7HUPLQDOVWULS
/ 3KDVH
1 1HXWUDO
3( (DUWKLQJ
1otH
7KHIUHHPDLQVRXWSXWLVSURYLGHGIRUWHPSHUDWXUHGHSHQGHQWRSHUDWLRQ7KHRXWSXWDOORZV
XVHRIWKHWKHUPRVWDWLFVZLWFKIRUDGGLWLRQDOKHDWLQJGHYLFHVVXFKDVWKHKHDWHU
6SHFiIiFatioQs
'HsFriStioQ 9alXH
7HPSHUDWXUHUDQJH Û&WRÛ&
7HPSHUDWXUHUDQJH Û)WRÛ)
6ZLWFKLQJWHPSHUDWXUH 6ZLWFKHV21EHORZÛ&
6ZLWFKHV2))DERYHÛ&
6ZLWFKLQJWHPSHUDWXUH 6ZLWFKHV21EHORZÛ)
6ZLWFKHV2))DERYHÛ)
+HDWLQJWDSHOHQJWK [PDGMXVWDEOH
[PDGMXVWDEOH
+HDWLQJWDSHOHQJWK [IWDGMXVWDEOH
[IWDGMXVWDEOH
:HLJKW NJP
:HLJKW OEIW
3URWHFWLRQVWDQGDUG ,3
3RZHUVXSSO\ 6WDQGDUG9$&+]+]
3RZHULQSXW 3$& :P
3RZHULQSXW 3$& KSIW
)XVH $7FURVVVHFWLRQ/
&DEOHFURVVVHFWLRQ [PP
5HParN

601
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
,QsXlatiQJsKHlls
'HsFriStioQ
&RPSRQHQWV
5HIHUHQFHVRQGUDZLQJ
5HIHrHQFH 1aPH
,QVXODWLQJVKHOOV[
7UDQVSDUHQWSOXJ
3HUIRUDWHGFODPSLQJVWUDS
3XVKLQIDVWHQHU
7KHLQVXODWLQJVKHOOVSURWHFWWKHHQWLUH(OHFWURQLF:DWHU'UDLQDJDLQVWKHDWORVV7KH/('GLVSOD\DQGWKH
WHVWEXWWRQUHPDLQIUHHDQGDFFHVVLEOHWKURXJKDWUDQVSDUHQWFRYHULQJ
1otH
7KHLQVXODWLQJVKHOOVDUHQRWDYDLODEOHDVDQRSWLRQIRU(:'DQG(:'.
,QstallatioQ
7RLQVWDOOWKHLQVXODWLQJVKHOOVSURFHHGDVIROORZV
&DUHIXOO\RSHQWKHQHFHVVDU\KROHVIRUWKHIHHGOLQHWKHGLVFKDUJHOLQHDQGWKHKHDWLQJ7KHKROHVDUH
SUHSXQFKHGLQWKHVKLHOGV
3XWDVKHOORQHDFKVLGHRIWKH(OHFWURQLF:DWHU'UDLQ
)L[WKHVKHOOVXVLQJWKHFODPSLQJVWUDSDQGWKHSXVKLQIDVWHQHUV
3XWWKHWUDQVSDUHQWSOXJLQWKHRSHQLQJIRUWKH/('DQGWKHWHVWEXWWRQ
5HParN
&RQVXOWWKHSDUWVOLVWIRUWKHFRUUHFWSDUWQXPEHU

602
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
7HFKQiFaldata
1 5HIHrHQFHFoQditioQsaQdliPitatioQs
$OOFRQGHQVDWHGUDLQVH[FHSWWKH(:'GUDLQDQGLWVYDULDQWVKDYHEHHQWHVWHGWRWKH
UHTXLUHPHQWVRI&$1&6$&1RVHFRQGHGLWLRQLQFOXGLQJ$PHQGPHQW
RUDODWHUYHUVLRQRIWKHVDPHVWDQGDUGLQFRUSRUDWLQJWKHVDPHOHYHORIWHVWLQJ
UHTXLUHPHQWV
5HIHrHQFHFoQditioQs
(:' 6td $ % /
5HIHUHQFHDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUH Û&
5HIHUHQFHDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUH Û)
5HIHUHQFHUHODWLYHKXPLGLW\
(:' 6td & &(+3

(:' 6td0 &0&' &+3 %%(0%

0((
(:'1 6td &

(:'1. &
/iPits
(:' 6td $ % /
0LQLPXPWHPSHUDWXUH Û&

603
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:' 6td $ % /
0LQLPXPWHPSHUDWXUH Û)
0D[LPXPWHPSHUDWXUH Û&
0D[LPXPWHPSHUDWXUH Û)
0D[LPXPZRUNLQJSUHVVXUH EDU
0D[LPXPZRUNLQJSUHVVXUH SVL
0LQLPXPZRUNLQJSUHVVXUH EDU
0LQLPXPZRUNLQJSUHVVXUH SVL
(:' 6td & &(+3

(:' 6td0 &0&' &+3 %%(0%

0((
(:'1 6td &

(:'1. &

604
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'1. &
(lHFtroQiFZatHrdraiQdata
$OOGDWDVSHFLILHGEHORZDSSO\XQGHUUHIHUHQFHFRQGLWLRQV
)RURSHUDWLRQDWDQDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHRIÛ&Û)DQGUHODWLYHKXPLGLW\PXOWLSO\
WKHFDSDFLW\E\
)RURSHUDWLRQDWDQDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHRIÛ&Û)DQGUHODWLYHKXPLGLW\PXOWLSO\
WKHFDSDFLW\E\
(:' 6td $ % /
0D[LPXPFRPSUHVVRUFDSDFLW\ OV
ZKHQXVHGDVFRPSUHVVRUGUDLQ
0D[LPXPFRPSUHVVRUFDSDFLW\ FIP
0D[LPXPGU\HUFDSDFLW\ZKHQ OV
XVHGDVGU\HUGUDLQLIWKH
FRPSUHVVRUKDVQRVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
0D[LPXPGU\HUFDSDFLW\ZKHQ FIP
FRPSUHVVRUKDVVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
0D[LPXPILOWHUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHG OV
DVILOWHUGUDLQDIWHUGU\HU
0D[LPXPILOWHUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHG FIP
:HLJKW NJ
:HLJKW OE
7\SHRIFRQGHQVDWHVHHWDEOH DE DE E DE
&ROOHFWRUPDWHULDOVHHWDEOH H H H H
&RQGHQVDWHLQOHW *137 ³ ³ ³ ³
&RQGHQVDWHRXWOHW *137 ³ ³ ³ ³
&RQGHQVDWHRXWOHWKRVH PP

605
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:' 6td $ % /
&RQGHQVDWHRXWOHWKRVH LQ
)HHGOLQHGLDPHWHUVORSH
&ROOHFWLQJOLQHVORSH
0D[LPXPULVHRIRXWOHWOLQH P
0D[LPXPULVHRIRXWOHWOLQH IW
9HQWLQJOLQHRQYDOYHSRVVLEOH 1R 1R 1R 1R
6XSSO\YROWDJH 9 6HHGDWDSODWH
)UHTXHQF\ +]
,3FRGH ,3 ,3 ,3 ,3
0D[LPXPSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQ 9$
&DEOHGLDPHWHU PP
&DEOHVHFWLRQ PPð [ [ [ [
&DEOHGLDPHWHU LQ
&DEOHVL]H [$:* [$:* [$:* [$:*
)XVH $ $VORZUHFRPPHQGHGIRU$&VWLSXODWHGIRU'&
1RYROWDJHRUDODUP &RQWDFWFORVHGUHOD\QRWHQHUJL]HG
1RUPDORSHUDWLRQQRDODUP &RQWDFWFORVHGUHOD\HQHUJL]HG
&RQWDFWUDWLQJ 9$&$
!9'&!P$
(:' 6td & &(+3

0D[LPXPFRPSUHVVRUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDV OV
FRPSUHVVRUGUDLQ
0D[LPXPFRPSUHVVRUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDV FIP
FRPSUHVVRUGUDLQ
0D[LPXPGU\HUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVGU\HUGUDLQ OV
LIWKHFRPSUHVVRUKDVQRVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
0D[LPXPGU\HUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVGU\HUGUDLQ FIP
LIWKHFRPSUHVVRUKDVQRVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
0D[LPXPGU\HUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVGU\HUGUDLQ OV
LIWKHFRPSUHVVRUKDVVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
0D[LPXPGU\HUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVGU\HUGUDLQ FIP
LIWKHFRPSUHVVRUKDVVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
0D[LPXPILOWHUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVILOWHUGUDLQ OV
DIWHUGU\HU
0D[LPXPILOWHUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVILOWHUGUDLQ FIP
DIWHUGU\HU
:HLJKW NJ
:HLJKW OE
7\SHRIFRQGHQVDWHVHHWDEOH D DE DE
&ROOHFWRUPDWHULDOVHHWDEOH F G G
&RQGHQVDWHLQOHW *137 ³ ³ ³
&RQGHQVDWHRXWOHW *137 ³ ³ ³

606
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:' 6td & &(+3

)UHTXHQF\ +]
,VRODWLRQFODVV ,3 ,3 ,3
&DEOHGLDPHWHU PP
&DEOHVHFWLRQ PPð [ [ [
&DEOHGLDPHWHU LQ
&DEOHVL]H [$:* [$:* [$:*
)XVH $ $VORZUHFRPPHQGHGIRU$&VWLSXODWHGIRU
'&
&RQQHFWLRQGDWDRIWKHSRWHQWLDOIUHHFRQWDFW $&PD[9$
6ZLWFKWRORDG '&PD[9$
&RQQHFWLRQGDWDRIWKHSRWHQWLDOIUHHFRQWDFW PLQ9'&P$
6ZLWFKWRORZVLJQDO
)HHGOLQHGLDPHWHUVORSH ³ ³ ³
&ROOHFWLQJOLQHVORSH ³ ³ ³
9HQWLQJOLQHRQYDOYHSRVVLEOH 1R 1R 1R
7KHVZLWFKLQJRIORDGVPHDQVWKDWWKHSURSHUWLHVRIWKHFRQWDFWDUHQRORQJHUVXLWDEOHIRUWKHVZLWFKLQJ
RIORZVLJQDOV
(:' 6td00(( &0&' &+3 %%(0%

0D[LPXPFRPSUHVVRUFDSDFLW\ OV
0D[LPXPFRPSUHVVRUFDSDFLW\ FIP
0D[LPXPILOWHUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHG OV

607
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:' 6td00(( &0&' &+3 %%(0%

0D[LPXPILOWHUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHG FIP
:HLJKW NJ
:HLJKW OE
7\SHRIFRQGHQVDWH D DE DE DE
&ROOHFWRUPDWHULDO F G G G
&RQGHQVDWHLQOHW *137 [³ [³ [³ [³
&RQGHQVDWHRXWOHW *137 ³ ³ ³ ³
)UHTXHQF\ +]
,VRODWLRQFODVV ,3 ,3 ,3 ,3
&DEOHGLDPHWHU PP
&DEOHVHFWLRQ PPð [ [ [ [
&DEOHGLDPHWHU LQ
&DEOHVL]H [$:* [$:* [$:* [$:*
)XVH $ $VORZUHFRPPHQGHGIRU$&VWLSXODWHGIRU'&
&RQQHFWLRQGDWDRIWKHSRWHQWLDO $&PD[9$
IUHHFRQWDFW '&PD[9$
6ZLWFKWRORDG
&RQQHFWLRQGDWDRIWKHSRWHQWLDO PLQ9'&P$
IUHHFRQWDFW
6ZLWFKWRORZVLJQDO
)HHGOLQHGLDPHWHUVORSH ³ ³ ³ ³
&ROOHFWLQJOLQHVORSH ³ ³ ³ ³
9HQWLQJOLQHRQYDOYHSRVVLEOH <HV <HV <HV <HV
RIORZVLJQDOV
(:'1 6td &

0D[LPXPFRPSUHVVRUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVFRPSUHVVRUGUDLQ OV
0D[LPXPFRPSUHVVRUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVFRPSUHVVRUGUDLQ FIP
0D[LPXPGU\HUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVGU\HUGUDLQLIWKHFRPSUHVVRU OV
KDVQRVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
0D[LPXPGU\HUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVGU\HUGUDLQLIWKHFRPSUHVVRU FIP
KDVQRVHSDUDWHGUDLQ

608
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'1 6td &

KDVVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
KDVVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
0D[LPXPILOWHUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVILOWHUGUDLQDIWHUGU\HU OV
0D[LPXPILOWHUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVILOWHUGUDLQDIWHUGU\HU FIP
:HLJKW NJ
:HLJKW OE
7\SHRIFRQGHQVDWH D DE
&ROOHFWRUPDWHULDO F G
&RQGHQVDWHLQOHW *137 [³ [³
&RQGHQVDWHRXWOHW *137 ³ ³
)UHTXHQF\ +]
,VRODWLRQFODVV ,3 ,3
&DEOHGLDPHWHU PP
&DEOHVHFWLRQ PPð [ [
&DEOHGLDPHWHU LQ
&DEOHVL]H [$:* [$:*
)XVH $ $VORZUHFRPPHQGHGIRU
$&VWLSXODWHGIRU'&
1RYROWDJHRUDODUP &RQWDFWFORVHGUHOD\
QRWHQHUJL]HG
1RUPDORSHUDWLRQQRDODUP &RQWDFWFORVHGUHOD\
HQHUJL]HG
6ZLWFKWRORZVLJQDO
)HHGOLQHGLDPHWHUVORSH ³ ³
&ROOHFWLQJOLQHVORSH ³ ³
9HQWLQJOLQHRQYDOYHSRVVLEOH <HV <HV
RIORZVLJQDOV
(:'1. &
0D[LPXPFRPSUHVVRUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVFRPSUHVVRUGUDLQ OV
0D[LPXPFRPSUHVVRUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVFRPSUHVVRUGUDLQ FIP

609
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
(:'1. &
KDVQRVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
KDVQRVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
KDVVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
KDVVHSDUDWHGUDLQ
0D[LPXPILOWHUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVILOWHUGUDLQDIWHUGU\HU OV
0D[LPXPILOWHUFDSDFLW\ZKHQXVHGDVILOWHUGUDLQDIWHUGU\HU FIP
:HLJKW NJ
:HLJKW OE
7\SHRIFRQGHQVDWH DE
&ROOHFWRUPDWHULDO G
&RQGHQVDWHLQOHW *137 [³³
&RQGHQVDWHRXWOHW *137 ³
)UHTXHQF\ +]
,VRODWLRQFODVV ,3
&DEOHGLDPHWHU PP
&DEOHVHFWLRQ PPð [
&DEOHGLDPHWHU LQ
&DEOHVL]H [$:*
)XVH $ $VORZUHFRPPHQGHGIRU
$&VWLSXODWHGIRU'&
1RYROWDJHRUDODUP &RQWDFWFORVHGUHOD\
QRWHQHUJL]HG
1RUPDORSHUDWLRQQRDODUP &RQWDFWFORVHGUHOD\
HQHUJL]HG
6ZLWFKWRORZVLJQDO
)HHGOLQHGLDPHWHUVORSH ³³
&ROOHFWLQJOLQHVORSH ³
9HQWLQJOLQHRQYDOYHSRVVLEOH <HVDOZD\VLQVWDOODYHQWLQJ
OLQH

610
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
RIORZVLJQDOV
7DEOH
D 6XLWDEOHIRURLOFRQWDPLQDWHGFRQGHQVDWH
E )RURLOIUHHFRQGHQVDWH
F $OXPLQLXP
G $OXPLQLXPKDUGFRDWHG
H 3ODVWLFUHLQIRUFHGJODVVILEHU
)RUH[SODQDWLRQRIW\SHYHUVLRQVVHHVHFWLRQ)XQFWLRQDOGHVFULSWLRQ

611
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
3rHssXrHHTXiSPHQtdirHFtiYHs
&oPSoQHQtssXEMHFtto(&3rHssXrH(TXiSPHQt'irHFtiYH
2QO\WKH(:'.UDQJHLVVXEMHFWWR(&3UHVVXUH(TXLSPHQW'LUHFWLYH
OYHrallratiQJ
7KH(:'.FRQIRUPVWR3('FDWHJRU\,$OORWKHUGHYLFHVKDYHQRFDWHJRU\

612
,QVWUXFWLRQERRN
'HFlaratioQoIFoQIorPit\
(&'(&/$5$7,O1O)&O1)O50,7<
:HKHUHE\GHFODUHWKDWWKHIROORZLQJSURGXFWVDQGWKHLUYDULDQWVFRPSO\ZLWKWKHIROORZLQJGLUHFWLYHV
DQGWHFKQLFDOVWDQGDUGV7KLVGHFODUDWLRQLVYDOLGRQO\IRUSURGXFWVLQWKHRULJLQDOFRQGLWLRQDVPDQXIDFWXUHG
0RGLILFDWLRQVRUSDUWVDGGHGQRWE\WKHPDQXIDFWXUHUDUHH[FOXGHGIURPWKLVGHFDODUDWLRQ
3rodXFtdHsiJQatioQ &RQGHQVDWHGUDLQ
0RGHOUDQJH (:'(:'(:'(:'(:'.
DQGWKHLUYDULDQWV
9ROWDJHYHUVLRQV 9'&9$&9$&9$&9$&
/oZYoltaJHdirHFtiYH(&
+DUPRQLVHGVWDQGDUGVDSSOLHG (1FRUULJHQGXP
<HDURI&(ODEHOLQJ
7KHGHYLFHVZLWKRSHUDWLQJYROWDJHRI9'&9$&DQG9$&DUHQRWLQWKHVFRSHRIWKH/RZ9ROWDJH
'LUHFWLYH
(0&'irHFtiYH1(&
+DUPRQLVHGVWDQGDUGVDSSOLHG (1$*URXSFODVV%
(1
3rHssXrH(TXiSPHQt'irHFtiYH3('(&oQl\(:'1.&
&ODVVLILFDWLRQRUSUHVVXUHHTXLSPHQWLQDFFRUGDQFH 3UHVVXUHHTXLSPHQWIRUIOXLGJURXS
ZLWK3('$UWLFOH
&RQIRUPLW\DVVHVVPHQWSURFHGXUHLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK 0RGXOH$&DWHJRU\,
3('$UWLFOH
&RQWDFWDGGUHVV
$WODV&RSFR$LUSRZHUQY
32%R[
%:LOULMN$QWZHUS
%HOJLXP

613
,QRUGHUWREH)LUVWLQ0LQG²)LUVWLQ&KRLFHIRUDOO\RXUTXDOLW\
FRPSUHVVHGDLUQHHGV$WODV&RSFRGHOLYHUVWKHSURGXFWVDQG
VHUYLFHVWKDWKHOSWRLQFUHDVH\RXUEXVLQHVV¶HIILFLHQF\DQG
SURILWDELOLW\
$WODV&RSFR
VSXUVXLWRILQQRYDWLRQQHYHUFHDVHVGULYHQE\RXU
QHHGIRUUHOLDELOLW\DQGHIILFLHQF\$OZD\VZRUNLQJZLWK\RXZHDUH
FRPPLWWHGWRSURYLGLQJ\RXWKHFXVWRPL]HGTXDOLW\DLUVROXWLRQWKDW
LVWKHGULYLQJIRUFHEHKLQG\RXUEXVLQHVV
1R3ULQWHGLQ%HOJLXP
ZZZDWODVFRSFRFRP
614
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DD/PD35+/UD25+ as shown Flow Direction

For: PDp+, (QD+) and DDp+ GULF NATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL CO., KUWAIT
N
For: PD+, IPD+, QD+, DD+ and UD+ FL SMIDTH CONTRACT NO.: 8001529004
FL SMIDTH DRAWING NO.: 60150626 VER.2.0
A
K
A
ØL
B
P C
42
65
Guage For reference only

B
68
D
M
H
G
PQ (4x)
C
TYPE(UD+) TYPE NET MASS A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T

1 9+ 10+ 1kg 158 136 90 8 303 228 21 7 20 92 80 2 52 60 6.6 14 65 65 G 3/8
Slotted hole (4x) 15+ 20+ 1.1kg 158 136 90 8 303 228 21 7 20 92 80 2 52 60 6.6 14 65 65 G 1/2
for wall mounting 25+ 35+ 1.3kg 158 136 90 8 358 283 21 7 20 92 80 2 52 60 6.6 14 65 69 G 1/2
1.9kg 190 168 110 5 378 303 27.5 10 30 118 100 2 68 76 9 15 70 70 G 3/4
45+ 50+
1.9kg 190 168 110 5 378 303 27.5 10 30 118 100 2 68 76 9 15 70 70 G1
S
60+ 70+ 2.1kg 190 168 110 5 418 343 27.5 10 30 118 100 2 68 76 9 15 70 103.5 G1
100+ 100+ 3.7kg 240 218 140 5 484 384 34 10 42 157.5 131 2.5 92 103 9 20 98 100 G 1 1/2
T
E for diementaling
140+ 130+ 4.2kg 240 218 140 5 549 449 34 10 42 157.5 131 2.5 92 103 9 20 98 120 G 1 1/2 D
180+ 170+ 4.5kg 240 218 140 5 632 532 34 10 42 157.5 131 2.5 92 103 9 20 100 188 G 1 1/2
220+ 210+ 4.6kg 240 218 140 5 632 532 34 10 42 157.5 131 2.5 92 103 9 20 100 188 G 1 1/2
6.9kg 279 251 179 8 768 618 50 12 42 183 166 2.5 100 135 11 24 159 240 G2
310+ 310+
F
6.9kg 279 251 179 8 768 618 50 12 42 183 166 2.5 100 135 11 24 159 240 G 2 1/2
425+ 425+ 11kg 320 288 210 9 920 720 57 15 50 230.5 191 4 135 155 11 30 162 315 G3
550+ 550+ 12.6kg 320 288 210 9 1090 890 57 15 50 230.5 191 4 135 155 11 30 150 479 G3
AC-Logo 1
Label
1
E
requirements of the List of Prohibited Substances
All materials supplied are in compliance with the
43
Automatic drain
Ø8,8
F
Manual drain
copied, used for manufacturing or communicated to any other person or company.
All dimensions are in Millimeters

This document is our property and shall not without our permission be altered,
29,6
Toleranties, indien niet aangegeven, zijn volgens:

Tolerances, if not indicated, according to:
General tolerances
ATLAS COPCO STANDARD /Klasse/CLASS 1350K - m

Benaming Geheimh.klasse
Name DIMENS. DRWG - FILTER -DD-PD-550+ Secrecy Class
Materiaal 1102 K /
Material SEE DRAWING 2
P6,5
Behandeling
See Drawing INV G
CONFIDENTIAL:
Treatment
Schaal
Scale
1:2 Familie
Family A2 Vergelijk
Compare
Eigenaar
Drawing owner
02 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL 22-08-2016 Getekend sjagtap Ruw nr. Vervangt AII
Drawn by Blank nr. Replaces
Version Drwg Ruw gew. Afg gew.
01 ISSUED FOR APPROVAL 01-08-2016 9827700210 01.00
STATUS 01.00 Blank wt
0 Kg Fini wt. 0 Kg Identificatie/Designation Blad/Sheet 1 / 1
REV DESCRIPTION DATE Parent 3D model Ed . Version 3D Approved

Des gez./chd. Prod gez/chd. Goedg./Appd. Datum/Date
2014-07-14 9827700210
TI00383P/00/EN/24.15 Products Solutions Services
71306211
Technical Information
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71,
PMP75
Process pressure measurement
Pressure transmitter with ceramic and

metal sensors
Applications
The device is used for the following measuring tasks:
• Absolute pressure and gauge pressure measurement in gases, steams or liquids in
all areas of process engineering and process measurement technology
• Level, volume or mass measurements in liquids
• High process temperatures
– up to 150 °C (302 °F) without diaphragm seal
– up to 400 °C (752 °F) with typical diaphragm seals
• High pressures up to 700 bar (10 500 psi)
• MID part certificate according to OIML R117-1 Edition 2007 (E) and EN
12405-1/A1 Edition 2006
Your benefits
• Very good reproducibility and long-term stability
• High reference accuracy up to ±0.025 %
• Turn down up to 100:1, higher on request
• Used for process pressure monitoring up to SIL 3, certified to IEC 61508 by TÜV
SÜD
• High level of safety during operation thanks to function monitoring from the
measuring cell to the electronics
• The patented TempC membrane for the diaphragm seal reduces measured errors
caused by environmental and process temperature influences to a minimum
• Easy electronic replacement guaranteed with HistoROM®/M-DAT
• Uniform platform for differential pressure, hydrostatics and pressure (Deltabar S –
Deltapilot S – Cerabar S)
• Practical user navigation for quick and easy commissioning
• Extensive diagnostic functions
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP75
Table of contents
Document information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Total error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Warm-up period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Performance characteristics of the metallic
Terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Reference operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Function and system design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Measuring uncertainty for small absolute pressure
Device features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 measuring ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Influence of the installation position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Product design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Applications suitable for custody transfer measurement . . . . 9 Reference accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Communication protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Thermal change of the zero output and the output span . . . 32
Total performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Long-term stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Total error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Warm-up period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
General installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Measuring arrangement for devices without diaphragm
Signal range 4 to 20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
seals – PMC71, PMP71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Measuring arrangement for devices with diaphragm seals
Maximum load - 4 to 20 mA HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
– PMP75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Dead time, time constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Dynamic behavior: current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Wall and pipe mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Dynamic behavior: Digital output (HART electronics) . . . . . 16
Heat insulation – PMC71 high-temperature version . . . . . 35
Dynamic behavior: PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Mounting of PVDF screw-in fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Dynamic behavior: FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
"Separate housing" version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Turning the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Alarm current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Oxygen applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Firmware version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Silicone-free applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Protocol-specific data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Ultrapure gas applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Applications with hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Ambient temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Storage temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Climate class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Cable entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Cable specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Start-up current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Residual ripple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Overvoltage protection (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Process temperature limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Influence of power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Process temperature limits of flexible capillary armoring:
PMP75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Pressure specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Performance characteristics of ceramic process
isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Reference operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Measuring uncertainty for small absolute pressure Device height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
measuring ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 T14 housing, optional display on the side . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Influence of the installation position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 T17 housing (hygienic), optional display on the side . . . . . 46
Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Process connections for PMC71 with internal process
Reference accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Thermal change of the zero output and the output span . . . 28 Process connections for PMC71 with internal process
Total performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Long-term stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for PMC71 with internal process Planning instructions, diaphragm seal systems . . . 99
isolating diaphragm - height H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Process connections for PMC71 with flush-mounted Design and operation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Diaphragm seal filling oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Process connections for PMC71 with flush-mounted Information on cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Process connections for PMC71 with flush-mounted Vacuum applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
process isolating diaphragm - height H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Process connections for PMC71 with flush-mounted
Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Hygienic process connections for PMC71 with flush-
C-tick mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
mounted process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Ex approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Process connections for PMP71 with internal process
Suitable for hygiene applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Functional safety SIL/ IEC 61508 Declaration of
Conformity (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Overfill protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
CRN approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Other standards and guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Process connections for PMP71 with flush-mounted
Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Marine approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Drinking water approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Approvals for custody transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
MID Parts Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Classification of process sealing between electrical
systems and (flammable or combustible) process fluids in
accordance with ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Inspection certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Process connections for PMP71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Process connections for PMP75 with flush-mounted Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Scope of delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
PMP75 basic device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Configuration data sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
HistoROM®/M-DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Wall and pipe mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Welding flanges and welding neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Hygienic process connections for PMP75 with flush-
mounted process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Supplementary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Hygienic process connections for PMP75 with flush- Field of Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
mounted process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Hygienic process connections for PMP75 with flush- Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
mounted process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Brief Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Process connections for PMP75 with flush-mounted Functional safety manual (SIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Overfill protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Process connections for PMP75 with flush-mounted Safety Instructions (XA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
process isolating diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Installation/Control Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Separate housing: Wall and pipe mounting with mounting Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 HART® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Materials not in contact with process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 PROFIBUS® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
FOUNDATION™ Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Materials in contact with process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Fill fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Operability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Operating concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Local operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Endress+Hauser 3
Document information
Document function The document contains all the technical data on the device and provides an overview of the
accessories and other products that can be ordered for the device.
Symbols used Safety symbols
Symbol Meaning
DANGER!
DANGER This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result in
serious or fatal injury.
WARNING!
WARNING This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in
serious or fatal injury.
CAUTION!
CAUTION This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in
minor or medium injury.
NOTE!
NOTICE This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result in
personal injury.
Electrical symbols
Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning
Direct current Alternating current
Direct current and alternating current Ground connection

A grounded terminal which, as far as
the operator is concerned, is
grounded via a grounding system.
Protective ground connection Equipotential connection

A terminal which must be connected A connection that has to be connected
to ground prior to establishing any to the plant grounding system: This
other connections. may be a potential equalization line
or a star grounding system depending
on national or company codes of
practice.
Symbols for certain types of information
Symbol Meaning
Permitted
Procedures, processes or actions that are permitted.
Preferred
Procedures, processes or actions that are preferred.
Forbidden
Procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden.
Tip
Indicates additional information.
Reference to documentation
Reference to page
Reference to graphic
Visual inspection
4 Endress+Hauser
Symbols in graphics
Symbol Meaning
1, 2, 3 ... Item numbers

, , … Series of steps
A, B, C, ... Views
A-A, B-B, C-C, ... Sections
Documentation The document types listed are available:

In the Downloads area of the Endress+Hauser website: www.endress.com → Downloads
Brief Operating Instructions (KA): getting the 1st measured value quickly
The Brief Operating Instructions contain all the essential information from incoming acceptance to
initial commissioning.
Operating Instructions (BA): your comprehensive reference

These Operating Instructions contain all the information that is required in various phases of the life
cycle of the device: from product identification, incoming acceptance and storage, to mounting,
connection, operation and commissioning through to troubleshooting, maintenance and disposal.
Description of Device Parameters (GP): reference for your parameters

The document provides a detailed explanation of each individual parameter in the operating menu.
The description is aimed at those who work with the device over the entire life cycle and perform
specific configurations.
Safety Instructions (XA)

See "Safety instructions" section →  112
Terms and abbreviations

Term/abbreviation Explanation
BA Document type "Operating Instructions"
KA Document type "Brief Operating Instructions"
SD Document type "Special Documentation"
XA Document type "Safety Instructions"
PN Nominal pressure
MWP The MWP (maximum working pressure) for the individual sensors depends
on the lowest-rated element, with regard to pressure, of the selected
components, i.e. the process connection has to be taken into consideration in
addition to the measuring cell. Also observe pressure-temperature
dependency. For the relevant standards and additional information, see the
"Pressure specifications"→  43 section.
The MWP can also be found on the nameplate.
OPL The OPL (over pressure limit = sensor overload limit) for the measuring
device depends on the lowest-rated element, with regard to pressure, of the
selected components, i.e. the process connection has to be taken into
consideration in addition to the measuring cell. Also observe pressure-
temperature dependency. For the relevant standards and additional
information, see the "Pressure specifications"→  43 section.
LRL Lower range limit
URL Upper range limit
LRV Lower range value
URV Upper range value
TD Turn down
Endress+Hauser 5
Term/abbreviation Explanation
Case 1 (1 bar (15 psi) measuring cell): 1=2

Lower range value (LRV) ½ ≤ ½ Upper range value (URV)½
Example: LRL = LRV URV URL
• Lower range value (LRV) = 0 bar
• Upper range value (URV) =0.5 bar (7.5 psi)
• Nominal value (URL) =1 bar (15 psi)
3
Turn down:
TD = URL /½ URV ½ = 2:1
4=5
Set span: URV – LRV = 0.5 bar (7.5 psi) A0019780
This span is based on the zero point.

Lower range value (LRV) ½ ≤ ½ Upper range value (URV)½
Example: LRL LRV URV URL
• Lower range value (LRV) = 0 bar
• Upper range value (URV) = 0.5 bar (7.5 psi)
• Nominal value (URL) = 1 bar (15 psi)
3
Turn down:
TD = URL /½ URV ½ = 2:1 4
Set span: URV – LRV = 0.5 bar (7.5 psi)
This span is based on the zero point. 5
A0019783

Lower range value (LRV) ½ ≥ ½ Upper range value (URV)½
Example: LRL LRV URV URL
• Lower range value (LRV) = –0.6 bar (–9 psi)
• Upper range value (URV) = 0 bar
• Nominal value (URL) = 1 bar (15 psi)
3
Turn down:
TD = URL /½ LRV ½ = 1.67:1 4
Set span: URV – LRV = 0.6 bar (9 psi)
This span is based on the zero point. 5
A0016451
1 Set span
2 Zero-based span
3 Nominal value  Upper range limit (URL)
4 Nominal measuring range
5 Sensor measuring range
6 Endress+Hauser
Function and system design

Device features
PMC71 PMP71 PMP75
A0020461
A0020463
A0020464
With capacitive measuring cell and With piezoresistive measuring cell and With diaphragm seal
ceramic process isolating diaphragm metallic welded process isolating
(Ceraphire®) diaphragm
Field of • Gauge pressure and absolute pressure

application • Level
Process • Diverse thread • Diverse thread Wide range of diaphragm seals

connections • DN 25 – DN 80 • DN 25 – DN 80
• ASME 1 ½" – 4" • ASME 1 ½" – 4"
• JIS 50 A – 100 A • JIS 25 A – 100 A
• Oval flange adapter
• Prepared for diaphragm seal mount
Measuring from –100/0 to 100 mbar (–1.5/0 to 1.5 from –400/0 to 400 mbar (–6/0 to 6 psi) from –400/0 to 400 mbar (–6/0 to 6 psi)
ranges psi) to –1/0 to 700 bar (–15/0 to 10500 psi) to –1/0 to 400 bar (–15/0 to 6000 psi)
to –1/0 to 40 bar (–15/0 to 600 psi)
OPL max. 60 bar (900 psi) max. 1 050 bar (15 750 psi) max. 600 bar (9 000 psi)
Process –25 to +125 °C (–13 to +257 °F)/ –40 to +125 °C (–40 to +257 °F) –70 to +400 °C (–94 to +752 °F)
temperature –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F) 1) (depends on filling oil)
range
(temperature at
process
connection)
2)
Ambient • Without LCD display: –40 to +85 °C (–40 to +185 °F)
temperature • With LCD display: –20 to +70 °C (–4 to +158 °F)
range • Separate housing: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
• Diaphragm seal systems depending on the version
Reference • Up to ±0.05 % of the set span Up to ±0.075 % of the set span

accuracy • PLATINUM version: up to ±0.025 % of the set span
Supply voltage • 4 to 20 mA HART: 10.5 to 45 V DC

non-Ex • PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 9 to 32 V DC
Supply voltage 10.5 to 30 V DC

Ex ia
Output 4 to 20 mA with superimposed HART protocol, PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Options • Gold-rhodium coated process isolating diaphragm

• NACE-compliant materials
• Inspection certificate 3.1

• HistoROM®/M-DAT memory chip
• Separate housing
Specialties • Metal-free measurement with PVDF • Process connections with minimum oil • Wide range of diaphragm seals
connection volume • For high media temperatures
• Special cleaning of the transmitter to • Gas-tight, elastomer-free • Process connections with minimum oil
remove paint-wetting substances, for volume
use in paint shops • Completely welded versions
1) High-temperature version, see Product Configurator section "Additional options 1" or 110 "Additional options 2", option "T"
2) PMP71 and PMP75: lower temperatures on request
Endress+Hauser 7
Measuring principle Devices with ceramic process isolating diaphragm (Ceraphire®)
1 2 3 4
p
A0020465
1 Air pressure (relative pressure sensors)

2 Ceramic substrate
3 Electrodes
4 Ceramic process isolating diaphragm
The ceramic sensor is an oil-free sensor, i.e. the process pressure acts directly on the robust ceramic
process isolating diaphragm and causes it to deflect. A pressure-dependent change in capacitance is
measured at the electrodes of the ceramic substrate and the process isolating diaphragm. The
measuring range is determined by the thickness of the ceramic process isolating diaphragm.
Advantages:
• Guaranteed overload resistance up to 40 times the nominal pressure (see "OPL" column in table)
→  11)
• The ultrapure 99.9% ceramic (Ceraphire®, see also "www.endress.com/ceraphire") ensures:
– Extremely high chemical durability
– Less relaxation
– High mechanical durability
• Suitable for vacuums
• Secondary containment for enhanced integrity
• Process temperatures up to 150 °C (302 °F)
Devices with metallic process isolating diaphragm
1
2
3
4
p
A0016448
1 Silicon measuring element, substrate

2 Wheatstone bridge
3 Channel with fill fluid
4 Metal process isolating diaphragm
PMP71
The process pressure deflects the metal process isolating diaphragm of the sensor and a fill fluid
transfers the pressure to a Wheatstone bridge (semiconductor technology). The pressure-dependent
change in the bridge output voltage is measured and evaluated.
8 Endress+Hauser
Advantages:
• Can be used for process pressures up to 700 bar (10 500 psi)
• High long-term stability
• Guaranteed overload resistance up to 4 times the nominal pressure
• Significantly reduced thermal effect e.g. compared to diaphragm seal systems with capillaries
PMP75
The operating pressure acts on the process isolating diaphragm of the diaphragm seal and is
transferred to the process isolating diaphragm of the sensor by a diaphragm seal fill fluid. The
process isolating diaphragm is deflected and a fill fluid transfers the pressure to a resistance
measuring bridge. The pressure-dependent change in the bridge output voltage is measured and
evaluated.
Advantages:
• Depending on the version, can be used for process pressures up to 400 bar (6 000 psi) and for
extreme process temperatures
• High long-term stability
• Guaranteed overload resistance up to 4 times the nominal pressure
Product design Level measurement (level, volume and mass):
p
h= ρ g
A0020466
h Height (level)
p Pressure
ρ Density of the medium
g Gravitational constant
Your benefits
• Selection of the level operating mode which is optimum for your application in the device software.
• Volume and mass measurements in any container shapes by means of a freely programmable
characteristic curve.
• Choice of diverse level units with automatic unit conversion.
• A customized unit can be specified.
• Has a wide range of uses, e.g.
– in the event of foam formation
– in containers with agitators or screen fittings
– in the event of liquid gases
Applications suitable for The Parts Certificate is issued on the basis of the following standards:
custody transfer • WELMEC guide 8.8 "General and Administrative Aspects of the Voluntary System of Modular
measurement Evaluation of Measuring instruments under the MID".
• OIML R117-1 Edition 2007 (E) "Dynamic measuring systems for liquids other than water".
• EN 12405-1/A1 Edition 2006 "Gas meters – Conversion devices – Part 1: Volume conversion".
Endress+Hauser 9
Communication protocol • 4 to 20 mA with HART communication protocol

• PROFIBUS PA
– The Endress+Hauser devices meet the requirements of the FISCO model.
– Due to a low current consumption of 13 mA ± 1 mA, the following number of devices can be
operated on one bus segment if installing as per FISCO: up to 7 devices for Ex ia, CSA IS and FM
IS applications or up to 27 devices for all other applications e.g. in non-hazardous areas, Ex nA
etc.
Further information on PROFIBUS PA can be found in Operating Instructions BA00034S
"PROFIBUS DP/PA: Guidelines for planning and commissioning" and in the PNO Guideline.
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus
– The Endress+Hauser devices meet the requirements of the FISCO model.
– Due to a low current consumption of 15.5 mA ± 1 mA, the following number of devices can be
operated on one bus segment if installing as per FISCO: up to 6 devices for Ex ia, CSA IS and FM
IS applications or up to 24 devices for all other applications e.g. in non-hazardous areas, Ex nA
etc.
Further information on FOUNDATION Fieldbus, such as requirements for bus system
components, can be found in Operating Instructions BA00013S "FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Overview".
10 Endress+Hauser
Input
Measured variable Measured process variables
• Absolute pressure
• Gauge pressure
Calculated process variables

Level (level, volume or mass)
Measuring range PMC71 – with ceramic process isolating diaphragm (Ceraphire®) for gauge pressure
Nominal value Range limit Lowest MWP OPL Vacuum resistance Option 2)
calibratable
lower (LRL) upper (URL) Span 1)
[bar (psi)] [bar (psi)] [bar (psi)] [bar (psi)] [bar (psi)] [barabs (psiabs)]
100 mbar (1.5 psi) –0.1 (–1.5) +0.1 (+1.5) 0.005 (0.075) 2.7 (40.5) 4 (60) 0.7 (10.5) 1C
250 mbar (3.75 psi) –0.25 (–4) +0.25 (+4) 0.005 (0.075) 3.3 (49.5) 5 (75) 0.5 (7.5) 1E
400 mbar (6 psi) –0.4 (–6) +0.4 (+6) 0.005 (0.075) 5.3 (79.5) 8 (120) 0 1F
1 bar (15 psi) –1 (–15) +1 (+15) 0.01 (0.15) 6.7 (100.5) 10 (150) 0 1H
2 bar (30 psi) –1 (–15) +2 (+30) 0.02 (0.3) 12 (180) 18 (270) 0 1K
4 bar (60 psi) –1 (–15) +4 (+60) 0.04 (0.6) 16.7 (250.5) 25 (375) 0 1M
10 bar (150 psi) –1 (–15) +10 (+150) 0.1 (1.5) 26.7 (400.5) 40 (600) 0 1P
40 bar (600 psi) –1 (–15) +40 (+600) 0.4 (6) 40 (600) 60 (900) 0 1S
1) Turndown > 100:1 on request or can be set on device

2) Product Configurator, order code for "Sensor range; sensor over pressure limit"
PMC71 – with ceramic process isolating diaphragm (Ceraphire®) for absolute pressure
Nominal value Range limit Lowest MWP OPL Vacuum resistance Option 2)
calibratable
lower (LRL) upper (URL) Span 1)
100 mbar (1.5 psi) 0 +0.1 (+1.5) 0.005 (0.075) 2.7 (40.5) 4 (60) 0 2C
250 mbar (3.75 psi) 0 +0.25 (+4) 0.005 (0.075) 3.3 (49.5) 5 (75) 0 2E
400 mbar (6 psi) 0 +0.4 (+6) 0.005 (0.075) 5.3 (79.5) 8 (120) 0 2F
1 bar (15 psi) 0 +1 (+15) 0.01 (0.15) 6.7 (100.5) 10 (150) 0 2H
2 bar (30 psi) 0 +2 (+30) 0.02 (0.3) 12 (180) 18 (270) 0 2K
4 bar (60 psi) 0 +4 (+60) 0.04 (0.6) 16.7 (250.5) 25 (375) 0 2M
10 bar (150 psi) 0 +10 (+150) 0.1 (1.5) 26.7 (400.5) 40 (600) 0 2P
40 bar (600 psi) 0 +40 (+600) 0.4 (6) 40 (600) 60 (900) 0 2S

Endress+Hauser 11
PMP71 and PMP75 – metallic process isolating diaphragm for gauge pressure
Nominal value Range limit Lowest MWP OPL Vacuum resistance 2) Option 3)
calibratable
lower (LRL) upper (URL) Span 1) Silicone oil/
Inert oil
400 mbar (6 psi) –0.4 (–6) +0.4 (+6) 0.005 (0.075) 4 (60) 6 (90) 1F
1 bar (15 psi) –1 (–15) +1 (+15) 0.01 (0.15) 6.7 (100) 10 (150) 1H
2 bar (30 psi) –1 (–15) +2 (+30) 0.02 (0.3) 13.3 (200) 20 (300) 1K
4 bar (60 psi) –1 (–15) +4 (+60) 0.04 (0.6) 18.7 (280.5) 28 (420) 1M
10 bar (150 psi) –1 (–15) +10 (+150) 0.1 (1.5) 26.7 (400.5) 40 (600) 0.01/0.04 (0.15/0.6) 1P
40 bar (600 psi) –1 (–15) +40 (+600) 0.4 (6) 100 (1500) 160 (2400) 1S
100 bar (1 500 psi) –1 (–15) +100 (+1500) 1.0 (15) 100 (1500) 400 (6000) 1U
400 bar (6 000 psi) –1 (–15) +400 (+6000) 4.0 (60) 400 (6000) 600 (9000) 1W
4)
700 bar (10 500 psi) –1 (–15) +700 (+10500) 7.0 (105) 700 (10500) 1050 (15750) 1X

2) The vacuum resistance applies to the measuring cell under reference operating conditions. In the case of the PMP75, the pressure and
temperature application limits of the selected filling oil must also be observed .
4) PMP71 only, PMP75 on request
PMP71 and PMP75 – metallic process isolating diaphragm for absolute pressure
Nominal value Range limit Lowest MWP OPL Vacuum resistance 2) Option 3)
calibratable
lower (LRL) upper (URL) Span 1) Silicone oil/
Inert oil
400 mbar (6 psi) 0 +0.4 (+6) 0.005 (0.075) 4 (60) 6 (90) 2F
1 bar (15 psi) 0 +1 (+15) 0.01 (0.15) 6.7 (100) 10 (150) 2H
2 bar (30 psi) 0 +2 (+30) 0.02 (0.3) 13.3 (200) 20 (300) 2K
4 bar (60 psi) 0 +4 (+60) 0.04 (0.6) 18.7 (280.5) 28 (420) 2M
10 bar (150 psi) 0 +10 (+150) 0.1 (1.5) 26.7 (400.5) 40 (600) 0.01/0.04 (0.15/0.6) 2P
40 bar (600 psi) 0 +40 (+600) 0.4 (6) 100 (1500) 160 (2400) 2S
100 bar (1 500 psi) 0 +100 (+1500) 1.0 (15) 100 (1500) 400 (6000) 2U
400 bar (6 000 psi) 0 +400 (+6000) 4.0 (60) 400 (6000) 600 (9000) 2W
4)
700 bar (10 500 psi) 0 +700 (+10500) 7.0 (105) 700 (10500) 1050 (15750) 2X

2) The vacuum resistance applies to the measuring cell under reference operating conditions. In the case of the PMP75, the pressure and
temperature application limits of the selected filling oil must also be observed .
4) PMP71 only, PMP75 on request
12 Endress+Hauser
PMP71 - metallic process isolating diaphragms for absolute pressure with MID parts certificate
Nominal Range limit Min. WP for gas Min. WP for liquid MWP OPL Vacuum Option 2)
value applications suitable applications suitable resistance 1)
for custody transfer for custody transfer
lower upper measurement measurement Silicone oil/
3) 4)
(LRL) (URL) Inert oil
[bar (psi)] [bar (psi)] [bar (psi)] [bar (psi)] [bar (psi)] [bar (psi)] [bar [bar (psi)]
(psi)]
10 (150) 0 +10 (150) 0.5 (7.5) 0.5 (7.5) 26.7 40 (600) 0.01/0.04 MP
(400.5) (0.15/1)
50 (750) 0 +50 (750) 10 (150) 2.5 (37.5) 100 400 0.01/0.04 MT

(1500) (6000) (0.15/1)
100 (1500) 0 +100 5 (75) 5 (75) 100 400 0.01/0.04 MU

(1500) (1500) (6000) (0.15/1)
1) The vacuum resistance applies to the measuring cell under reference operating conditions
3) By default, the device is set to a lower range limit of 0 bar. Please specify in the order if the lower range limit is to be set to a different default
value.
4) Max. WP for gas and liquid applications suitable for custody transfer measurement
Endress+Hauser 13
Output
Output signal • 4 to 20 mA with superimposed digital communication protocol HART, 2-wire
• Digital communication signal PROFIBUS PA (Profile 3.0), 2-wire
– Signal coding: Manchester Bus Powered (MBP): Manchester II
– Transmission rate: 31.25 KBit/s voltage mode
• Digital communication signal FOUNDATION Fieldbus, 2-wire
– Signal coding: Manchester Bus Powered (MBP): Manchester II
– Transmission rate: 31.25 KBit/s voltage mode
Output Internal + LCD External + LCD Internal
on Display on Display
off off
R R
SW /min
SW /min
HART HART
damp.
damp.
FIELD COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL FIELD COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL
Sensor Sensor
– + E – + E
A0021280
1)
Option
4 to 20mA HART B A C
4 to 20mA HART, Li=0 E D F
PROFIBUS PA N M O
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Q P R
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Display, operation: "
Signal range 4 to 20 mA 3.8 mA to 20.5 mA
Signal on alarm As per NAMUR NE43
4 to 20 mA HART
• Max. alarm: Can be set between 21 to 23 mA (factory setting: 22 mA)
• Hold measured value: last measured value is held
• Min. alarm: 3.6 mA
PROFIBUS PA
Can be set in the Analog Input Block.
Options:
• Last Valid Out Value (factory setting)
• Fail Safe Value
• Status bad
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Can be set in the Analog Input Block.
Options:
• Last Good Value
• Fail Safe Value (factory setting)
• Wrong Value
14 Endress+Hauser
Maximum load - 4 to 20 mA In order to guarantee sufficient terminal voltage in two-wire devices, a maximum load resistance R
HART (including line resistance) must not be exceeded depending on the supply voltage U0 of the supply
unit. In the following load diagrams, observe the position of the jumper and the explosion protection:
RLmax A RLmax B
[W] [W ]
1500 1456
1282 1239
Test Test
847 804
413 369
10.5 20 30 40 45 U 11.5 20 30 40 45 U
[V] [V]
1 1
2 2
4 RLmax £ U – 10.5 V 4 RLmax £ U – 11.5 V

23 mA 23 mA
RLmax A RLmax B
[W] [W ]
1478 1434
1260 1217
826 782
391 347
11 20 30 40 45 U 12 20 30 40 45 U
[V] [V]
3 3
4 RLmax £ U – 11 V 4 RLmax £ U – 12 V
23 mA 23 mA
A0020467
A Jumper for 4 to 20 mA test signal set to "Non-test" position

B Jumper for 4 to 20 mA test signal set to "Test" position
1 Power supply 10.5 (11.5) to 30 V DC for 1/2 G, 1 GD, 1/2 GD, FM IS, CSA IS, IECEx ia, NEPSI Ex ia
2 Power supply 10.5 (11.5) to 45 V DC for devices for non-hazardous areas, 1/2 D, 1/3 D, 2 G Ex d, 3 G Ex nA,
FM XP, FM DIP, FM NI, CSA XP, CSA dust ignition-proof, NEPSI Ex d
3 Power supply 11 (12) to 45 V DC for PMC71, Ex d[ia], NEPSI Ex d[ia]
4 RLmax maximum load resistance
U Supply voltage
When operating via a handheld terminal or via a PC with an operating program, a minimum
communication resistance of 250 Ω must be taken into account.
Dead time, time constant Presentation of the dead time and the time constant:
Endress+Hauser 15
I
100 %
90 %
63 %
t1 t2 t
t3
A0019786
Dynamic behavior:
current output
Type Measuring cell Dead time (t1) [ms] Time constant T63 (t2) [ms] Time constant T90 (t3) [ms]
PMC71 max. All 90 120 276
PMP71 max. • 400 mbar (6 psi) 45 • 70 • 161

• ≥ 1 bar (15 psi) • 35 • 81
PMP75 max. PMP71 + influence of the diaphragm seal
Dynamic behavior: Digital A typical burst rate of 300 ms results in the following behavior:
output (HART electronics)

Type Measuring cell Dead time (t1) [ms] Dead time (t1) [ms] + Dead time (t1) [ms] +
Time constant T63 (t2) [ms] Time constant T90 (t3) [ms]
PMC71 Min. All 250 370 436
max. 1050 1170 1236
PMP71 Min. • 400 mbar (6 psi) 205 • 275 • 321

• ≥ 1 bar (15 psi) • 240 • 241
max. • 400 mbar (6 psi) 1005 • 1075 • 1121

• ≥ 1 bar (15 psi) • 1040 • 1041
Reading cycle
• Acyclic: max. 3/s, typically 1/s (depending on command # and number of preambles)
• Cyclic (burst): max. 3/s, typically 2/s
The device commands the BURST MODE functionality for cyclical value transmission via the HART
communication protocol.
Cycle time (update time)

Cyclic (burst): min. 300 ms
Response time
• Acyclic: min. 330 ms, typically 590 ms (depending on command # and number of preambles)
• Cyclic (burst): min. 160 ms, typically 350 ms (depending on command # and number of
preambles)
Dynamic behavior: A typical PLC cycle time of 1 s results in the following behavior:
PROFIBUS PA
PMC71 Min. All 125 245 311
max. 1325 1445 1511
16 Endress+Hauser
PMP71 Min. • 400 mbar (6 psi) 80 • 150 • 196

• ≥ 1 bar (15 psi) • 115 • 116
max. • 400 mbar (6 psi) 1280 • 1350 • 1396

• ≥ 1 bar (15 psi) • 1315 • 1316
Reading cycle (PLC)

• Acyclic: Typically 25/s
• Cyclic: Typically 30/s (depending on the number and type of the function blocks used in the
closed-control loop)

Min. 200 ms
The cycle time in a bus segment in cyclic data communication depends on the number of devices, on
the segment coupler used and on the internal PLC cycle time. A new measured value can be
determined up to five times a second.
Response time
• Acyclic: Approx. 60 ms to 70 ms (depending on Min. Slave Interval)
• Cyclic: Approx. 10 ms to 13 ms (depending on Min. Slave Interval)
Dynamic behavior: A typical configuration for the macro cycle time (host system) of 1 s results in the following
FOUNDATION Fieldbus behavior:
PMC71 Min. All 135 255 321
max. 1135 1255 1321
PMP71 Min. • 400 mbar (6 psi) 90 • 160 • 206

• ≥ 1 bar (15 psi) • 125 • 126
max. • 400 mbar (6 psi) 1090 • 1160 • 1206

• ≥ 1 bar (15 psi) • 1125 • 1126
Reading cycle
• Acyclic: Typically 10/s
• Cyclic: max. 10/s (dependent on the number and type of function blocks used in a closed-control
loop)

Cyclic: Min. 100 ms
Response time
• Acyclic: Typically 100 ms (for standard bus parameter settings)
• Cyclic: max. 20 ms (for standard bus parameter settings)
Damping A damping affects all outputs (output signal, display):

• Via onsite display, handheld terminal or PC with operating program, continuous from 0 to 999 s
• Also for HART and PROFIBUS PA: Via DIP switch on the electronic insert,
switch position "on" = set value and "off"
• Factory setting: 2 s
Endress+Hauser 17
Alarm current Description Option 1)
Min alarm current J
HART burst mode PV
Min alarm current + HART burst mode PV
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 1" and "Additional options 2"
Firmware version Description Option 1)
02.20.zz, HART, DevRev22 72
04.00.zz, FF, DevRev07 74
04.01.zz, PROFIBUS PA, DevRev03 75
03.00.zz, FF, DevRev06 77
04.00.zz, PROFIBUS PA 78
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Firmware version"
Protocol-specific data HART
Manufacturer ID 17 (11 hex)
Device type code 24 (18 hex)
Device revision • 21 (15 hex) - SW version 02.1y.zz - HART specification 5

• 22 (16 hex) - SW version 02.2y.zz - HART specification 7
HART specification • 5
• 7
DD revision • 4 (Russian in language selection) for device revision 21

• 3 (Dutch in language selection) for device revision 21
• 1 for device revision 22
Device description files (DTM, DD) Information and files at:

• www.endress.com
• www.hartcomm.org
HART load Min. 250 Ω
HART device variables The measured values are assigned to the device variables as follows:
Measured values for PV (primary variable)
• Pressure
• Level
• Tank content
Measured values for SV, TV (second and third variable)
Pressure
Measured values for QV (fourth variable)
Temperature
Supported functions • Burst mode

• Additional transmitter status
• Device locking
• Alternative operating modes
PROFIBUS PA
Manufacturer ID 17 (11 hex)
Identification number 1541 hex
18 Endress+Hauser
Profile version 3.0

• SW version 03.00.zz
• SW version 04.00.zz
3.02
SW version 04.01.zz ( device revision 3)
Compatibility with SW version 03.00.zz and higher.
GSD revision • 4 (SW version 3.00.zz and 4.00.zz)

• 5 (device revision 3)
DD revision • 1 (SW version 3.00.zz and 4.00.zz)

GSD file Information and files at:
DD files • www.endress.com
• www.profibus.org
Output values Measured value for PV (via Analog Input Function Block)
• Pressure
• Level
•
• Tank content
Measured value for SV
• Pressure
• Temperature
Input values Input value sent from PLC, can be shown on display
Supported functions • Identification & maintenance Simplest device identifier on the

control system and nameplate
• Condensed status (only with Profile Version 3.02)
• Automatic ID number adjustment and switchable to the following ID
numbers (only with Profile Version 3.02):
– 9700: Profile-specific transmitter identification number with the
"Classic" or "Condensed" status".
– 1501: Compatibility mode for the old Cerabar S generation
(PMC731, PMP731, PMC631, PMP635).
– 1541: Identification number for the new Cerabar S generation
(PMC71, PMP71, PMP75).
• Device locking: The device can be locked by hardware or software.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Manufacturer ID 452B48 hex
Device type 1007 hex
Device revision • 6 - SW version 03.00.zz

• 7 - SW version 04.00.zz (FF-912)
DD revision • 3 (device revision 6)

CFF revision • 4 (device revision 6)

DD files Information and files at:
CFF files • www.endress.com

• www.fieldbus.org
Device tester version (ITK version) • 5.0 (device revision 6)

• 6.01 (device revision 7)
Number of ITK test campaign • IT054600 (Device Revision 6)

• IT085500 (Device Revision 7)
Link Master (LAS) capable Yes
Choice of "Link Master" and "Basic Yes, factory setting is Basic Device
Device"
Node address Factory setting: 247 (F7 hex)
Endress+Hauser 19
Supported functions Field diagnostics profile (only with FF912)

The following methods are supported:
• Restart
• Configure error as warning or alarm
• HistoROM
• Peakhold
• Alarm info
• Sensor trim
Number of VCRs • 44 (device revision 6)

Number of link objects in VFD 50
Virtual communication references (VCRs)
Device revision 6 Device revision 7
Permanent entries 44 1
Client VCRs 0 0
Server VCRs 5 10
Source VCRs 8 43
Sink VCRs 0 0
Subscriber VCRs 12 43
Publisher VCRs 19 43
Link settings
Device revision 6 Device revision 7
Slot time 4 4
Min. Inter PDU delay 12 10
Max. response delay 10 10
Transducer Blocks
Block Content Output values
TRD1 Block Contains all parameters related to • Pressure or level (channel 1)

the measurement • Process temperature (channel 2)
Service Block Contains service information • Pressure after damping (channel 3)

• Pressure peakhold indicator (channel 4)
• Counter for max. pressure transgressions (channel
5)
Diagnostic Block Contains diagnostic information Error code via DI channels (channel 0 to 16)
Display Block Contains parameters to configure No output values

the onsite display
20 Endress+Hauser
Function blocks
Block Content Number Execution time Functionality

blocks
Device Device Device Device
Revision 6 Revision 7 Revision 6 Revision 7
Resource Block This block contains all the data that uniquely identifies the device; it is 1 enhanced enhanced
an electronic version of a nameplate for the device.
Analog Input The AI Block receives the measuring data from the Sensor Block, 2 45 ms 45 ms enhanced enhanced
Block 1 (selectable via a channel number) and makes the data available to (without
Analog Input other function blocks at its output. Enhancement: Digital outputs for trend and
Block 2 process alarms, fail safe mode alarm
reports)
Digital Input This block contains the discrete data of the Diagnose Block (selectable 1 40 ms 30 ms standard enhanced
Block via a channel number 0 to 16) and provides them for other blocks at
the output.
Digital Output This block converts the discrete input and thus initiates an action 1 60 ms 40 ms standard enhanced
Block (selectable via a channel number) in the DP Flow Block or in the
Service Block. Channel 1 resets the counter for max. pressure
transgressions.
PID Block This block is used as a proportional-integral-derivative controller and 1 120 ms 70 ms standard enhanced
can be used universally for closed-loop-control in the field. It enables
cascade mode and feedforward control. Input IN can be indicated on
the display. The selection is performed in the Display Block
(DISPLAY_MAIN_LINE_CONTENT).
Arithmetic This block is designed to permit simple use of popular measurement 1 50 ms 40 ms standard enhanced
Block math functions. The user does not have to know how to write
equations. The math algorithm is selected by name, chosen by the
user for the function to be performed.
Input Selector The Input Selector Block facilitates the selection of up to four inputs 1 35 ms 35 ms standard enhanced
Block and generates an output based on the configured action. This block
normally receives its inputs from AI Blocks. The block performs
maximum, minimum, average and ‘first good’ signal selection. Inputs
IN1 to IN4 can be indicated on the display. The selection is performed
in the Display Block (DISPLAY_MAIN_LINE_CONTENT).
Signal The Signal Characterizer Block has two sections, each with an output 1 30 ms 40 ms standard enhanced
Characterizer that is a non-linear function of the respective input. The non-linear
Block function is generated by a single look-up table with 21 arbitrary x-y
pairs.
Integrator Block The Integrator Block integrates a variable as a function of the time or 1 35 ms 40 ms standard enhanced
accumulates the counts from a Pulse Input Block. The block can be
used as a totalizer that counts up until a reset, or as a batch totalizer
whereby the integrated value is compared against a target value
generated before or during the control routine and generates a binary
signal when the target value is reached.
Analog Alarm This block contains all process alarm conditions (working like a 1 35 ms 35 ms standard enhanced
Block comparator) and represents them at the output.
Additional function block information:
Instantiatable function blocks YES YES
Number of additional instantiatable function blocks 11 5
Endress+Hauser 21
Power supply
LWARNING
Electrical safety is compromised by an incorrect connection.
‣ When using the measuring device in hazardous areas, the relevant national standards and
regulations as well as the Safety Instructions or Installation or Control Drawings must be
observed →  112.
‣ All explosion protection data are given in separate documentation which is available upon
request. The Ex documentation is supplied as standard with all Ex-systems →  112.
‣ Devices with integrated overvoltage protection must be grounded →  26.
‣ Protective circuits against reverse polarity, HF influences and overvoltage peaks are integrated.
Terminal assignment 4 to 20 mA HART
1 2
Test
3
Test
8 4... 20mA Test
7
6
4... 20mA Test

4
5
A0019989
1 Housing
2 Supply voltage
3 4 to 20 mA
4 Devices with integrated overvoltage protection are labeled "OVP" (overvoltage protection) here.
5 External ground terminal
6 4 to 20 mA test signal between positive and test terminal
7 Internal ground terminal
8 Jumper for 4 to 20 mA test signal
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1 2
3
4
A0020158
1 Housing
2 Supply voltage
3 Devices with integrated overvoltage protection are labeled "OVP" (overvoltage protection) here.
4 External ground terminal
5 Internal ground terminal
22 Endress+Hauser
Supply voltage 4 to 20 mA HART
Electronic version Jumper for 4 to 20 mA test signal in Jumper for 4 to 20 mA test signal in
"Test" position (delivery status) "Non-test" position
Version for non- 11.5 to 45 V DC 10.5 to 45 V DC

hazardous area
Intrinsically safe 11.5 to 30 V DC 10.5 to 30 V DC
• Other types of 11.5 to 45 V DC 10.5 to 45 V DC

protection (versions with 35 V DC plug-in (versions with 35 V DC plug-in
• Devices without connection) connection)
certificate
Measuring a 4 to 20 mA test signal

A 4 to 20 mA test signal may be measured via the positive and test terminal without interrupting
the measurement. The minimum supply voltage of the device can be reduced by simply changing the
position of the jumper. As a result, operation is also possible with lower voltage sources. Observe the
position of the jumper in accordance with the following table.
Jumper position for test Description

signal
Test • Measurement of 4 to 20 mA test signal via the positive and test terminal:
Possible. (Thus, the output current can be measured without interruption via
the diode.)
• Delivery status
• Minimum supply voltage: 11.5 V DC
A0019992
Test • Measurement of 4 to 20 mA test signal via positive and test terminal: Not
possible.
• Minimum supply voltage: 10.5 V DC
A0019993
PROFIBUS PA
• Version for non-hazardous areas: 9 to 32 V DC
• Ex ia: 10.5 to 30 V DC
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Version for non-hazardous areas: 9 to 32 V DC
• Ex ia: 10.5 to 30 V DC
Current consumption • PROFIBUS PA: 13 mA ±1 mA, switch-on current corresponds to IEC 61158-2, Clause 21
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 15.5 mA ±1 mA, switch-on current corresponds to IEC 61158-2, Clause
21
Endress+Hauser 23
Electrical connection PROFIBUS PA

The digital communication signal is transmitted to the bus via a 2-wire connection. The bus also
provides the power supply. For further information on the network structure and grounding, and for
further bus system components such as bus cables, see the relevant documentation, e.g. Operating
Instructions BA00034S "PROFIBUS DP/PA: Guidelines for planning and commissioning" and the
PNO Guideline.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
The digital communication signal is transmitted to the bus via a 2-wire connection. The bus also
provides the power supply. For further information on the network structure and grounding and for
further bus system components such as bus cables, see the relevant documentation, e.g. Operating
Instructions BA00013S "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" and the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline.
Terminals • Supply voltage and internal ground terminal: 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG)
• External ground terminal: 0.5 to 4 mm2 (20 to 12 AWG)
Cable entries Approval Cable gland Clamping area
Standard, II 1/2 G Ex ia, IS Plastic M20x1.5 5 to 10 mm (0.2 to 0.39 in)
ATEX II 1/2 D, II 1/3 D, II 1/2 GD Ex ia, Metal M20x1.5 (Ex e) 7 to 10.5 mm (0.28 to 0.41 in)
II 1 GD Ex ia, II 3 G Ex nA
For additional technical data, see section on housing →  45
Connector Devices with Harting plug Han7D
A B – +
7
+ – 8 6
1
2 5
3 4
Han7D
+ –
A0019990
A Electrical connection for devices with Harting plug Han7D

B View of the plug-in connection on the device
Material: CuZn, gold-plated plug-in jack and plug
Cable version connection
+
+
–
–
PE
1 2 3 4
A0019991
1 rd = red
2 bk = black
3 gnye = green
4 4 to 20 mA
24 Endress+Hauser
Devices with M12 plug
4 3
1 2
A0011175
1 Signal +
2 Not assigned
3 Signal –
4 Ground
Endress+Hauser offers the following accessories for devices with an M12 plug:
Plug-in jack M 12x1, straight
• Material: Body PA; coupling nut CuZn, nickel-plated
• Degree of protection (fully locked): IP67
• Order number: 52006263
Plug-in jack M 12x1, elbowed
• Material: Body PBT/PA; coupling nut GD-Zn, nickel-plated
Cable 4x0.34 mm2 (20 AWG) with M12 socket, elbowed, screw plug, length 5 m (16 ft)
• Material: Body PUR; coupling nut CuSn/Ni; cable PVC
Devices with 7/8" plug
1 3
2 4
A0011176
1 Signal –
2 Signal +
3 Not assigned
4 Shielding
External thread: 7/8 - 16 UNC

• Material: 316L (1.4401)
• Degree of protection: IP68
Cable specification HART

• Endress+Hauser recommends using shielded, twisted-pair two-wire cables.
• Cable outer diameter: 5 to 9 mm (0.2 to 0.35 in) depending on the cable entry used →  24
PROFIBUS PA
Use a twisted, shielded twin-core cable, preferably cable type A.
For further information regarding cable specifications, see the Operating Instructions
BA00034S "PROFIBUS DP/PA: Guidelines for planning and commissioning", the PNO guideline
2.092 "PROFIBUS PA User and Installation Guideline" and IEC 61158-2 (MBP).
Endress+Hauser 25
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Use a twisted, shielded twin-core cable, preferably cable type A.
For further information on the cable specifications, see Operating Instructions BA00013S
"FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview", FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline and IEC 61158-2 (MBP).
Start-up current 12 mA
Residual ripple Without influence on 4 to 20 mA signal up to ±5% residual ripple within the permitted voltage
range [according to HART hardware specification HCF_SPEC-54 (DIN IEC 60381-1)].
Overvoltage protection • Overvoltage protection:

(optional) – Nominal functioning DC voltage: 600 V
– Nominal discharge current: 10 kA
• Surge current check î = 20 kA satisfied as per DIN EN 60079-14: 8/20 μs
• Arrester AC current check I = 10 A satisfied
Ordering information: Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 1" or Additional
options 2", version "M"
NOTICE
Device could be destroyed!
‣ Devices with integrated overvoltage protection must be grounded.
Influence of power supply ≤0.0006 % of URL/1 V
26 Endress+Hauser
Performance characteristics of ceramic process isolating

diaphragm
Reference operating • As per IEC 60770
conditions • Ambient temperature TU = constant, in range: +21 to +33 °C (+70 to +91 °F)
• Humidityj= constant, in range: 5 to 80 % rH
• Ambient pressure pA = constant, in range: 860 to 1 060 mbar (12.47 to 15.37 psi)
• Position of measuring cell = constant, in range: horizontal ±1° (see also "Influence of the
installation position" section →  27)
• Input of LOW SENSOR TRIM and HIGH SENSOR TRIM for lower range value and upper range value
• Zero based span
• Material of process isolating diaphragm: Al2O3 (aluminum-oxide ceramic, Ceraphire®)
• Supply voltage: 24 V DC ±3 V DC
• Load with HART: 250 Ω
Measuring uncertainty for The smallest expanded uncertainty of measurement that can be returned by our calibration
small absolute pressure standards is:
measuring ranges • in range 1 to 30 mbar (0.0145 to 0.435 psi): 0.4 % of reading
• in range < 1 mbar (0.0145 psi): 1 % of reading.
Influence of the installation ≤ 0.18 mbar (0.003 psi). Device has rotated 180° and process connection is pointing upwards.
position
A position-dependent zero point shift can be corrected →  34 and →  102.
Different tightening torques (e.g. for Clamp or Varivent connections) can merely cause a shift in the
zero point. This effect is corrected by position adjustment during commissioning.
Resolution • Current output: 1 μA

• Display: can be set (factory setting: presentation of the maximum accuracy of the transmitter)
Reference accuracy The reference accuracy contains the non-linearity [DIN EN 61298-2 3.11] including the pressure
hysteresis [DIN EN 61298-23.13] and non-repeatability [DIN EN 61298-2 3.11] in accordance with
the limit point method as per [DIN EN 60770].
Measuring cell standard Sensor Reference accuracy in %
• TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = ±0.075

100 mbar (1.5 psi) Gauge pressure
• TD > 10:1 = ±0.0075 x TD
• TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = ±0.075

100 mbar (1.5 psi) Absolute pressure
• TD > 5:1 = ±0.015 x TD
250 mbar (3.75 psi) Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = ±0.075

Absolute pressure • TD > 10:1 = ±0.0075 x TD
400 mbar (6 psi), 1 bar (15 psi), =

Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 ±0.05
2 bar (30 psi), 4 bar (60 psi), =
Absolute pressure • TD > 10:1 ±0.005 x TD
10 bar (150 psi), 40 bar (600 psi)
Platinum measuring cell Sensor Reference accuracy in %
100 mbar (1.5 psi), Gauge pressure/ TD 1:1 = ±0.05

250 mbar (3.75 psi) Absolute pressure
400 mbar (6 psi), Gauge pressure/ TD 1:1 = ±0.035

1 bar (15 psi) Absolute pressure
2 bar (30 psi), Gauge pressure TD 1:1 = ±0.025

4 bar (60 psi)
2 bar (30 psi), Absolute pressure TD 1:1 = ±0.035

4 bar (60 psi)
10 bar (150 psi), Gauge pressure/ TD 1:1 = ±0.035

40 bar (600 psi) Absolute pressure
Endress+Hauser 27
Thermal change of the zero Standard version

output and the output span
Measuring cell –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F) –20 to –10 °C (–4 to +14 °F)
+60 to +125 °C (+140 to +257 °F)
% of the set span
100 mbar (1.5 psi), 250 mbar (3.75 psi),

±(0.088 x TD + 0.088) ±(0.138 x TD + 0.138)
400 mbar (6 psi)
1 bar (15 psi), 2 bar (30 psi),

4 bar (60 psi), ±(0.088 x TD + 0.04) ±(0.175 x TD + 0.075)
10 bar (150 psi), 40 bar (600 psi)
High-temperature version
Measuring cell Sensor –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F) +60 to +150 °C
(140 to +302 °F)
% of the set span
100 mbar (1.5 psi),

250 mbar (3.75 psi), Gauge pressure ±(0.088 x TD + 0.088) ±(0.75 x TD)
400 mbar (6 psi)
1 bar (15 psi), 2 bar (30 psi),

4 bar (60 psi),
Gauge pressure ±(0.088 x TD + 0.040) ±(0.50 x TD)
10 bar (150 psi),
40 bar (600 psi)
100 mbar (1.5 psi) Absolute ±(0.088 x TD + 0.088) ±(1.25 x TD)

pressure
250 mbar (4 psi), Absolute ±(0.088 x TD + 0.088) ±(0.75 x TD)

400 mbar (6 psi) pressure
1 bar (15 psi), 2 bar (30 psi),

Absolute
4 bar (60 psi), ±(0.088 x TD + 0.040) ±(0.75 x TD)
pressure
10 bar (150 psi)
40 bar (600 psi) Absolute ±(0.088 x TD + 0.040) ±(0.50 x TD)

pressure
Total performance The "Total performance" specification comprises the non-linearity including hysteresis and non-
reproducibility as well as the thermal change of the zero point. For devices with NBR or HNBR seals,
the values must be multiplied by a factor of 3. All specifications apply to the temperature
range–10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F)and a turndown of 1:1.
Measuring cell Standard version High-temperature version
% of URL
100 mbar (1.5 psi),

250 mbar (3.75 psi), ±0.2 ±0.46
400 mbar (6 psi)
1 bar (15 psi),

2 bar (30 psi),
4 bar (60 psi), ±0.15 ±0.46
10 bar (150 psi),
40 bar (600 psi)
Long-term stability • For measuring ranges ≥ 1 bar (15 psi) ± 0.05 % of URL/year
• 100 mbar (1.5 psi)to40 bar (600 psi): ± 0.2 % of URL/10 years
• 100 mbar (1.5 psi)to40 bar (600 psi) (absolute pressure sensor): ± 0.3 % of URL/10 years
28 Endress+Hauser
Total error The total error comprises the total performance and long-term stability. For devices with NBR or
HNBR seals, the values must be multiplied by a factor of 3. All specifications apply to the
temperature range –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F) and a turndown of 1:1.
Measuring cell Standard version High-temperature version
% of URL/year
100 mbar (1.5 psi), 250 mbar (3.75 psi),

±0.25 ±0.51
400 mbar (6 psi)
1 bar (15 psi), 2 bar (30 psi), 4 bar (60 psi),

±0.2 ±0.51
10 bar (150 psi), 40 bar (600 psi)
Warm-up period • 4 to 20 mA HART: < 10 s

• PROFIBUS PA: 6 s
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 50 s
Endress+Hauser 29
Performance characteristics of the metallic process

isolating diaphragm
Reference operating • As per IEC 60770
conditions • Ambient temperature TU = constant, in range: +21 to +33 °C (+70 to +91 °F)
• Humidityj= constant, in range: 5 to 80 % rH
• Ambient pressure pA = constant, in range: 860 to 1 060 mbar (12.47 to 15.37 psi)
• Position of measuring cell = constant, in range: horizontal ±1° (see also "Influence of the
installation position" section →  30)
• Input of LOW SENSOR TRIM and HIGH SENSOR TRIM for lower range value and upper range value
• Zero based span
• Material of the process isolating diaphragm: AISI 316L (1.4435)
• Filling oil: silicone oil
• Supply voltage: 24 V DC ±3 V DC
• Load with HART: 250 Ω
Measuring uncertainty for The smallest expanded uncertainty of measurement that can be returned by our calibration
small absolute pressure standards is:
measuring ranges • in range 1 to 30 mbar (0.0145 to 0.435 psi): 0.4 % of reading
• in range < 1 mbar (0.0145 psi): 1 % of reading.
Influence of the installation PMP71: Device rotated 180°, process connection pointing upwards.
position – Process connections thread G 1 A, G 1 ½, G 2, 1 ½ MNPT, 2 MNPT, M 44x1,25, EN/DIN, ASME
and JIS flanges: ≤ 10 mbar (0.15 psi).
– Process connections thread: G ½, ½ MNPT, JIS G ½, JIS R ½, M20x1.5: ≤ 4 mbar (0.06 psi).
The value is doubled for devices with inert oil.

A position-dependent zero point shift can be corrected →  34 and →  102.
Different tightening torques (e.g. for Clamp or Varivent connections) can merely cause a shift in
the zero point. This effect is corrected by position adjustment during commissioning.
Resolution • Current output: 1 μA

• Display: can be set (factory setting: presentation of the maximum accuracy of the transmitter)
Reference accuracy The reference accuracy contains the non-linearity [DIN EN 61298-2 3.11] including the pressure
hysteresis [DIN EN 61298-23.13] and non-repeatability [DIN EN 61298-2 3.11] in accordance with
the limit point method as per [DIN EN 60770]. The specifications refer to the calibrated span.
PMP71
Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 = ±0.05

400 mbar (6 psi)
Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 to TD 2.5:1 = ±0.05

1 bar (15 psi)
Absolute pressure • TD > 2.5:1 = ±0.02 x TD
Gauge pressure • TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = ±0.05

2 bar (30 psi)
• TD > 5:1 = ±0.01 x TD
Absolute pressure • TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = ±0.05

2 bar (30 psi)
• TD > 5:1 = ±0.01 x TD
Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = ±0.05

4 bar (60 psi), 10 bar (150 psi)

40 bar (600 psi)

100 bar (1 500 psi)
30 Endress+Hauser

400 bar (6 000 psi)
Absolute pressure • TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = ±0.15

700 bar (10 500 psi)
• TD > 5:1 = ±0.03 x TD
1)
Platinum measuring cell Sensor Reference accuracy in %
Gauge pressure/ TD 1:1

400 mbar (6 psi), 1 bar (15 psi) = ±0.035
Absolute pressure
2 bar (30 psi), 4 bar (60 psi), 10 bar (150 psi) Gauge pressure TD 1:1 = ±0.025
2 bar (30 psi), 4 bar (60 psi), 10 bar (150 psi) Absolute pressure TD 1:1 = ±0.035
Gauge pressure/
40 bar (600 psi) TD 1:1 = ±0.05
Absolute pressure
100 bar (1 500 psi) Absolute pressure TD 1:1 = ±0.05
Gauge pressure/
400 bar (6 000 psi), 700 bar (10 500 psi) TD 1:1 = ±0.075
Absolute pressure
1) Platinum version not for flush-mounted process connections G ½ and M20.
Ordering information
Description Option 1)
Platinum "K" or "L" or "M"
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Calibration; unit"
PMP75
Measuring cell standard Sensor PMP75 without capillary in % PMP75 with capillary in %
400 mbar (6 psi) Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 = ±0.15 • TD 1:1 = ±0.15

Absolute pressure • TD > 1:1 = ±0.15 x TD • TD > 1:1 = ±0.15 x TD
1 bar (15 psi) Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 to TD 2.5:1 = ±0.075 • TD 1:1 to TD 2.5:1 = ±0.1
Absolute pressure • TD > 2.5:1 = ±0.03 x TD • TD > 2.5:1 = ±0.04 x TD
2 bar (30 psi) Gauge pressure • TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = ±0.075 • TD 1:1 to TD 2.5:1 = ±0.1
• TD > 5:1 = ±0.015 x TD • TD > 2.5:1 = ±0.04 x TD
2 bar (30 psi) Absolute pressure • TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = ±0.075 • TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = ±0.075
• TD > 5:1 = ±0.015 x TD • TD > 5:1 = ±0.015 x TD
4 bar (60 psi) Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = ±0.075 • TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = ±0.075
10 bar (150 psi), 40 bar (600 psi) Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 to TD 15:1 = ±0.075 • TD 1:1 to TD 15:1 = ±0.075
100 bar (1 500 psi) Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = ±0.075 • TD 1:1 to TD 10:1 = ±0.075
400 bar (6 000 psi) Gauge pressure/ • TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = ±0.15 • TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = ±0.15
700 bar (10 500 psi) Absolute pressure • TD 1:1 to TD 5:1 = ±0.15
—
• TD > 5:1 = ±0.03 x TD
Endress+Hauser 31
1)
Platinum measuring cell Sensor PMP75 without capillary in % PMP75 without capillary in %
1 bar (15 psi), 2 bar (30 psi), Gauge pressure/

4 bar (60 psi), 10 bar (150 psi), Absolute pressure
40 bar (600 psi), TD 1:1 = ±0.05 —
400 bar (6 000 psi),
700 bar (10 500 psi)
1) Platinum version not for flush-mounted process connections G ½ and M20.
Thermal change of the zero When using a PMP75, the influence of the respective diaphragm seal must also be taken into
output and the output span account →  99.
PMP71 and PMP75 (basic device), internal process isolating diaphragm
Measuring cell Material of the –10 to +60 °C –40 to –10 °C (–40 to +14 °F)
Process isolating (+14 to +140 °F) +60 to +80 °C
diaphragm (+140 to +176 °F)
316 L Gold/ % of the set span

rhodium
400 mbar (6 psi)   ±(0.2 x TD + 0.015) ±(0.4 x TD + 0.03)
1 bar (15 psi),   ±(0.1 x TD + 0.01) ±(0.4 x TD + 0.02)

2 bar (30 psi),
4 bar (60 psi),
10 bar (150 psi)
40 bar (600 psi)  — ±(0.1 x TD + 0.01) ±(0.4 x TD + 0.02)
100 bar (1 500 psi)  — ±(0.2 x TD + 0.015) ±(0.4 x TD + 0.03)
400 bar (6 000 psi)  — ±(0.35 x TD + 0.02) ±(0.7 x TD + 0.04)
700 bar (10 500 psi)  — ±(0.4 x TD + 0.03) ±(0.7 x TD + 0.04)
PMP71, flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm made of 316L with gold-rhodium coating
Measuring cell –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F) –40 to –10 °C (–40 to +14 °F)
+60 to +80 °C (+140 to +176 °F)
% of the set span
400 mbar (6 psi) ±(0.2 x TD + 0.015) x 5 ±(0.4 x TD + 0.03) x 5
1 bar (15 psi), 2 bar (30 psi), ±(0.1 x TD + 0.01) x 5 ±(0.4 x TD + 0.02) x 5
4 bar (60 psi), 10 bar (150 psi),
40 bar (600 psi)
100 bar (1 500 psi) ±(0.2 x TD + 0.015) x 5 ±(0.4 x TD + 0.03) x 5
400 bar (6 000 psi) ±(0.35 x TD + 0.02) x 5 ±(0.7 x TD + 0.04) x 5
700 bar (10 500 psi) ±(0.4 x TD + 0.03) x 5 ±(0.7 x TD + 0.04) x 5
32 Endress+Hauser
Total performance The "Total performance" specification comprises the non-linearity including hysteresis and non-
reproducibility as well as the thermal change of the zero point.
All specifications apply to the temperature range –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F) and a turndown of
1:1.
PMP71
Measuring cell PMP71 PMP71 with

gold-rhodium coated
Process isolating diaphragm
% of URL
400 mbar (6 psi) ±0.25 ±1.25
1 bar (15 psi) ±0.15 ±0.75
2 bar (30 psi) ±0.15 ±0.45
4 bar (60 psi) ±0.15 ±0.3
10 bar (150 psi),

±0.15 ±0.15
40 bar (600 psi)
100 bar (1 500 psi) ±0.25 ±0.25
400 bar (6 000 psi) ±0.3 ±0.3
700 bar (10 500 psi) ±0.3 ±0.3
Long-term stability Measuring cell 1 year 5 years 10 years
% of URL
PMP71 400 mbar (6 psi) ±0.05 ±0.07 ±0.10
1 bar (15 psi) ±0.05 ±0.07 ±0.10
2 bar (30 psi) ±0.07 ±0.12 ±0.15
4 bar (60 psi), ±0.05 ±0.07 ±0.10

10 bar (150 psi),
40 bar (600 psi),
100 bar (1 500 psi),
400 bar (6 000 psi),
700 bar (10 500 psi)
PMP75 To determine long-term stability, the basic device is observed without the attached diaphragm seal.
Total error PMP71

The total error comprises the total performance and long-term stability. All specifications apply to
the temperature range –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F) and a turndown of 1:1.
Measuring cell % of URL/year
400 mbar (6 psi) ±0.3
1 bar (15 psi), 2 bar (30 psi), ±0.2

4 bar (60 psi), 10 bar (150 psi),
40 bar (600 psi)
100 bar (1 500 psi) ±0.3
400 bar (6 000 psi) ±0.35
700 bar (10 500 psi) ±0.35
Warm-up period • 4 to 20 mA HART: < 10 s

• PROFIBUS PA: 6 s
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 50 s
Endress+Hauser 33
Installation
General installation • For PMP75: →  99 "Installation instructions" section.
instructions • A position-dependent zero point shift can be corrected directly at the device via operating keys,
and also in hazardous areas in the case of devices with external operation.
Diaphragm seals also shift the zero point, depending on the installation position→  102.
• The device housing can be rotated up to 380° .
• Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing the device on pipes or walls →  34.
• Use flushing rings for flange and cell diaphragm seals if buildup or clogging can be expected at the
diaphragm seal connection. The flushing ring can be fitted between the process connection and
diaphragm seal. Material buildup in front of the process isolating diaphragm can be flushed away,
and the pressure chamber vented, via the two lateral flushing holes.
• When measuring in media containing solids, such as dirty liquids, installing separators and drain
valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.
• Point the cable and connector downwards where possible to prevent moisture from entering (e.g.
rain or condensation water).
Measuring arrangement for Cerabar S transmitters without diaphragm seals are mounted as per the norms for a manometer
devices without diaphragm (DIN EN 837‑2). We recommend the use of shutoff devices and siphons. The orientation depends on
seals – PMC71, PMP71 the measuring application.
Pressure measurement in gases

Mount Cerabar S with shutoff device above the tapping point so that any condensate can flow into
the process.
Pressure measurement in vapors

Use siphons for pressure measurement in steam. The siphon reduces the temperature to almost
ambient temperature. Fill the siphon with liquid before commissioning. Preferably mount the
Cerabar S with the siphon below the tapping point.
Advantages:
• defined water column only causes minimal/negligible measured errors
• only minimal/negligible thermal effects on the device
Mounting above the tapping point is also possible. Note the max. permitted ambient temperature of
the transmitter.
Pressure measurement in liquids

Mount Cerabar S with shutoff device below or at the same level as the tapping point.
Level measurement
• Mount Cerabar S below the lowest measuring point.
• Do not install the device in the following positions: In the filling curtain, in the tank outlet or at a
point in the container which could be affected by pressure pulses from an agitator or a pump.
• The calibration and functional test can be carried out more easily if you mount the device
downstream from a shutoff device.
Measuring arrangement for →  99

devices with diaphragm seals
– PMP75
Orientation The orientation may cause a zero point shift, see →  27 and →  30.
This position-dependent zero point shift can be corrected directly at the device via the operating key,
and also in hazardous areas in the case of devices with external operation (position adjustment).
Wall and pipe mounting Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing the device on pipes or walls. The mounting
bracket can be installed on pipes with a diameter of 1¼" to 2" or on walls.
Ordering information:
• Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 2", version "U" or
Product Configurator, order code for "Accessory enclosed", version "PA" or
• as a separate accessory (part no.: 71102216).
34 Endress+Hauser
Dimensions →  86.
Heat insulation – PMC71 The PMC71 high-temperature version must only be insulated up to a certain height. The maximum
high-temperature version permitted insulation height is indicated on the devices and applies to an insulation material with a
heat conductivity ≤ 0.04 W/(m x K) and to the maximum permitted ambient and process
temperature (see table below). The data were determined under the most critical application
"quiescent air".
The data were determined under the most critical application "quiescent air".
A 1 2
B
A0021075
A Ambient temperature
B Process temperature
1 Insulation height
2 Insulation material
Temperature
Ambient temperature ≤ 70 °C (158 °F)
Process temperature ≤ 150 °C (302 °F)
Mounting of PVDF screw-in LWARNING

fittings Risk of damage to process connection!
Risk of injury!
‣ PVDF process connections with threaded connections must be installed with the mounting
bracket supplied.
The mounting bracket can be installed on pipes with a diameter of 1¼" to 2" or on walls.
• The mounting bracket is included in the delivery.
• Ordering information:
Product Configurator, order code for "Accessory enclosed", version "PA" or
as a separate accessory (part no.: 71102216).
• Dimensions .
Endress+Hauser 35
"Separate housing" version With the "separate housing" version, you are able to mount the housing with the electronics insert at
a distance from the measuring point. This version facilitates trouble-free measurement:
• Under particularly difficult measuring conditions (at installation locations that are cramped or
difficult to access)
• If rapid cleaning of the measuring point is required and
• If the measuring point is exposed to vibrations
• For compact installations
You can choose between different cable versions:
• PE: 2 m (6.6 ft), 5 m (16 ft) and 10 m (33 ft)
• FEP: 5 m (16 ft).
Ordering information: Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 2", version "G".
Dimensions →  86
In the case of the "separate housing" version, the sensor is delivered with the process connection and
cable ready mounted. The housing and a mounting bracket are enclosed as separate units. The cable
is provided with a socket at both ends. These sockets are simply connected to the housing and the
sensor.
5
4
r ³ 120 (4.72)
1 2 3
A0019994
1 Process connection with sensor - For degrees of protection, see the following section
2 Process connection adapter
3 Cable, both ends are fitted with a socket
4 Mounting bracket provided, suitable for pipe and wall mounting
5 Housing with electronic insert - degrees of protection →  45
Engineering unit mm (in)
Degree of protection for the process connection and sensor with the use of
• FEP cable:
– IP 69
– IP 66 NEMA 4/6P
– IP 68 (1.83 mH2O for 24 h) NEMA 4/6P
• PE cable:
– IP 66 NEMA 4/6P
– IP 68 (1.83 mH2O for 24 h) NEMA 4/6P
Technical data of the PE and FEP cable:
• Minimum bending radius: 120 mm (4.72 in)
• Cable extraction force: max. 450 N (101.16 lbf)
• Resistance to UV light
Use in hazardous area:
• Intrinsically safe installations (Ex ia/IS)
• FM/CSA IS: for Div. 1 installation only
Description Weight
Process connection adapter 0.93 kg (2.05 lb)
Cable 0.05 kg/meter (0.11 lb)
36 Endress+Hauser
Reduction of the installation height

If the separate housing is used, the installation height of the process connection is reduced compared
to the dimensions of the standard version.
62 (2.44)
45 (1.77)
r ³ 120 (4.72) r ³ 120 (4.72)
81 (3.19)
T14 T17
ø54.1 (2.13)
1 1
A0019995
1 Process connection adapter
Turning the housing The housing can be rotated up to 380° by loosening the Allen screw.
Your benefits
• Easy mounting due to optimum alignment of housing
• Good, accessible device operation
• Optimum readability of the onsite display (optional).
T14 T15 T17
2 3
A0019996
Endress+Hauser 37
Oxygen applications Oxygen and other gases can react explosively to oils, grease and plastics, such that, among other
things, the following precautions must be taken:
• All components of the system, such as measuring devices, must be cleaned in accordance with the
BAM (DIN 19247) requirements.
• Dependent on the materials used, a certain maximum temperature and a maximum pressure for
oxygen applications must not be exceeded.
The devices suitable for gaseous oxygen applications are listed in the following table with the
specification pmax.
Order code for devices 1), pmax for oxygen applications Tmax for oxygen
cleaned for oxygen applications applications
2) 3)
PMC71 – * * * ** * ** 2 * *, Over pressure limit (OPL) of sensor 60 °C (140 °F)
Devices with sensors, nominal value < 10 bar (150 psi)
PMC71 – * * * ** * ** 2 * *, 30 bar (450 psi) 60 °C (140 °F)

Devices with sensors, nominal value ≥ 10 bar (150 psi)
PMP71 – * * * ** * * ** N * * depends on the lowest-rated element, with regard to pressure, of the 85 °C (185 °F)
selected components: over pressure limit (OPL) of the sensor, process
connection (1.5 x PN) or fill fluid (160 bar (2 400 psi))
PMP75 – * * * ** * * * ** N * * depends on the lowest-rated element, with regard to pressure, of the 85 °C (185 °F)
selected components: over pressure limit (OPL) of the sensor, process
connection (1.5 x PN) or fill fluid (160 bar (2 400 psi))
1) Devices only, not accessories or enclosed accessories.

2) Product Configurator, order code for "Sensor range; sensor over pressure limit (= OPL)"
3) PMC71 with PVDF thread or flange: To be mounted only with mounting bracket. MWP 10 bar (150 psi), OPL max. 15 bar (225 psi). Process
temperature range –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F)
Silicone-free applications Special cleaning of the transmitter to remove paint-wetting substances, for use in paint shops for
example.
Product Configurator, order code for "Seal", option "L" or "M".
Ultrapure gas applications Endress+Hauser also offers devices for special applications, such as ultrapure gas, cleaned from oil
and grease. No special restrictions regarding the process conditions apply to these devices.
• Product Configurator, order code for "Seal" or
• Product Configurator, order code for "Fill fluid".
Applications with hydrogen Liquid applications with hydrogen separation from an electrolyte
The gold-rhodium coating, which can be ordered in the order code, offers protection only against
hydrogen diffusion through the process isolating diaphragm in liquids (e.g. electrolytes or aqueous
solutions).
Product Configurator, order code for "Membrane material", option "6".
In gas applications and also in liquid applications with hydrogen separation from an electrolyte with
a process temperature >100 °C (212 °F) , the gold-rhodium coating does not offer effective
protection against hydrogen diffusion through the process isolating diaphragm. The diaphragm
requires a pure gold coating. Endress+Hauser offers this product version with a gold coating of
25 µm (984.3 µin) as a Technical Special Product.
Gas applications with hydrogen content

In the case of a gas application with hydrogen content, the diaphragm requires a pure gold coating.
Endress+Hauser offers this product version with a gold coating of 25 µm (984.3 µin) as a Technical
Special Product.
38 Endress+Hauser
Environment
Ambient temperature range Version PMC71 PMC71 PMP71 1)
PMP75 1)
High-temperature
version
Without LCD –40 to +85 °C (–40 to +185 °F)

display
With LCD –20 to +70 °C (–4 to +158 °F)

–20 to +70 °C
display 2)
(–4 to +158 °F)
With M12 –25 to +85 °C (–13 to +185 °F)
connector,
elbowed
With separate — –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F) —

housing
Diaphragm seal — — — →  99
systems 3)
MID parts — — –25 to +55 °C —

certificate (–13 to +131 °F)
1) Lower temperatures on request

2) Extended temperature application range (–40 to +85 °C (–40 to +185 °F)) with restrictions in optical
properties, such as display speed and contrast
3) Ambient temperature range and process temperature range are mutually dependent - see "Heat insulation"
section →  103
For high-temperature applications, either a PMP75 with a temperature isolator or with a capillary
can be used. If vibrations also occur in the application, Endress+Hauser recommends using a PMP75
with a capillary. If a PMP75 with a temperature isolator or capillary is used, we recommend a
suitable bracket for mounting (see "Wall and pipe mounting" section)→  34.
Hazardous areas
• For devices for use in hazardous areas, see Safety Instructions, Installation or Control Drawing
→  112.
• Pressure measuring devices that have the usual explosion protection certificates (e.g. ATEX/ FM/
CSA/ IEC Ex,...) can be used in hazardous areas at ambient temperatures down to –50 °C (–58 °F).
The functionality of the explosion protection is also guaranteed for ambient temperatures down to
–50 °C (–58 °F).
• The nameplate specification is limited to an ambient temperature of –40 °C (–40 °F), as all
measurement-specific testing of the device is performed only down to –40 °C (–40 °F). If the device
is operated at an ambient temperature below –40 °C (–40 °F), the technical data in this document
are no longer valid. Functional restrictions can be expected.
Storage temperature range • –40 to +90 °C (–40 to +194 °F)

• Local display: –40 to +85 °C (–40 to +185 °F)
• Separate housing –40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F)
• Devices with PVC-sheathed capillary: –25 to +90 °C (–13 to +194 °F)
Degree of protection • Housing→  45

• Separate housing →  36
Climate class Class 4K4H (air temperature: –20 to +55 °C (–4 to +131 °F), relative humidity: 4 to 100 %) fulfilled
as per DIN EN 60721-3-4 (condensation possible. With PMC71, avoid condensate in the device.)
Electromagnetic • Electromagnetic compatibility as per EN 61326 and NAMUR recommendation EMC (NE21).
compatibility • With enhanced immunity against electromagnetic fields as per EN 61000-4-3: 30 V/m with
closed cover (for devices with T14 housing)
• Maximum deviation: < 0.5 % of span
• All EMC measurements were performed with a turn down (TD) = 2:1.
• Class E3 as per OIML R75-2
Endress+Hauser 39
For further details refer to the Declaration of Conformity. A description of how to download this
document is provided in the next section.
Downloading the Declaration of Conformity

http://www.endress.com/en/download
2 3
A0027319-EN
1. Enter the required product code

2. Select "Approvals & Certificates"
3. Select "Manufact. Declaration"
4. Click on "Start Search"
The available downloads are displayed.
Vibration resistance Device/accessory Test standard Vibration resistance

1)
PMC71 GL Guaranteed for
3 to 25 Hz: ±1.6 mm (0.063 in);
PMP71 25 to 100 Hz: 4 g
PMP75 2) 3) in all 3 planes
With mounting bracket IEC 61298-3 Guaranteed for

10 to 60 Hz: ±0.15 mm (0.0059 in);
60 to 500 Hz: 2 g
in all 3 planes
PMP71 with MID parts certificate OIML R117-1 Class M3
1) Not for high-temperature version with Ex d[ia], CSA XP or FM XP

2) With aluminum T14 housing only
3) For applications with very high temperatures, a PMP75 with either a temperature isolator or a capillary
can be used. If vibrations also occur in the application, Endress+Hauser recommends using a PMP75 with a
capillary. If a PMP75 with a temperature isolator or capillary is used, it must be mounted with a mounting
bracket
40 Endress+Hauser
Process
Process temperature limits For oxygen applications →  38
PMC71 (with ceramic process isolating diaphragm)

• –25 to +125 °C (–13 to +257 °F)
• High-temperature version: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F); Product Configurator, order code for
"Additional options 1", version "T".
• For saturated steam applications, use a device with a metal process isolating diaphragm, or
provide a siphon for temperature isolation when installing.
• Observe the process temperature range of the seal in the following table.
1)
Seal Notes Process temperature range Option
FKM Viton — –25 to +125 °C (–13 to +257 °F)/ A, L

150 °C (302 °F) 2)
EPDM FDA 21CFR177.2600; –20 to +125 °C (–4 to +257 °F)/ B

3A Class II; USP Class VI 150 °C (302 °F) 2)
DVGW (KTW, W270, W534), WRAS, ACS, NSF61
EPDM –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F) B
Kalrez, Compound 4079 — +5 to +125 °C (+41 to +257 °F)/ D, M

150 °C (302 °F) 2)
Chemraz, Compound 505 — –10 to +125 °C (+14 to +257 °F)/ E

150 °C (302 °F) 2)
3)
HNBR FDA 21CFR177.2600; –25 to +125 °C (–13 to +257 °F) F
3A Class II; KTW; AFNOR; BAM
NBR — –10 to +100 °C (+14 to +212 °F) F
FKM Viton FDA 21CFR177.2600 –5 to +125 °C (+23 to +257 °F) G
FKM Viton cleaned of oil and grease –10 to +125 °C (+14 to +257 °F)/ 1
150 °C (302 °F) 2)
FKM Viton cleaned for oxygen service –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F) 2
The process temperature ranges specified here refer to permanent application of the PMC71.
They may be exceeded for a short time (e.g. for cleaning).
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Seal"

2) 150 °C (302 °F) for high-temperature version
3) These seals are used for devices with 3A-approved process connections.
Applications with jumps in temperature

Extreme jumps in temperature can result in temporary measuring errors. Temperature compensation
takes effect after several minutes. Internal temperature compensation is faster the smaller the jump
in temperature and the longer the time interval involved. For further information please contact your
local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
PMP71 (with metallic process isolating diaphragm)
Description Limits
Process connections with internal process isolating diaphragm –40 to +125 °C (–40 to +257 °F)
(150 °C (302 °F) for max. one hour)
Process connections with flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm, –40 to +100 °C (–40 to +212 °F)
G 1 A, G 1 ½ A, G 2 A, 1 NPT, 1 ½ NPT, 2 NPT,
M 44x1.25, EN/DIN, ASME and JIS flanges
Process connections with flush-mounted process isolating diaphragm, G ½ –20 to +85 °C (–4 to +185 °F)
A,
M20x1.5
Endress+Hauser 41
PMP71 (with metallic process isolating diaphragm) with MID parts certificate
–25 to +55 °C (–13 to +131 °F)
PMP75 (with diaphragm seal)

• Depending on the design and depending on the diaphragm seal and filling oil: –70 °C (–94 °F) up
to +400 °C (+752 °F). Please note the temperature application limits of the diaphragm seal oil
→  101.
• Please observe the maximum gauge pressure and maximum temperature.
Devices with PTFE-coated process isolating diaphragm

The non-stick coating has excellent gliding properties and is used to protect the process isolating
diaphragm against abrasive media.
NOTICE
Incorrect use of the PTFE foil will destroy the device!
‣ The PTFE foil used is designed to protect the unit against abrasion. It does not provide protection
against corrosive media.
For the range of application of the 0.25 mm (0.01 in) PTFE foil on an AISI 316L (1.4404/1.4435)
process isolating diaphragm, see the following diagram:
[psi pg] 4350
3625
2900
2175
1450
725
0
-40 77 122 167 212 257 302 347 392 [°F]
A0026949-EN
For vacuum applications: pabs ≤ 1 bar (14.5 psi) to 0.05 bar (0.725 psi) up to max.
+150 °C (302 °F).
Process temperature limits of • 316L: No restrictions

flexible capillary armoring: • PTFE: No restrictions
PMP75 • PVC: See the following diagram
[°F] Tp [°C]
572 300
392 200
Tp
392 100
Ta
+32 0
−94 −70 [°C]

−40 −25 0 40 +80 Ta
[°F]
−40 −22 +32 113 +185
A0028220
42 Endress+Hauser
Pressure specifications LWARNING

The maximum pressure for the measuring device depends on the lowest-rated element with
regard to pressure.
‣ For pressure specifications, see the "Measuring range" section and the "Mechanical construction"
section.
‣ The measuring device must be operated only within the specified limits!
‣ The MWP (maximum working pressure) is specified on the nameplate of the individual sensor
module. This value refers to a reference temperature of +20 °C (+68 °F), or +38 °C (+100 °F) for
ASME flanges, and can be present at the device for an unlimited period. Observe the pressure-
temperature dependency of the MWP.
‣ Please refer to the standards EN 1092-1: 2001 Tab. 18 for the pressure values permitted in the
case of higher temperatures. (With regard to their stability-temperature property, the materials
1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped together under 13E0 in EN 1092-1 Tab. 18. The chemical
composition of the two materials can be identical). // ASME B 16.5a – 1998 Tab. 2-2.2 F316 //
ASME B 16.5a – 1998 Tab. 2.3.8 N10276 // JIS B 2220
‣ The test pressure corresponds to the over pressure limit of the individual sensors (OPL = 1.5 x
MWP (formula does not apply to the PMP71 or PMP75 with a 40 bar (600 psi) or 100 bar (1500
psi) measuring cell)) and may be applied only for a limited period of time to prevent any lasting
damage.
‣ The Pressure Equipment Directive (EC Directive 97/23/EC) uses the abbreviation "PS". The
abbreviation "PS" corresponds to the MWP (maximum working pressure) of the measuring device.
‣ In the case of sensor range and process connections where the over pressure limit (OPL) of the
process connection is smaller than the nominal value of the sensor, the device is set at the
factory, at the very maximum, to the OPL value of the process connection. If you want to use the
entire sensor range, select a process connection with a higher OPL value (1.5 x PN; MWP = PN)
‣ In oxygen applications, the values for "pmax and Tmax for oxygen applications must not be
exceeded →  38.
‣ Steam hammering must be avoided. Steam hammering can cause zero point drifts.
Recommendation: Residue (water droplets or condensation) may remain on the process isolating
diaphragm following CIP cleaning and can result in local steam hammering the next time steam
cleaning takes place. In practice, drying the process isolating diaphragm (e.g. by blowing) has
proved to prevent steam hammering.
Endress+Hauser 43
Mechanical construction
Device height The device height is calculated from
• the height of the housing
• the height of optional mounted parts such as temperature isolators or capillaries
• the height of the relevant process connection.
The individual heights of the components can be found in the following sections. To calculate the
device height, simply add up the individual heights of the components. If necessary, the installation
space (the space used to install the device) must also be taken into account. You can use the
following table for this:
Section Page Height Example
Height of housing →  45 ff. (A)
Optional mounted →  49 (B) I

parts
Process →  49 (H)
connections
A A
Installation space - (I)
H
B
A0021437
Device height
44 Endress+Hauser
T14 housing, optional 152 (5.98)

display on the side
111 (4.37) 111 (4.37)
129 (5.08)
A0019997
Engineering unit mm (in). Front view, left-hand side view, top view
1)
Material Degree of protection Cable entry Weight in kg (lb) Option
Housing Cover seal with display without display
IP66/67 NEMA 6P M20 gland A
IP66/67 NEMA 6P G ½" thread B
IP66/67 NEMA 6P NPT ½" thread C

Aluminum EPDM 1.2 (2.65) 1.1 (2.43)
IP66/67 NEMA 6P M12 plug D
IP66/67 NEMA 6P 7/8" plug E
IP65 NEMA 4 HAN7D plug 90 degrees F
IP66/67 NEMA 6P M20 gland 1
IP66/67 NEMA 6P G ½" thread 2
IP66/67 NEMA 6P NPT ½" thread 3

EPDM
IP66/67 NEMA 6P M12 plug 4
316L 2.1 (4.63) 2.0 (4.41)
IP66/67 NEMA 6P 7/8" plug 5
IP65 NEMA 4 HAN7D plug 90 degrees 6
FVMQ IP66/67 NEMA 6P M20 gland 7
FVMQ IP66/67 NEMA 6P NPT ½" thread 8
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Housing, cover seal, cable entry, degree of protection"
Endress+Hauser 45
T17 housing (hygienic), 132 (5.2)

optional display on the side
94 (3.7) 115 (4.53)
147 (5.79)
A0020000
Engineering unit mm (in). Front view, left-hand side view, top view
1) 2)
Material Degree of protection Cable entry Weight in kg (lb) Option
Housing Cover seal with display without display
IP66/68 NEMA 6P M20 gland R
IP66/68 NEMA 6P G ½" thread S
316L EPDM IP66/68 NEMA 6P NPT ½" thread 1.2 (2.65) 1.1 (2.43) T
IP66/68 NEMA 6P M12 plug U
IP66/68 NEMA 6P 7/8" plug V
1) Degree of protection IP 68: 1.83 mH2O for 24 h

2) Product Configurator, order code for "Housing, cover seal, cable entry, degree of protection"
46 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for Threaded connection ISO 228 G

PMC71 with internal process
isolating diaphragm A B
H
ø8 (0.31)
20 (0.79)
13 (0.51)
17 (0.67)
20 (0.79)
17 (0.67)
ø3 (0.12) G ¼"
3 (0.12)
ø6 (0.24) ø17.5 (0.24)
G ½" G ½"
A0020935 A0020936
H
20 (0.79)
17 (0.67)
ø11.4 (0.45)
ø17.5 (0.24)
G ½"
A0020937
Engineering unit mm (in). Height H →  49
1)
Item Description Material Weight Approval Option 2)
kg (lb)
AISI 316L CRN GA
Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN GB
Monel (2.4360) - GC
A Thread ISO 228 G ½" A EN 837
PVDF - GD
• Only mount with a mounting bracket (included)
• MWP 10 bar (150 psi), OPL max. 15 bar (225 psi)
• Process temperature range: +10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F)
0.63 (1.39)
AISI 316L CRN GE
Thread ISO 228 G ½" A,
B Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN GF
G ¼" (internal)
Monel (2.4360) - GG
AISI 316L CRN GH

Thread ISO 228 G ½" A,
C Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN GJ
Hole11.4 mm (0.45 in)
Monel (2.4360) - GK
1) CSA approval: Product Configurator, order code for "Approval"

2) Product Configurator, order code for "Process connection"
Endress+Hauser 47
Threaded connection ANSI
A B
H
ø11.4 (0.45)
25 (0.98)
ø11.4 (0.45)
25 (0.98)
NPT ¼" NPT ½"
NPT ½"
A0020939
A0020938
C D
H
ø3 (0.12) 25 (0.98) NPT ½"
25 (0.98)
NPT ½" ø26.5 (1.04)
A0020940 A0020943
1)
kg (lb)
AISI 316L CRN RA
A ANSI ½" MNPT, ¼" FNPT Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN RB
Monel (2.4360) - RC
AISI 316L CRN RD

ANSI ½" MNPT,
B Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN RE
Hole11.4 mm (0.45 in)
Monel (2.4360) - RF
0.63 (1.39)
PVDF - RG
ANSI ½" MNPT, • Only mount with a mounting bracket (included)
C
Hole3 mm (0.12 in) • MWP 10 bar (150 psi), OPL max. 15 bar (225 psi)
• Process temperature range: +10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F)
AISI 316L CRN RH

ANSI ½" FNPT
D Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN RJ
Hole11.4 mm (0.45 in)
Monel (2.4360) - RK

48 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for Threaded connection JIS

H
H
ø8 (0.31)
20 (0.79)
13.2 (0.52)
3 (0.12)
ø3 (0.12) ø11.4 (0.45)
23 (0.91)
ø5 (0.2) R ½"
G ½"
A0021444
A0021445
Item Description Material Weight Option 1)
kg (lb)
A JIS B0202 G ½" (male) GL

AISI 316L 0.63 (1.39)
B JIS B0203 R ½" (male) RL
Threaded connection DIN 13
H
ø8 (0.31)
20 (0.79)
17 (0.67)
ø3 (0.12)
3 (0.12)
ø6 (0.24)
M20x1.5
A0020945
1)
Description Material Weight Option
kg (lb)
DIN 13 M20 x 1.5, EN 837 AISI 316L GP

3 mm (0.12 in) 0.63 (1.39)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) GQ
Process connections for Description Height H

isolating diaphragm - Standard height 26 mm (1.02 in)
height H Device with Ex d[ia], CSA XP or FM XP 96 mm (3.78 in)
High-temperature version 106 mm (4.17 in)
High-temperature version with Ex d[ia], CSA XP or FM XP 176 mm (6.93 in)
Endress+Hauser 49
Process connections for Threaded connection DIN 13

PMC71 with flush-mounted
process isolating diaphragm
60
H
ø40.5 (1.59)
22 (0.87)
11 (0.43)
M44x1.25
A0020950
Description Material Weight Option 1)
kg (lb)
AISI 316L 1R
DIN 13 M44 x 1.25 0.63 (1.39)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) 1S
Threaded connection ISO 228 G
A 60 B 70
H
H
33.5 (1.32)
G 1½" G 2"
25 (0.98)
30 (1.18)
28 (1.1)
ø55 (2.17) ø68 (2.68)
A0020946
A0020947
kg (lb)
AISI 316L 1G
A Thread ISO 228 G 1 ½" A Alloy C276 (2.4819) 1H
Monel (2.4360) 1J
0.63 (1.39)
AISI 316L 1K
B Thread ISO 228 G 2" A Alloy C276 (2.4819) 1L
Monel (2.4360) 1M
50 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for Threaded connection ANSI

process isolating diaphragm A B
60 70
H
33.5 (1.32)
NPT 1½" NPT 2"
27 (1.06)
30 (1.18)
ø68 (2.68)
A0020948
A0020949
1)
kg (lb)
AISI 316L (CRN) CRN 2D
A ANSI 1 ½" MNPT Alloy C276 (2.4819) (CRN) CRN 2E
Monel (2.4360) - 2F
0.63 (1.39)
AISI 316L (CRN) CRN 2G
B ANSI 2" MNPT Alloy C276 (2.4819) (CRN) CRN 2H
Monel (2.4360) - 2J

Process connections for Description Height H

process isolating diaphragm High-temperature version 86 mm (3.39 in)
- height H High-temperature version with Ex d[ia], CSA XP or FM XP 151 mm (5.94 in)
Endress+Hauser 51
Process connections for EN/DIN flanges, connection dimensions in accordance with EN 1092-1/DIN 2527
g2
62
b
26
2
g
k
D
A0026336
Engineering unit mm
Flange Boltholes Weight Option 1)
Material Nominal diameter Nominal pressure Shape 2) D Thickness Raised face Number g2 Hole circle
b g k
mm mm mm mm mm kg (lb)
AISI 316L DN 25 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 115 18 68 4 14 85 1.4 (3.09) BA
AISI 316L DN 32 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 140 18 78 4 18 100 2.0 (4.41) CP
AISI 316L DN 40 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 150 18 88 4 18 110 2.4 (5.29) CQ
AISI 316L DN 50 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 165 20 102 4 18 125 3.2 (7.06) B3
PVDF DN 50 PN 10-16 B1 (D) 165 21.4 102 4 18 125 0.6 (1.32) BR
AISI 316L DN 50 PN 63 B2 (E) 180 26 102 4 22 135 4.6 (10.14) C3
PVDF DN 80 PN 10-16 B1 (D) 200 21.4 138 8 18 160 1.0 (2.21) BS
AISI 316L DN 80 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 200 24 138 8 18 160 5.4 (11.91) B4

2) Description as per DIN 2527 provided in brackets
52 Endress+Hauser
ASME flanges, connection dimensions in accordance with ASME B 16.5, raised face RF
g2
b
2.44
0.08
1.024
g
k
D
A0026337
Engineering unit in.
1)
Flange Boltholes Weight Approval Option 2)
Material Nominal Class D Thickness Raised face Number g2 Hole

diameter circle
b g k
[in] [lb./sq.in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [kg (lb)]

3) 4)
AISI 316/316L 1 150 4.25 1.18 2 4 0.62 3.12 0.9 (1.98) - AA
3) 4)
AISI 316/316L 1 300 4.88 1.18 2 4 0.75 3.5 1.4 (3.09) - AB
3)
AISI 316/316L 1½ 150 5 0.69 2.88 4 0.62 3.88 1.0 (2.21) CRN AE
3)
AISI 316/316L 1½ 300 6.12 0.81 2.88 4 0.88 4.5 2.6 (5.73) CRN AQ
3)
AISI 316/316L 2 150 6 0.75 3.62 4 0.75 4.75 2.4 (5.29) CRN AF
5)
ECTFE 2 150 6 0.75 3.62 4 0.75 4.75 2.4 (5.29) - JR
PVDF 2 150 6 0.75 3.62 4 0.75 4.75 0.5 (1.1) - A3

3)
AISI 316/316L 2 300 6.5 0.88 3.62 8 0.75 5 3.2 (7.06) CRN AR
3)
AISI 316/316L 3 150 7.5 0.94 5 4 0.75 6 4.9 (10.8) CRN AG
5)
ECTFE 3 150 7.5 0.94 5 4 0.75 6 4.9 (10.8) - JS
PVDF 3 150 7.5 0.94 5 4 0.75 6 0.9 (1.98) - A4

3)
AISI 316/316L 3 300 8.25 1.12 5 8 0.88 6.62 6.8 (14.99) CRN AS
3)
AISI 316/316L 4 150 9 0.94 6.19 8 0.75 7.5 7.1 (15.66) CRN AH
5)
ECTFE 4 150 9 0.94 6.19 8 0.75 7.5 7.1 (15.66) - JT
3)
AISI 316/316L 4 300 10 1.25 6.19 8 0.88 7.88 11.6 (25.58) CRN AT

3) Combination of AISI 316 for required pressure resistance and AISI 316L for required chemical resistance (dual rated)
4) Screws must be 15 mm (0.59 in) longer than the standard flange screws
5) ECTFE coating on AISI 316/316L. When operating in hazardous areas, avoid electrostatic charge on the plastic surfaces.
Endress+Hauser 53
JIS flanges, connection dimensions in accordance with JIS B 2220 BL, raised face RF
g2
62
b
26
2
g
k
D
A0026336
Engineering unit mm
Material Nominal diameter Nominal pressure D Thickness Raised face Number g2 Hole circle
b g k
mm mm mm mm mm kg (lb)
50 A 10 K 155 16 96 4 19 120 2.0 (4.41) KF

AISI 316L
80 A 10 K 185 18 127 8 19 150 3.3 (7.28) KL
(1.4435)
100 A 10 K 210 18 151 8 19 175 4.4 (9.7) KH
54 Endress+Hauser
Hygienic process connections Many process connections with an EPDM or HNBR seal are approved for the PMC71 in accordance
for PMC71 with flush- with the guidelines of the 3A Sanitary Standard. To ensure that the 3A approval is valid for the
mounted process isolating PMC71 version, a 3A‑approved process connection together with an EPDM or HNBR seal must be
diaphragm selected when ordering (Product Configurator, order code for "Seal").
A B
70 (2.76)
7.5 (0.3)
70 (2.76)
61 (2.4) 61 (2.4)
52 (2.05) 52 (2.05)
32 (1.26)
48 (1.89)
19,8 (0.78)
11 (0.43)
42 (1.65)
68 (2.68)
10 (0.39)
A0021063
38 (1.5)
56 (2.2)
A0021061
C D
7 (0.28)
19,8 (0.78)
48 (1.89)
48 (1.89)
61 (2.4) 76.7 (3.02)
52 (2.05) 52 (2.05)
42 (1.65) 42 (1.65)
56,5 (2.22) 83.5 (3.29)
64 (2.52) 91 (3.58)
A0020952
A0021058
Item Description Nominal pressure Material 1) Weight Approval 2) Option 3)
kg (lb)
4)
A DIN 11851 DN 40 PN 25, with HNBR or EPDM seal PN 25 0.7 (1.54) EHEDG, 3A, CRN MP
4)
B DIN 11851 DN 50 PN 25, with HNBR or EPDM seal PN 25 AISI 316L 0.9 (1.98) EHEDG, 3A, CRN MR
C Tri-Clamp ISO 2852 DN 51 (2"), with HNBR or EPDM seal PN 40 5) (1.4435) 0.7 (1.54) EHEDG, 3A, CRN TD 4)
5)
D Tri-Clamp ISO 2852 DN 76.1 (3"), with NBR or EPDM seal PN 40 0.9 (1.98) EHEDG, 3A, CRN TF 4)
1) Delta-ferrite content < 1 %. Roughness of wetted surfaces Ra < 0.80 µm (31.5 µin) as standard. Lower surface roughness on request.
4) Endress+Hauser supplies these slotted nuts in stainless steel AISI 304 (DIN/EN material number 1.4301) or in AISI 304L (DIN/EN material
number 1.4307).
5) Restricted nominal pressure (13.8 bar (200 psi)) for the following approvals: Product Configurator, order code for "Approval", option "E", "U" and
"V".
Endress+Hauser 55
E F
48 (1.89)
105 (4.13) 84 (3.31)
84 (3.31)
48 (1.89)
75 (2.95)
61 (2.4) 52 (2.05)
52 (2.05)
12,3 (0.48)
19,8 (0.78)
42 (1.65)
71 (2.8)
16 (0.63)
42 (1.65)
65 (2.56)
A0021060
A0023740
Item Description Nominal pressure Material 1) Weight Approval 2) Option 3)
kg (lb)
DRD DN50 (65 mm) 4)

E PN 25 0.9 (1.98) EHEDG TK
with HNBR or EPDM seal AISI 316L
Varivent type N for pipes 40 – 162, (1.4435)
F PN 40 1 (2.21) EHEDG, 3A, CRN TR
with HNBR or EPDM seal
1) Delta-ferrite content < 1 %. Roughness of wetted surfaces Ra < 0.80 µm (31.5 µin) as standard. Lower surface roughness on request.
number 1.4307).
56 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for Threaded connection ISO 228 G

PMP71 with internal process
20 (0.79)
20 (0.79)
36 (1.42)
36 (1.42)
ø11.4 (0.45)
13 (0.51)
17 (0.67)
3 (0.12)
3 (0.12)
ø3.2 (0.13)
ø6 (0.24) G ¼"
ø17.5 (0.69) ø17.5 (0.69)
G ½" A G ½" A
A0021588 A0021591
20 (0.79)
36 (1.42)
ø11.4 (0.45)
17 (0.67)
ø17.5 (0.69)
G ½" A
A0021592
kg (lb)
AISI 316L GA
A Thread ISO 228 G ½" A EN 837
Alloy C276 (2.4819) GB
Thread ISO 228 G ½" A, AISI 316L GE

B 0.63 (1.39)
G ¼" (internal) Alloy C276 (2.4819) GF
Thread ISO 228 G ½" A, AISI 316L GH

C
Hole11.4 mm (0.45 in) Alloy C276 (2.4819) GJ
Endress+Hauser 57

36 (1.42)
36 (1.42)
ø11.4 (0.45)
ø21.4 (0.84) ø21.4 (0.84)
NPT ¼"
25 (0.98)
15 (0.59)
25 (0.98)
ø11.4 (0.45)
NPT ½"
NPT ½"
A0021112 A0021113
C
36 (1.42)
7 (0.28)
10 (0.39)
20 (0.79)
NPT ½"
8 (0.31)
ø38 (1.5)
A0020933
1)
kg (lb)
AISI 316L CRN RA

A ANSI ½" MNPT, ¼" FNPT
Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN RB
0.63 (1.39)
ANSI ½" MNPT, AISI 316L CRN RD
B Hole 11.4 mm (0.45 in) = 400 bar (6 000 psi)
Hole 3.2 mm (0.13 in) = 700 bar (10 500 psi) Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN RE
AISI 316L CRN RH

C ANSI ½" FNPT 0.7 (1.54)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN RJ

58 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for Threaded connection JIS

36 (1.42)
36 (1.42)
ø8 (0.31)
ø21.4 (0.84)
23 (0.91)
ø3 (0.12)
23 (0.91)
ø11.4 (0.45)
3 (0.12)
ø5 (0.2) R ½"
G ½"
A0021608
A0021607
kg (lb)
A JIS B0202 G ½" (male) GL

AISI 316L 0.6 (1.32)
B JIS B0203 R ½" (male) RL
Threaded connection DIN 13
20 (0.79)
36 (1.42)
ø11.4 (0.45)
17 (0.67)
ø17.5 (0.69)
M20x1.5
A0021609
1)
Description Material Weight Option
kg (lb)
DIN 13 M20 x 1.5, EN 837 AISI 316L GP

11.4 mm (0.45 in) 0.6 (1.32)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) GQ
Endress+Hauser 59
Process connections for

PMP71 with flush-mounted Threaded connection ISO 228 G
A B
3 (0.12)
3 (0.12)
34 (1.34)
38 (1.5)
ø18.4 (0.72)
3.5 (0.14)
3.5 (0.14)
14 (0.55)
ø17.5 (0.69)
18 (0.71)
ø28 (1.1)
2 (0.08)
2 (0.08)
G ½" A ø30 (1.18)
ø23.6 (0.93) G 1" A
ø26.5 (1.04) ø36 (1.42)
A0021613
ø39 (1.54)
A0021614
C D
1 (0.04)
34 (1.34)
33 (1.3)
8 (0.31)
30 (1.18)
ø28 (1.1)
2 (0.08)
ø28 (1.1)
26 (1.02)
2 (0.08)
ø56.3 (2.22)
ø36 (1.42)
G 2" A
G 1½" A
ø68 (2.68)
ø55 (2.17)
A0021616
A0021615
kg (lb)
Thread ISO 228 G ½" A, DIN 3852 AISI 316L 1A

A 0.4 (0.88)
FKM seal (item 1) pre-installed Alloy C276 (2.4819) 1B
AISI 316L 1D
B Thread ISO 228 G 1" A 0.7 (1.54)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) 1E
AISI 316L 1G
C Thread ISO 228 G 1 ½" A 1.1 (2.43)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) 1H
AISI 316L 1K
D Thread ISO 228 G 2" A 1.5 (3.31)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) 1L
60 Endress+Hauser
Threaded connection DIN
A B
3 (0.12)
34 (1.34)
41 (1.61)
8 (0.31)
ø17.7 (0.7)
3.5 (0.14)
14 (0.55)
ø17.5 (0.69)
2 (0.08)
26 (0.91)
M20x1.5 ø17.5 (0.69)
2 (0.08)
ø23.6 (0.93) ø40 (1.57)
ø26.5 (1.04) M44x1.25
A0021622 ø55 (2.17)
A0021623
kg (lb)
AISI 316L 1N
A Thread DIN 16288 M20 0.4 (0.88)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) 1P
AISI 316L 1R
B Thread DIN 13 M44 x 1.25 1.1 (2.43)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) 1S
Endress+Hauser 61

PMP71 with flush-mounted
process isolating diaphragm A B
36 (1.42)
33 (1.3)
23 (0.91)
27 (1.06)
ø28 (1.1)
NPT 1" ø28 (1.1)
A0021624 NPT 1½"
A0021625
30 (1.18)
31 (1.22)
ø28 (1.1)
NPT 2"
A0021626
1)
kg (lb)
AISI 316L CRN 2A

A ANSI 1" MNPT 0.7 (1.54)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN 2B
AISI 316L CRN 2D

B ANSI 1 ½" MNPT 1 (2.21)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN 2E
AISI 316L CRN 2G

C ANSI 2" MNPT 1.3 (2.87)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) CRN 2H

62 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for EN/DIN flanges, connection dimensions in accordance with EN 1092-1/DIN 2527
g2
b
41
dM = ø28
2
60 m
g
k
D
A0022643
Engineering unit mm
1)
Flange
Nominal Nominal Shape 3) D Thickness Raised Width of Number g2 Hole
diameter pressure face Raised face circle
b g m k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]

4)
DN 25 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 115 18 68 4 4 14 85 1.2 (2.65) CN
4)
DN 32 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 140 18 78 9 4 18 100 1.9 (4.19) CP
4)
DN 40 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 150 18 88 14 4 18 110 2.2 (4.85) CQ
DN 50 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 165 20 102 - 4 18 125 3.0 (6.62) B3
DN 80 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 200 24 138 - 8 18 160 5.3 (11.69) B4
1) Material: AISI 316L

3) Name as per DIN 2527 provided in brackets
4) With these process connections the raised face is smaller than described in the standard. Due to a smaller raised face a special seal must be used.
For further information, please contact a seal manufacturer or your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
Endress+Hauser 63
Process connections for ASME flanges, connection dimensions in accordance with ASME B 16.5, raised face RF*
g2
b
1.61
dM = ø1.1
c
2.36 m
g
k
D
A0022645
Engineering unit in.

(*all apart from AN, see table below)
1) 2)
Flange Boltholes Weight Approval Option 3)
Nominal Class/ D Thickness Raised Thickness of Width of Number g2 Hole

diameter nominal face raised face Raised circle
pressure face
b g c m k
[in] lb./sq.in [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [kg]
4)
1 300 4.88 0.69 2 0.06 0.2 4 0.75 3.5 1.3 (2.87) CRN AN
4)
1½ 150 5 0.69 2.88 0.08 0.52 4 0.62 3.88 1.5 (3.31) CRN AE
4)
1½ 300 6.12 0.81 2.88 0.08 0.52 4 0.88 4.5 2.6 (5.73) CRN AQ
2 150 6 0.75 3.62 0.08 - 4 0.75 4.75 2.4 (5.29) CRN AF
2 300 6.5 0.88 3.62 0.08 - 8 0.75 5 3.2 (7.06) CRN AR
3 150 7.5 0.94 5 0.08 - 4 0.75 6 4.9 (10.8) CRN AG
3 300 8.25 1.12 5 0.08 - 8 0.88 6.62 6.7 (14.77) CRN AS
4 150 9 0.94 6.19 0.08 - 8 0.75 7.5 7.1 (15.66) CRN AH
4 300 10 1.25 6.19 0.08 - 8 0.88 7.88 11.6 CRN AT

(25.88)
1) Material: AISI 316/316L; Combination of AISI 316 for required pressure resistance and AISI 316L for required chemical resistance (dual rated)
64 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for JIS flanges, connection dimensions in accordance with JIS B 2220 BL, raised face RF
g2
b
41
dM = ø28
2
60 m
g
k
D
A0022643
Engineering unit mm

Flange
Material Nominal Class/ D Thickness Raised Width of Number g2 Hole
diameter Nominal face Raised face circle
pressure
b g m k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]

2)
AISI 316L 25 A 20 K 125 16 67 3.5 4 19 90 1.5 (3.31) KA
AISI 316L 50 A 10 K 155 16 96 - 4 19 120 2.0 (4.41) KF
AISI 316L 80 A 10 K 185 18 127 - 8 19 150 3.3 (7.28) KL
AISI 316L 100 A 10 K 210 18 151 - 8 19 175 4.4 (9.7) KH

Endress+Hauser 65
Process connections for Oval flange

PMP71
41.3 (1.63)
13 (0.51)
78.5 (3.09)
63.5 (2.5)
UNF7/16-20
40 (1.57) 75 (2.95)
NPT ¼" -18

A0021632
1) 2)
Material Description Weight Approval Option
kg (lb)
Oval flange adapter 1/4-18 NPT

AISI 316L (1.4404) as per IEC 61518 1.9 (4.19) CRN UR
Mounting: 7/16-20 UNF

66 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for Prepared for diaphragm seal mount

PMP71
1 2 3
60 (2.36)
ø2.5 (0.1)
5 (0.2)
ø7.95 (0.31)
A0025596
1 Setscrew with hexagonal recess4 mm (0.16 in), material A2-70

2 Bearing DIN 5401 (1.3505)
3 Hole for filling fluid
1) 2)
Material Description Weight in kg (lb) Approval Option
AISI 316L (1.4404) Prepared for diaphragm seal mount 1.9 (4.19) CRN U1

Endress+Hauser 67
Process connections for • The weights of the diaphragm seals are given in the tables. For the weight of the housing, see
PMP75 with flush-mounted • The following drawings are drawings that illustrate how the system works in principle. In
process isolating diaphragm other words, the dimensions of a diaphragm seal supplied can deviate from the dimensions
given in this document.
• With the use of high-temperature oils the design can deviate strongly.
• Note "Planning instructions, diaphragm seal systems" section→  99
• For further information please contact your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
Diaphragm seal cell structure
dM
b
D
A0021635
1)
Flange Diaphragm seal Approval Option 2)
3)
Material Nominal diameter Nominal pressure D Thickness Max. diameter of the process Weight
isolating diaphragm
b
dM [kg (lb)]
[mm] [mm] [mm]
DN 50 PN 16-400 102 20 59 1.3 (2.87) - UI
DN 80 PN 16-400 138 20 89 2.3 (5.07) - UJ
DN 100 PN 16-400 162 20 89 3.1 (6.84) - UK
AISI 316L [in] [lb/sq.in] [in (mm)] [in (mm)] [in (mm)]
2 150-2500 4.01 (102) 0.79 (20) 2.32 (59) 1.3 (2.87) CRN UL
3 150-2500 5.35 (136) 0.79 (20) 3.50 (89) 2.3 (5.07) CRN UM
4 150-2500 6.22 (158) 0.79 (20) 3.50 (89) 3.1 (6.84) CRN UR

3) The specified nominal pressure applies to the diaphragm seal. The maximum pressure for the measuring device is dependent on the lowest-rated
element, with regard to pressure, of the selected components →  43.
68 Endress+Hauser
PMP75 basic device 1
147 (5.79)
129 (5.08)
60 (2.36)
60 (2.36)
max. 115 (4.53)
40 (1.57)
3
60 (2.36)
2 4
A0021634
1 PMP75 basic device

2 Diaphragm seal, here, e.g. flange diaphragm seal
3 Diaphragm seal with temperature isolator
4 Process connections with capillary lines are 40 mm (1.57 in) higher than process connections without
capillary lines
Engineering unit mm (in). PMP75 basic device with diaphragm seal.
Endress+Hauser 69
Process connections for Thread ISO 228 and ANSI

SW/AF SW/AF
h
x1
x1
dM dM
d1 NPT
G d2
d2
A0021639
Engineering unit mm (in). Left: thread ISO 228, right: thread ANSI
1) 2)
Threaded connection Diaphragm seal Approval Option
Material Thread Nominal d1 d2 Screw-in Across Max. diameter of Height Weight

pressure length flats the process
isolating
PN SW/AF diaphragm h
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]

3)
AISI 316L G 1" A 400 30 39 21 32 30 19 0.4 (0.88) - 1D
Alloy C276 0.5 (1.1) - 1E
AISI 316L G 1 ½" A 400 44 55 30 50 42 20 0.9 (1.98) - 1G
Alloy C276 1.0 (2.21) - 1H
AISI 316L G 2" 400 56 68 30 65 50 20 1.9 (4.19) - 1K
Alloy C276 2.1 (4.63) - 1L
AISI 316L 1" MNPT 400 – 48 28 41 24 37 0.6 (1.32) CRN 2A
Alloy C276 0.7 (1.54) CRN 2B
AISI 316L 1 ½" MNPT 400 – 60 30 41 36 20 0.9 (1.98) CRN 2D
Alloy C276 1.0 (2.21) CRN 2E
AISI 316L 2" MNPT 400 – 78 30 65 38 35 1.8 (3.97) CRN 2G
Alloy C276 2.0 (4.41) CRN 2H

3) 28 mm (1.1 in) in conjunction with high-temperature oil
70 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for Tri-Clamp ISO 2852

h
dM
C7
A0021644
1) 2)
Material Nominal Nominal Nominal Diameter Max. diameter of the Height Weight Approval Option 3)
diameter diameter diameter process isolating
ISO 2852 DIN 32676 diaphragm
Standard with TempC

membrane
C7 dM dM h
[in] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]
ND 25 / 33.7 DN 25 1 50.5 24 - 37 0.32 EHEDG, 3A, TB

(0.71) CRN
4) 5)
ND 38 DN 40 1½ 50.5 36 36 30 1 (2.21) EHEDG, 3A, TC
CRN
4) 5)
AISI 316L ND 51 / 40 DN 50 2 64 48 41 30 1.1 (2.43) EHEDG, 3A, TD
CRN
6)
ND 63.5 DN 50 2½ 77.5 61 61 30 0.7 (1.54) EHEDG, 3A TE
5)
ND 76.1 – 3 91 73 61 30 1.2 (2.65) EHEDG, 3A, TF
CRN
1) Surface roughness of the wetted surfaces Ra < 0.76 µm (29.9 µin) as standard. Lower surface roughness on request.
4) Optionally available as an ASME-BPE-compliant diaphragm seal version for use in biochemical processes, surfaces in contact with medium Ra <
0.38 µm (15 µin)) , electropolished; order using order code for "Additional options", option "P".
5) Alternatively available with TempC membrane.
6) With TempC membrane
PN max. = 40 bar (580 psi). The maximum PN depends on the clamp used.
Endress+Hauser 71
Process connections for Tri-Clamp pipe diaphragm seal ISO 2852

d2
D
L
A0021671
1)
Material Nominal diameter Nominal Nominal D d2 Height Installation Weight Approval 2) Option 3)
ISO 2852 diameter pressure length
h L
[in] [in] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]
DN 25 1 PN 40 22.5 50.5 67 126 1.7 (3.75) 3A, CRN SB

4)
AISI 316L DN 38 1½ PN 40 35.5 50.5 67 126 1.0 (2.21) 3A, CRN SC
4)
DN 51 2 PN 40 48.6 64 79 100 1.7 (3.75) 3A, CRN SD
1) Surface roughness of the wetted surfaces Ra < 0.8 µm (31.5 µin) as standard.
4) incl. 3.1 and pressure test in accordance with the Pressure Equipment Directive, category II
72 Endress+Hauser
Hygienic process connections Varivent for pipes

for PMP75 with flush-
mounted process isolating
diaphragm
dM
30 (1.18)
D
A0021672
1)
Material Description Nominal D Max. diameter of the process isolating Weight Approval Option 2)
pressure diaphragm
Standard with TempC

membrane
dM dM
[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]

3)
AISI 316L Type F for pipes DN 25 - DN PN 40 50 34 36 0.4 (0.88) EHEDG, 3A TU
32
4) 5)
AISI 316L Type N for pipes DN 40 - DN PN 40 68 58 61 0.8 (1.76) EHEDG, 3A TR
162
4) Optionally available as an ASME-BPE-compliant diaphragm seal version for use in biochemical processes, surfaces in contact with medium Ra <
0.38 µm (15 µin)) , electropolished; order using order code for "Additional options", option "P". Reduced surface roughness on request.
Endress+Hauser 73
Hygienic process connections DRD DN50 (65 mm)

mounted process isolating 4x
diaphragm ø11.5 (0.45)
23.6 (0.93)
dM
41 (1.61)
ø65-1.2 (2.56-0.05)
ø84 (3.31)
ø105 (4.13)
A0021673
1)
Material Nominal pressure Max. diameter of the process isolating diaphragm Weight Option 2)
Standard with TempC membrane
dM dM
[mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]

3)
AISI 316L PN 25 50 48 0.75 (1.65) TK
SMS nozzles with coupling nut

f
h
m
dM
G
D
A0021674
1)
Material Nominal Nominal D Nozzle Thread Height Height max. Weight Approval Option 2)
diameter pressure height diameter
of the
diaphragm
f G m h dM
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]
1 PN 25 54 3.5 Rd 40 – 1/6 20 42.5 24 0.25 (0.55) 3A, EHEDG TG

3)
AISI 316L 1½ PN 25 74 4 Rd 60 – 1/6 25 57 36 0.65 (1.43) 3A, EHEDG TH
3)
2 PN 25 84 4 Rd 70 – 1/6 26 62 48 1.05 (2.32) 3A, EHEDG TI
3) Alternatively available with TempC diaphragm.
74 Endress+Hauser
APV-RJT nozzles with coupling nut
h
m
dM
G
D
A0021674
1)
Material Nominal Nominal D Nozzle Thread Height Height Max. diameter of Weight Option 2)
diameter pressure height the process
isolating
diaphragm
PN f G m h dM
[in] [bar] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]
1 PN 40 77 6.5 1 13/16 – 1/8" 22 42.6 21 0.45 (0.99) TL
AISI 316L 1½ PN 40 72 6.4 2 5/16 – 1/8" 22 42.6 28 0.75 (1.65) TM
2 PN 40 86 6.4 2 7/8 – 1/8" 22 42.6 38 1.2 (2.65) TN
APV-ISS nozzles with coupling nut

50 (1.97)
SW/AF
30 (1.18)
dM
4 (0.16)
G
D
A0021677
1)
Material Nominal diameter Nominal pressure D Thread Across flats Max. diameter of the process Weight Option 2)
isolating diaphragm
PN G AF dM
[in] [bar] [mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]
1 PN 40 54.1 1 ½" – 1/8" 46.8 24 0.4 (0.88) TP
AISI 316L 1½ PN 40 72 2" – 1/8" 62 34 0.6 (1.32) TQ
2 PN 40 89 2 ½" – 1/8" 77 45 1.1 (2.43) TS
Endress+Hauser 75
Hygienic process connections Taper adapter with coupling nut, DIN 11851
mounted process isolating
diaphragm
m
40 (1.57)
dM
D
G
A0021678
1)
Material Taper adapter Slotted nut Diaphragm seal Approval Option 2)
Max. diameter of the Weight

process isolating
diaphragm
Description Nominal D Nozzle Thread Height Standard with TempC

pressure height membrane
PN f G m dM dM
[bar] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]

3)
DN 32 PN 40 50 10 Rd 58 x 1/6" 21 32 28 0.45 3A, EHEDG MI
(0.99)
DN 40 PN 40 56 10 Rd 65 x 1/6" 21 38 36 0.45 3A, EHEDG MZ 3)

(0.99)
AISI 316L
DN 50 PN 25 68.5 11 Rd 78 x 1/6" 19 52 48 1.1 (2.43) 3A, EHEDG MR 4)
DN 65 PN 25 86 12 Rd 95 x 1/6" 21 66 61 2.0 (4.41) 3A, EHEDG MS 4)
DN 80 PN 25 100 12 Rd 110 x 26 81 61 2.55 3A, EHEDG MT 4)

1/4" (5.62)
3) With TempC diaphragm
76 Endress+Hauser
NEUMO BioControl
Process temperature range: –10 to +200 °C (+14 to +392 °F)
d2
h
dM
d
d3
d1
D
A0023435
1)
Material NEUMO BioControl Diaphragm seal Approv- Option 2)
al
Max. diameter of the Weight
process isolating
diaphragm
Nominal Nominal Diameter Height Standard with TempC

of the pressure membrane
diaphragm
PN D d d2 d3 d1 m dM dM
[bar] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]
DN 50 PN 16 90 17 4xØ9 50 70 27 40 36 1.1 3A S4 3)
(2.43)
AISI 316L
3)
DN 80 PN 16 140 25 4 x Ø 11 87.4 115 37 61 61 2.6 3A S6
(5.73)
Universal process adapter
1
68.5 (2.7)
dM= ø36 (1.42)

ø43.5 (1.71)
A0020013
Endress+Hauser 77
1)
Description Material Weight Approval Option 2)
[kg (lb)]
3) 4)
Universal process adapter with pre-installed silicone molded seal • Item 1: Top section AISI 316L (1.4404) 0.8 (1.76) 3A, EHEDG 00
(item 3) (spare part no.: 52023572) FDA 21CFR177.2600/USP • Item 2: Bottom section AISI 316L (1.4435)
Class VI-70C
1) Surface roughness of the wetted surfaces Ra < 0.76 µm (29.9 µin) as standard. Surface quality Ra< 0.38 µm (15 µin) electropolished (wetted)
Ordering information: Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 2", option "P".
number 1.4307).
78 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for EN/DIN flanges, connection dimensions in accordance with EN 1092-1/DIN 2527 and DIN
PMP75 with flush-mounted 2501-1
g2
b
f
40
dM
g
k
D
A0021680
Engineering unit mm
1) 2) 3)
Flange Boltholes Diaphragm seal Option 4)
Nominal Nominal Shape 5) D Thickness Raised face Number g2 Hole max. Weight
diameter pressure circle diameter
process
b g f k isolating
diaphragm
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] dM [kg (lb)]
DN 25 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 115 18 68 3 4 14 85 32 2.1 (4.63) CN
DN 25 PN 63-160 B2 (E) 140 24 68 2 4 18 100 28 2.5 (5.51) DN
DN 25 PN 250 B2 (E) 150 28 68 2 4 22 105 28 3.7 (8.16) EN
DN 25 PN 400 B2 (E) 180 38 68 2 4 26 130 28 7.0 (15.44) E1
DN 32 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 140 18 77 2.6 4 18 100 34 1.9 (4.19) CP
DN 40 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 150 18 87 2.6 4 18 110 48 2.2 (4.85) CQ
DN 50 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 165 20 102 3 4 18 125 59 3.0 (6.62) B3
DN 50 PN 63 B2 (E) 180 26 102 3 4 22 135 59 4.6 (10.14) C3
DN 50 PN 100-160 B2 (E) 195 30 102 3 4 26 145 59 6.2 (13.67) EF
DN 50 PN 250 B2 (E) 200 38 102 3 8 26 150 59 7.7 (16.98) ER
DN 50 PN 400 B2 (E) 235 52 102 3 8 30 180 59 14.7 (32.41) E3
DN 80 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 200 24 138 3.5 8 18 160 89 5.3 (11.69) B4
DN 80 PN 100 B2 (E) 230 32 138 4 8 24 180 89 8.9 (19.62) C4
DN 100 PN 100 B2 (E) 265 36 175 5 8 30 210 89 13.7 (30.21) C5
1) material: AISI 316L

2) The roughness of the surface in contact with the medium including the raised face of the flanges (all standards) made of Alloy C276, Monel,
tantalum, rhodium-gold or PTFE is Ra< 0.8 µm (31.5 µin). Reduced surface roughness on request.
3) The raised face of the flange is made of the same material as the process isolating diaphragm.
Endress+Hauser 79
EN/DIN flanges with barrel (extended diaphragm seal), connection dimensions in accordance
with EN 1092-1/DIN 2527 and DIN 2501-1
g2
b
40
3
dM
d3
g
k
D
A0023914
Engineering unit mm
1) 2)
Nominal Nominal Shape 4) D Thickness Raised Number g2 Hole max. Weight

diameter pressure face circle diameter of the
process isolating
b g k diaphragm
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] dM [kg (lb)]

5) 5)
DN 50 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 165 20 102 4 18 125 47 D3
5) 5)
DN 80 PN 10-40 B1 (D) 200 24 138 8 18 160 72 D4

2) In the case of process isolating diaphragms made of Alloy C276, Monel or tantalum, the raised face of the flange and the barrel pipe are made of
316L
5) Available with 50 mm (1.97 in), 100 mm (3.94 in) and 200 mm (7.87 in) barrel, (extended diaphragm seal), for barrel (extended diaphragm
seal) diameter and weight see the following table
1)
Option Nominal diameter Nominal pressure Barrel (extended diaphragm Barrel (extended Weight
seal) length diaphragm seal)
diameter
(L) d3
[mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]
D3 DN 50 PN 10-40 50 / 100 / 200 48.3 3.2 (7.1)/ 3.8 (8.4)/ 4.4 (9.7)
D4 DN 80 PN 10-40 50 /100 / 200 76 6.2 (13.7)/ 6.7 (14.8)/ 7.8

(17.2)
80 Endress+Hauser
Process connections for ASME flanges, in accordance with connection dimensions ASME B 16.5, raised face RF
g2
b
f
1.57
dM
g
k
D
A0023913
Engineering unit in
1) 2) 3) 4)
Flange Boltholes Diaphragm seal Approval Option 5)
Nominal Class D Thickness Raised face Number g2 Hole max. Weight

diameter circle diameter of the
process isolating
diaphragm
b g f k dM
[in] [lb./sq.in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [kg (lb)]
1 150 4.25 0.56 2 0.08 4 0.62 3.12 1.26 1.2 (2.65) CRN AC
1 300 4.88 0.69 2 0.08 4 0.75 3.5 1.26 1.3 (2.87) CRN AN
1 400/600 4.88 0.69 2 0.25 4 0.75 3.5 1.26 1.4 (3.09) CRN HC
1 900/1500 5.88 1.12 2 0.25 4 1 4 1.26 3.2 (7.06) CRN HN
1 2500 6.25 1.38 2 0.25 4 1 4.25 1.26 4.6 (10.14) CRN HO
1½ 150 5 0.69 2.88 0.06 4 0.62 3.88 1.89 1.5 (3.31) CRN AE
1½ 300 6.12 0.81 2.88 0.06 4 0.88 4.5 1.89 2.6 (5.73) CRN AQ
2 150 6 0.75 3.62 0.06 4 0.75 4.75 2.32 2.2 (4.85) CRN AF
2 300 6.5 0.88 3.62 0.06 8 0.75 5 2.32 3.4 (7.5) CRN AR
2 400/600 6.5 1 3.62 0.25 8 0.75 5 2.32 4.3 (9.48) CRN HF
2 900/1500 8.5 1.5 3.62 0.25 8 1 6.5 2.32 10.3 (22.71) CRN HR
2 2500 9.25 2 3.62 0.25 8 1.12 6.75 2.32 15.8 (34.84) - H3
3 150 7.5 0.94 5 0.06 4 0.75 6 3.5 5.1 (11.25) CRN AG
3 300 8.25 1.12 5 0.06 8 0.75 6 3.5 7.0 (15.44) CRN AS
4 150 9 0.94 6.19 0.06 8 0.75 7.5 3.5 7.2 (15.88) CRN AH
4 300 10 1.25 6.19 0.06 8 0.88 7.88 3.5 11.7 (25.8) CRN AT
1) Material AISI 316/316L: Combination of AISI 316 for required pressure resistance and AISI 316L for required chemical resistance (dual rated)
tantalum, rhodium-gold or PTFE is Ra< 0.8 µm (31.5 µin). Lower surface roughness on request.
3) The flange raised face is made of the same material as the process isolating diaphragm.
Endress+Hauser 81
ASME flanges with barrel (extended diaphragm seal), connection dimensions in accordance
with ASME B 16.5, raised face RF
g2
b
f
1.57
dM
d3
g
k
D
A0021683
Engineering unit in
1) 2) 3)
Flange Boltholes Diaphragm seal Approval Option 4)
Nominal Class D Thickness Raised face Number g2 Hole circle max. Ø membrane Weight
diameter
b g f k dM
[in] [lb./sq.in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [in] [kg (lb)]
5) 5)
2 150 6 0.75 3.62 0.06 4 0.75 4.75 1.85 CRN J3
5) 5)
3 150 7.5 0.94 5 0.06 4 0.75 6 2.83 CRN J4
5) 5)
3 300 8.25 1.12 5 0.06 8 0.88 6.62 2.83 CRN J7
5) 5)
4 150 9 0.94 6.19 0.06 8 0.75 7.5 3.5 CRN J5
5) 5)
4 300 10 1.25 6.19 0.06 8 0.88 7.88 3.5 CRN J8
1) Material: AISI 316/316L. Combination of AISI 316 for required pressure resistance and AISI 316L for required chemical resistance (dual rated)
2) In the case of process isolating diaphragms made of Alloy C276, Monel or tantalum, the raised face of the flange and the barrel pipe are made of
316L.
5) Choice of 2", 4", 6" or 8" barrel (extended diaphragm seal), for diameter and weight of barrel (extended diaphragm seal) see the following table
1)
Option Nominal Class Barrel (extended diaphragm seal) length Barrel (extended Weight
diaphragm diaphragm seal)
process isolating
diaphragm
(L) d3
[in] [lb./sq.in] in (mm) in (mm) [kg (lb)]
J3 2 150 2 (50.8) / 4 (101.6) / 6 (152.4) / 8 (203.2) 1.9 (48.3) 3.0 (6.6)/ 3.4 (7.5)/ 3.9 (8.6)/ 4.4
(9.7)
J4 3 150 2 (50.8) / 4 (101.6) / 6 (152.4) / 8 (203.2) 2.99 (76) 6.0 (13.2) / 6.6 (14.5) / 7.1 (15.7) /
7.8 (17.2)
J7 3 300 2 (50.8) / 4 (101.6) / 6 (152.4) / 8 (203.2) 2.99 (76) 7.9 (17.4) / 8.5 (18.7) / 9.0 (19.9) /
9.6 (21.2)
J5 4 150 2 (50.8) / 4 (101.6) / 6 (152.4) / 8 (203.2) 3.7 (94) 8.6 (19) / 9.9 (21.8) / 11.2 (24.7) /
12.4 (27.3)
J8 4 300 2 (50.8) / 4 (101.6) / 6 (152.4) / 8 (203.2) 3.7 (94) 13.1 (28.9)/ 14.4 (31.6)/ 15.7 (34.6)/
16.9 (37.3)
82 Endress+Hauser
JIS flanges, connection dimensions in accordance with JIS B 2220 BL, raised face RF
g2
b
f
40
dM
g
k
D
A0021680
Engineering unit mm
1) 2) 3)
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure D Thickness Raised face Number g2 Hole circle max. Weight
Ø membrane
b g f k dM
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg (lb)]
25 A 10 K 125 14 67 1 4 19 90 32 1.5 (3.31) KC
50 A 10 K 155 16 96 2 4 19 120 59 2.3 (5.07) KF
80 A 10 K 185 18 127 2 8 19 150 89 3.3 (7.28) KL
100 A 10 K 210 18 151 2 8 19 175 89 4.4 (9.7) KH

tantalum, rhodium-gold or PTFE is Ra< 0.8 µm (31.5 µin). Lower surface roughness on request.
3) The flange raised face is made of the same material as the process isolating diaphragm.
Endress+Hauser 83
Process connections for Thread ½ NPT and 1 NPT, separator

PMP75
ø118 (4.65) ø118 (4.65)
76 (2.99)
94.5 (3.72)
27
NPT ½"
19 (0.75)
12 (0.47)
26 (1.02)
36
ø30 (1.18)
NPT 1"
27 (1.06)
15 (0.59)
44 (1.75)
ø52 (2.05)
A0021684
Material Description Measuring range Nominal pressure Weight Option 1)
[bar (psi)] [kg (lb)]
Threaded, ½" NPT with Viton seal (200 °C (392 °F) 4.75 (10.47) UG
AISI 316L ≤ 250 (3625) PN 250
Threaded, 1" NPT with Viton seal 5.0 (11.03) UH
Thread ISO 228 G ½ A and ANSI ½ MNPT, separator
ø72.6 (2.86) ø72.6 (2.86)

14 (0.55)
14 (0.55)
70 (2.76)
70 (2.76)
21.5 (0.85)
20 (0.79)
17 (0.67)
ø18.4 (0.72)
3 (0.12)
ø4 (0.16) ø min 4 (0.16)

ø6 (0.24) NPT ½" ´ 14
G ½"A
A0021685
Material Description Measuring range Nominal pressure Approval Weight Option 1)
Welded, ISO 228 G ½ A EN837 - UA

AISI 316L ≤ 160 (2320) PN 160 1.43 (3.15)
2)
Welded, ANSI ½ MNPT CRN UB

84 Endress+Hauser
A 100 (3.94) B 100 (3.94)
max. 89 (3.5)
max. 89 (3.5)
1 1
22 22
ø6 (0.24) NPT ½"
G ½"
A0027135
A Option "UC" with threaded connection ISO 228 G ½ B

B Option "UD" with threaded connection ANSI ½ MNPT
1 PTFE seal as standard max. 260 °C (500 °F) (higher temperatures on request)
AISI 316L (1.4404), ISO 228 G ½ B EN837 UC

≤ 40 (580) PN 40 1.43 (3.15)
screws made of A2 ANSI ½ MNPT UD
ø115 (4.53)
ø115 (4.53)
84 (3.31)
100 (3.94)
20 (0.79)
36
22
ø2.5 (0.1)
19 (0.75)
17 (0.67)
ø2.5 (0.1) NPT ½"

3 (0.12)
G ½"
A0021688
AISI 316L (1.4404), Threaded, ISO 228 G ½ B EN837, with integrated seal lip UC
> 40 bar (580) PN 400 4.75 (10.47)
screws made of A2 Threaded, ANSI ½ MNPT, with integrated seal lip UD
Endress+Hauser 85
Separate housing: Wall and
86 (3.39)
70 (2.76)
pipe mounting with
mounting bracket ø42...60 (1.65...2.36)
ø6 (0.24)
A 84 (3.31)
129 (5.08)
52 (2.05)
122 (4.8) 140 (5.51)
158 (6.22) 175 (6.89)
B 76 (2.99)
147 (5.79)
6 (0.24)
ø52 (2.05) ø20 (0.79)

A0020017
1)
Item Description Weight in kg (lb) Option
Housing (T14 or T17) Mounting bracket
A Dimensions with T14 housing, →  45

optional side display
0.5 (1.10) U
B Dimensions with T17 housing,
optional side display
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 2", version "G"
Also available for order as a separate accessory: Part number 71102216
86 Endress+Hauser
Materials not in contact with Transmitter housing

process
T14
18 1
2
16 16
15 3
17
14 4
7
5
8 3
13 6
2
12
11 10 9
A0020019
Item number Component part Material
• Die-cast aluminum with protective powder-coating

1 T14 housing, RAL 5012 (blue) on polyester base
• Thread coating: Heat-curing lubricant varnish
• Precision casting AISI 316L (1.4435)

1 T14 housing
• Thread coating: Heat-curing lubricant varnish
2 Cover, RAL 7035 (gray) Die-cast aluminum with protective powder-coating

on polyester base
3 Cover seal EPDM
4 Nameplates • AISI 316L (1.4404), if T14 housing is precision-

cast
• Anodized aluminum, if housing T14/T15 of die-
cast aluminum
5 Pressure compensation filter AISI 316L (1.4404) and PBT-FR
6 Pressure compensation filter, O- VMQ or EPDM

ring
7 Sight glass Mineral glass
8 Sight glass seal Silicone (VMQ)
9 Screw A4
10 Sealing ring EPDM
11 Snap ring PA66-GF25
12 Snap ring for nameplates AISI 304 (1.4301)/AISI 316 (1.4401)
13 External ground terminal AISI 304 (1.4301)
14 Cover clamp Clamp AISI 316L (1.4435), screw A4
15 Cable entry Polyamide (PA) or CuZn nickel-plated
16 Seal of cable entry and plug Silicone (VMQ)
17 Blind plug PBT-GF30 FR, for dust ignition-proof: AISI 316L

(1.4435)
18 External operation (keys and key Polycarbonate PC-FR, screw A4

cover), RAL 7035 (gray)
Devices with MID Seal wire DIN 1367-0 St/Zn (soft galvanized steel)
parts certificate
Devices with MID Seals Pb (lead)

parts certificate
Endress+Hauser 87
T17 1
2
16 16 3
15
17
7
8
14 9 5 4 3
6 2
13
12 11 10
A0020021
1 T17 housing
AISI 316L (1.4404)
2 Cover
3 Cover seal EPDM
4 Nameplates Lasered on
5 Pressure compensation filter AISI 316L (1.4404) and PBT-FR
6 Pressure compensation filter, O-ring VMQ or EPDM
7 Sight glass for non-hazardous area, ATEX Ex Polycarbonate (PC)

ia, NEPSI Zone 0/1 Ex ia, IECEx Zone 0/1 Ex ia,
FM NI, FM IS, CSA IS
8 Sight glass for ATEX 1/2 D, ATEX 1/3 D, Mineral glass

ATEX 1 GD, ATEX 1/2 GD, ATEX 3 G, FM DIP,
CSA dust ignition-proof
9 Sight glass seal EPDM
10 Screw A2-70
11 Sealing ring EPDM
12 Snap ring PA6
13 Screw A4-50
Thread coating: Heat-curing lubricant
varnish
14 External ground terminal AISI 304 (1.4301)
15 Cable entry Polyamide PA, for dust ignition-proof:

CuZn nickel-plated
16 Seal of cable entry and plug Silicone (VMQ)
17 Blind plug PBT-GF30 FR, for dust ignition-proof:

AISI 316L (1.4435)
Devices with MID Seal wire DIN 1367-0 St/Zn (soft galvanized
parts certificate steel)
Devices with MID Seals Pb (lead)

parts certificate
88 Endress+Hauser
Connecting parts
2 3 4 4
1 1
10
11
5
6 12
7
1 9 5 6
8
A0028222
1 Connection between the housing and AISI 316L (1.4404)

process connection
2 Mounting bracket Bracket AISI 316L (1.4404)
3 Screw and nuts A4-70
4 Half-shells: AISI 316L (1.4404)
5 Seal for cable from separate housing EPDM
6 Gland for cable from separate housing AISI 316L (1.4404)
7 PE cable for separate housing abrasion-proof cable with strain-relief Dynema

members; shielded using aluminum-coated foil;
insulated with polyethylene (PE-LD), black;
copper wires, twisted, UV‑resistant
8 FEP cable for separate housing Abrasion-proof cable; shielded using galvanized
steel wire netting; insulated with fluorinated
ethylene propylene (FEP), black; copper cores,
twisted, UV-resistant
9 Process connection adapter for separate AISI 316L (1.4404)

housing
10 Cell body AISI 316L (1.4404)
11 Connection between body of measuring cell AISI 316L (1.4404)

and capillary
12 Heat-shrink tube Polyolefin

(available only if capillary has PTFE or PVC
sheath)
Endress+Hauser 89
A B C
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3
5 4
A0028087
Item Component part A B C

Standard PVC-coated PTFE-hose
flexible capillary armoring flexible capillary armoring flexible capillary armoring
1 Capillary AISI 316 Ti (1.4571) 1) AISI 316 Ti (1.4571) AISI 316 Ti (1.4571)
2 Flexible armor for capillary AISI 316L (1.4404) AISI 316L (1.4404) AISI 316L (1.4404)
2)
3 Coating/Hose - PVC PTFE 3)
4 Single-ear clamp - - 1.4301
5 Shrink tubing at capillary junction - Polyolefin -
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Capillary armoring:" option "SA"

2) Product Configurator, order code for "Capillary armoring:" option "SB"
3) Product Configurator, order code for "Capillary armoring:" option "SC"
Weight Component part Weight
Housing See "Housing" section
Process connection See "Process connections" section
Capillary with armoring made of AISI 316L (1.4404) 0.16 kg/m (0.35 lb/m) + 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
Capillary with armoring made of AISI 316L (PVC) 0.21 kg/m (0.46 lb/m) + 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
Capillary with armoring made of AISI 316L (PTFE) 0.29 kg/m (0.64 lb/m) + 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
Materials in contact with NOTICE

process ‣ The device components in contact with the process are specified in the "Mechanical construction"
→  44 and "Ordering information" →  109 sections.
Delta-ferrite content
A delta-ferrite content of ≤ 3% can be guaranteed and certified for the wetted parts if option "8" is
selected in the "Additional options 1" or "Additional options 2" order code in the Product Configurator.
If the PMC71 with hygienic process connections is selected, a delta-ferrite content of ≤ 1% can be
guaranteed and certified if option "8" is selected in the "Additional options 1" or "Additional options 2"
order code in the Product Configurator.
TSE Certificate of Suitability (Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathy)

The following applies to all device components in contact with the process:
• They do not contain any materials derived from animals.
• No additives or operating materials derived from animals are used in production or processing.
90 Endress+Hauser
Process connections
• "Clamp connections" and "Hygienic process connections": AISI 316L (DIN/EN material number
1.4435)
• Endress+Hauser supplies process connections with a threaded connection as well as DIN/ EN
flanges made of stainless steel as per AISI 316L (DIN/EN material number 1.4404 or 1.4435).
With regard to their stability-temperature property, the materials 1.4404 and 1.4435 are grouped
together under 13E0 in EN 1092-1: 2001 Tab. 18. The chemical composition of the two materials
can be identical.
• Some process connections are also available in alloy C276 (DIN/EN material number 2.4819). For
this purpose see the information in the "Mechanical construction" section.
Process isolating diaphragm
Sensor Description Option 1)
Al2O3 aluminum-oxide ceramic FDA, ultra-pure 99.9 % 2)

PMC71 Standard
Ceraphire® (see also www.endress.com/ceraphire)
AISI 316L 1
PMP71 AISI 316L with gold-rhodium coating 6
Alloy C276 (2.4819) 2
AISI 316L 1
AISI 316L, TempC E
AISI 316L with gold-rhodium coating 6
PMP75 AISI 316L with 0.25 mm (0.01 in)PTFE coating 8

3)
Alloy C276 (2.4819) 2
3)
Monel (2.4360) 3
3)
Tantalum (UNS R05200) 5
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Membrane material"

2) The US Food & Drug Administration (FDA) has no objections to the use of ceramics made of aluminum
oxide as a surface material in contact with foodstuffs. This declaration is based on the FDA certificates of
our ceramic suppliers
3) The material of the flange raised face is the same material as is used for the process isolating diaphragm.
For devices with a barrel (extended diaphragm seal), the flange raised face and the barrel pipe are made of
316L.
Seals
1)
Device Description Option
FKM Viton A
FKM Viton, FDA G
EPDM B
Kalrez D
Chemraz E
PMC71
NBR (FDA)/3A: HNBR (FDA) F
FKM Viton, cleaned for silicone-free applications L
Kalrez, cleaned for silicone-free applications M
FKM Viton, cleaned from oil and grease 1
FKM Viton, cleaned for oxygen service, note pressure and temperature application limits 2
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Seal"
Endress+Hauser 91
Fill fluid PMP71
1)
Description Option
Silicone oil A
Inert oil F
Inert oil, cleaned from oil and grease K
Inert oil, cleaned for oxygen service (observe application limits pressure/temperature) N
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Fill fluid"
PMP75
1)
Description Option
Silicone oil A
...m capillary, inert oil B
...ft capillary, inert oil C
Vegetable oil D
Inert oil F
High-temperature oil, temperature isolator G
Silicon oil, temperature isolator H
Inert oil, cleaned from oil and grease K
Inert oil, cleaned for oxygen service N
...m capillary, silicone oil 1
...ft capillary, silicone oil 2
...m capillary, high-temperature oil 3
...ft capillary, high-temperature oil 4
...m capillary, vegetable oil 5
...ft capillary, vegetable oil 6
...m capillary, low-temperature oil 7
...ft capillary, low-temperature oil 8
92 Endress+Hauser
Operability
Operating concept Operator-oriented menu structure for user-specific tasks
• Commissioning
• Operation
• Diagnosis
Fast and safe commissioning

Guided menus for applications
Reliable operation
• Local operation possible in several languages
• Standardized operation at the device and in the operating tools
• Parameters relating to measured values can be locked/unlocked using the device's write protection
switch, using the device software or via remote operation
Efficient diagnostics increase measurement availability

• Remedial measures are integrated in plain text
• Diverse simulation options
Local operation Functions
Function External operation Internal operation Onsite display

(operating keys, (electronic insert) (optional)
optional, not T17
housing)
Position adjustment (zero point correction)   
Setting lower-range value and upper-range   

value - reference pressure present at the (HART only) (HART only)
device
Device reset   
Locking and unlocking parameters relevant to ¾  

the measured value
Value acceptance indicated by green LED   
Switching damping on and off   

(only if display is (HART and PA only)
connected)
Configuring the bus address of the device ¾  

(PA)
Switching simulation mode on and off ¾  

(FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Operating the device using onsite display (optional)

A 4-line liquid crystal display (LCD) is used for display and operation. The onsite display shows
measured values, dialog text as well as fault and notice messages in plain text, thereby supporting
the user in every stage of operation.
The display can be removed for easy operation.
The device display can be turned in 90° steps.
Depending on the installation position of the device, this makes it easy to operate the device and
read the measured value.
Endress+Hauser 93
Functions:
• 8-digit measured value display incl. leading sign and decimal point, bar graph for
– 4 to 20 mA HART as current display
– PROFIBUS PA as graphic display of the standardized value of the AI block
– FOUNDATION Fieldbus as graphic display of the transducer output.
• Simple and complete menu guidance due to breakdown of parameters into several levels and
groups
• Menu guidance in up to 8 languages
• Each parameter is given a 3-digit ID number for easy navigation.
• Option for configuring the display according to individual requirements and preferences, such as
language, alternating display, display of other measured values such as sensor temperature,
contrast setting.
• Comprehensive diagnostic functions (fault and warning message, peak-hold indicators, etc.).
• Rapid and safe commissioning with the Quick Setup menus.
Overview
5
4
3
– + E 2
1
A0016498
1 Operating keys
2 Bargraph
3 Symbol
4 Header
5 Parameter ID number
Operating keys on the exterior of the device

With the aluminum housing (T14), the operating keys are located either outside on the housing,
under the protection cap or inside on the electronic insert. With the stainless steel housing (T17),
the operating keys are always located inside the housing on the electronic insert.
0%
Zero
A0020030
A 4 to 20 mA HART
B PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
The operating keys located externally on the device work on the Hall sensor principle. As a result, no
additional openings are required in the device. This guarantees:
• Complete protection against environmental influences such as moisture and contamination.
• Simple operation without any tools.
• No wear.
94 Endress+Hauser
Product Configurator, order code for "Output, operation"
Operating keys and elements located internally on the electronic insert

Product Configurator, order code for "Output, operation"
HART
1 2 3 4 5 6
on
t
off
1 2
PC
A0020031
1 DIP switch for locking/unlocking parameters relevant to the measured value

2 DIP switch for switching damping on/off
3 Green LED to indicate value being accepted
4 Operating keys
5 Slot for optional display
6 Slot for optional HistoROM®/M-DAT
PROFIBUS PA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
on
t
off 0%
Zero
ON CK S D A 0 8
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Address
SW
HW
A0020032

2 DIP switch for switching damping on/off
4 Key for position adjustment and device reset
5 DIP switch for bus address
Endress+Hauser 95
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1 2 3 4 5 6
Sim.
on
off 0%
Zero
Simulation
HW
1 2
PC
A0020033

2 DIP switch for simulation mode on/off
4 Key for position adjustment and device reset
Remote operation All software parameters are accessible depending on the position of the write protection switch on
the device.
Hardware and software for remote operation HART PROFIBUS PA FOUNDATION Fieldbus
FieldCare   
FieldXpert SFX100  ¾ 
NI-FBUS Configurator ¾ ¾ 
HistoROM®/M-DAT   
FieldCare
FieldCare is an Endress+Hauser asset management tool based on FDT technology. With FieldCare,
you can configure all Endress+Hauser devices as well as devices from other manufacturers that
support the FDT standard.
FieldCare supports the following functions:
• Configuration of transmitters in offline and online mode
• Loading and saving device data (upload/download)
• HistoROM®/M-DAT analysis
• Documentation of the measuring point
Connection options:
• HART via Commubox FXA195 and the USB port on a computer
• PROFIBUS PA via segment coupler and PROFIBUS interface card
• Service interface with Commubox FXA291 and ToF adapter FXA291 (USB).
For further information please contact your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
Field Xpert SFX100

Field Xpert is an industrial PDA with integrated 3.5" touchscreen from Endress+Hauser based on
Windows Mobile. It offers wireless communication via the optional VIATOR Bluetooth modem from
Endress+Hauser. Field Xpert also works as a stand-alone device for asset management applications.
For details, refer to BA00060S/04/EN.
Commubox FXA195
For intrinsically safe HART communication with FieldCare via the USB interface. For details refer to
TI00404F/00/EN.
96 Endress+Hauser
Commubox FXA291
The Commubox FXA291 connects Endress+Hauser field devices with a CDI interface (=Endress
+Hauser Common Data Interface) to the USB interface of a personal computer or a notebook. For
details refer to TI00405C/07/EN.
For the following Endress+Hauser devices you need the "ToF adapter FXA291" as an additional
accessory:
• Cerabar S PMC71, PMP7x
• Deltabar S PMD7x, FMD7x
• Deltapilot S FMB70
ToF adapter FXA291

The ToF adapter FXA291 connects the Commubox FXA291 with devices of the ToF platform,
pressure equipment and Gammapilot via the USB interface of a personal computer or a notebook.
For details refer to KA00271F.
Profiboard
For connecting a PC to PROFIBUS.
Proficard
For connecting a laptop to PROFIBUS
FF configuration program
FF configuration program, such as NI-FBUS Configurator, to
• connect devices with "FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal" into an FF network
• set FF-specific parameters
Remote operation via the NI-FBUS Configurator:

The NI-FBUS Configurator is an easy-to-use graphical environment for creating linkages, field-based
control loops and schedules based on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus concept.
You can use the NI-FBUS Configurator to configure a fieldbus network as follows:
• Set block and device tags
• Set device addresses
• Create and edit function block control strategies (function block applications)
• Configure vendor-defined function and transducer blocks
• Create and edit schedules
• Read and write to function block control strategies (function block applications)
• Invoke Device Description (DD) methods
• Display DD menus
• Download a configuration
• Verify a configuration and compare it to a saved configuration
• Monitor a downloaded configuration
• Replace a virtual device by a real device
• Save and print a configuration
HistoROM®/M-DAT HistoROM®/M-DAT is a memory module which can be attached to every electronic insert.
(optional) HistoROM®/M-DAT can be retrofitted at any stage (order number: 52027785).
Your benefits
• Quick and safe commissioning of the same measuring points by copying the configuration data of
one transmitter to another transmitter.
• Reliable process monitoring thanks to cyclical recording of pressure and sensor temperature
measured values.
• Simple diagnosis by recording diverse events such as alarms, configuration changes, counters for
measuring range undershoot and overshoot for pressure and temperature as well as user limit
overshoot and undershoot for pressure and temperature etc.
• Analysis and graphic evaluation of the events and process parameters via software (contained in
scope of supply).
A CD with an Endress+Hauser operating program is also included in the scope of delivery. You can
copy data from one transmitter to another transmitter when operating a FOUNDATION Fieldbus
device via an FF configuration program. You need the Endress+Hauser FieldCare operating program
and the Commubox FXA291 service interface and the ToF adapter FXA291 to be able to access the
data and events saved in the HistoROM®/M-DAT.
Endress+Hauser 97
Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options:", version "N" or
Product Configurator, order code for "Application package:", option "EN" or
For further information please contact your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
System integration The device can be given a tag name (max. 8 alphanumeric characters)
1)
Description Option
Measuring point (TAG), see additional spec. Z1
Bus address, see additional spec. Z2
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Identification"
98 Endress+Hauser
Planning instructions, diaphragm seal systems

NOTICE
Incorrect sizing/ordering of diaphragm seal systems
The performance and the permitted range of application of a diaphragm seal system depend on the
process isolating diaphragm used, the filling oil, the coupling, the unit design and on the process and
ambient conditions present in the individual application.
‣ To help you select the right diaphragm seal system for your applications, Endress+Hauser
provides its customers with the free "Applicator Sizing Diaphragm Seal" tool, which is available on
DVD or at "www.endress.com/applicator".
1 2
A0021695-EN
1 My Applicator - configuration of the Applicator settings

2 Applicator help
3 Mouse-over help - hover the cursor over these fields for brief information
For more detailed information or the layout of the optimum diaphragm seal solution for your
application, please contact your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
Applications Diaphragm seal systems should be used if the process and the device should be separated.
Diaphragm seal systems offer clear advantages in the following instances:
• In the case of extreme process temperatures
• For aggressive media
• In the case of process media that crystallize
• In the case of corrosive or highly various process media or process media with solids content
• In the case of heterogeneous and fibrous process media
• If extreme measuring point cleaning is necessary, or for very humid mounting locations
• If the measuring point is exposed to severe vibrations
• For mounting locations that are difficult to access
Endress+Hauser 99
Design and operation mode Diaphragm seals are separating equipment between the measuring system and the process.
A diaphragm seal system consists of:
• A diaphragm seal
• If necessary, a capillary tube or temperature isolator
• Fill fluid
• A pressure transmitter
The process pressure acts via the process isolating diaphragm of a diaphragm seal on the liquid-filled
system, which transfers the process pressure onto the sensor of the pressure transmitter.
Endress+Hauser delivers all diaphragm seal systems as welded versions. The system is hermetically
sealed, which ensures the highest reliability.
The diaphragm seal determines the application range of the system by:
• The process isolating diaphragm diameter
• The process isolating diaphragm stiffness and material
• The design (oil volume)
diameter of the process isolating diaphragm

The greater the diameter of the process isolating diaphragm (less stiff), the smaller the temperature
effect on the measurement result.
Stiffness of the process isolating diaphragm

The stiffness depends on the diameter of the process isolating diaphragm, the material, any existing
coating and the thickness and shape of the process isolating diaphragm. The process isolating
diaphragm thickness and the shape are determined by the design. The stiffness of a process isolating
diaphragm of a diaphragm seal influences the temperature operating range and the measuring error
caused by temperature effects.
The new TempC membrane: Highest accuracy and process safety in pressure and differential pressure
measurement with diaphragm seals
To measure even more precisely in such applications and to increase process safety, Endress+Hauser
has developed the TempC membrane based on a completely revolutionary technology. This
diaphragm guarantees the highest level of accuracy and process safety in diaphragm seal
applications.
• The very low temperature effect minimizes the influence of fluctuations of both process and
ambient temperatures, thus guaranteeing accurate and stable measurements. Measurement
inaccuracies caused by temperature are reduced to a minimum.
• The TempC membrane can be used at temperatures between –40 °C (–40 °F) and
+250 °C (+482 °F). This guarantees maximum process safety even for very long sterilization and
cleaning cycles (SIP/CIP) in tanks and pipes at high temperatures.
• Thanks to the TempC membrane, smaller dimension process connections are possible. With a
smaller process connection, the new diaphragm measures at least as accurately as a conventional
diaphragm with a larger diameter.
• Short recovery times after temperature shocks mean less downtime during batch processes and
therefore a far higher level of availability of the production facilities.
• In addition, the TempC membrane excels in terms of its improved hygienic cleanability and its
insensitivity to substantial changes in the pressure load.
See the Product Configurator for the individual process connection and the choice of process
isolating diaphragm.
Selection in the Applicator:
Under "Transmitter data" in the "Diaphragm material" field.
Capillary
As standard, capillaries with an internal diameter of 1 mm (0.04 in) are used.
The capillary tube influences the thermal change, the ambient temperature operating range and the
response time of a diaphragm seal system as a result of its length and internal diameter.
100 Endress+Hauser
Filling oil
When selecting the filling oil, the media and ambient temperature as well as the operating pressure
are of crucial importance. Observe the temperatures and pressures during commissioning and
cleaning. A further selection criterion is the compatibility of the filling oil with the requirements of
the process media. For this reason, only filling oils that are harmless to health may be used in the
food industry, such as vegetable oil or silicone oil (see also the following section on "diaphragm seal
filling oils").
The filling oil used influences the thermal change, the temperature operating range of a diaphragm
seal system and the response time. A temperature change results in a volume change of the filling
oil. The volume change is dependent on the expansion coefficient and on the volume of the filling oil
at calibration temperature (constant in range: +21 to +33 °C (+70 to +91 °F)). The application range
can be extended by a filling oil with a lower expansion coefficient and a shorter capillary.
For example, the filling oil expands in the event of a temperature increase. The additional volume
presses against the process isolating diaphragm of a diaphragm seal. The stiffer a diaphragm is, the
greater its return force, which counteracts a volume change and acts on the measuring cell together
with the operating pressure, thus shifting the zero point.
Pressure transmitter
The pressure transmitter influences the temperature operating range, the TK zero point and the
response time as a result of its volume change. The volume change is the volume that has to be
shifted to pass through the complete measuring range.
Pressure transmitters from Endress+Hauser are optimized with regard to minimum volume change.
Diaphragm seal filling oils
3)
Filling oil Permitted Permitted temperature Density Viscosity Expansion Notes Option
temperature range 1) range 1) at [g/cm3] / [mm²/s] / [cSt] coefficient 2)
at pabs [SGU] at [1/K]
0.05 bar (0.725 psi) ≥1 bar (14.5 psi) 25 °C (77 °F)
≤ pabs ≤
1 bar (14.5 psi)
Silicone oil –40 to +180 °C –40 to +250 °C 0.96 100 0.00096 (Suitable for use in A, H, 1 or 2
(–40 to +356 °F) (–40 to +482 °F) food FDA 21 CFR
175.105)
High- –10 to +200 °C –10 to +400 °C 1.00 150 0.00096 (High G, 3 or 4

temperature oil (+14 to +392 °F) (+14 to +752 °F) 4) 5) 6) temperatures)
Inert oil –40 to +80 °C –40 to +175 °C 1.87 27 0.000876 (For ultrapure gas F or N
(–40 to +176 °F) (–40 to +347 °F) and oxygen
applications)
Vegetable oil –10 to +120 °C –10 to +200 °C 0.94 9.5 0.00101 (Suitable for use in D, 5 or 6
(+14 to +248 °F) (+14 to +392 °F) food FDA 21 CFR
172.856)
Low- –70 to +80 °C –70 to +180 °C 0.92 4.4 0.00108 (Low 7 or 8

temperature oil (–94 to +176 °F) (–94 to +356 °F) temperatures)
1) Observe temperature limits of the device and the system.

2) Please refer to the "Applicator Sizing Diaphragm Seal" selection tool for the thermal change of the diaphragm seal and other important technical
features.
4) 325 °C (617 °F) at an absolute pressure of ≥1 bar (14.5 psi) .
5) 350 °C (662 °F) at an absolute pressure of ≥1 bar (14.5 psi) (max. 200 hours).
6) 400 °C (752 °F) at an absolute pressure of ≥1 bar (14.5 psi) (max. 10 hours).
Endress+Hauser 101
Information on cleaning • Endress+Hauser provides flushing rings as an accessory to enable cleaning of the process isolating
diaphragm without removing the transmitter from the process. For further information please
contact your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
• We recommend you perform CIP (cleaning in place (hot water)) before SIP (sterilization in place
(steam)) for pipe diaphragm seals. A frequent use of sterilization in place (SIP) will increase the
stress on the process isolating diaphragm. Under unfavorable circumstances in the long term view
we cannot exclude that a frequent temperature change could lead to a material fatigue of the
process isolating diaphragm and possibly to a leakage.
Installation instructions Diaphragm seal systems

• The diaphragm seal together with the transmitter form a closed, calibrated system, which is filled
through ports in the diaphragm seal and in the measuring system of the transmitter. These ports
are sealed and must not be opened.
• For devices with a temperature isolator or capillary, a suitable fastening device (mounting bracket)
is recommended.
• When mounting, sufficient strain relief must be provided for the capillary line to prevent the
capillary from bending (capillary bending radius ≥ 100 mm (3.94 in)
• For more detailed installation instructions, Endress+Hauser provides its customers with the free
"Applicator Sizing Diaphragm Seal" tool, which is available on CD or can be downloaded online at
"www.endress.com/applicator".
Capillary
In order to obtain more precise measurement results and to avoid a defect in the device, mount the
capillaries as follows:
• vibration-free (in order to avoid additional pressure fluctuations)
• not in the vicinity of heating or cooling lines
• insulate if the ambient temperature is below or above the reference temperature
• with a bending radius ≥ 100 mm (3.94 in)
• When using diaphragm seal systems with a capillary, sufficient strain relief must be provided to
prevent the capillary from bending (capillary bending radius ≥ 100 mm (3.94 in)).
• In the case of devices with diaphragm seals and capillaries, the zero point shift caused by the
hydrostatic pressure of the filling liquid column in the capillaries must be taken into account when
selecting the measuring cell. If a measuring cell with a small measuring range is selected, a
position adjustment can cause range violation.
102 Endress+Hauser
Heat insulation
The PMP75 must only be insulated up to a certain height. The maximum permitted insulation height
is indicated on the devices and applies to an insulation material with a heat conductivity ≤ 0.04
W/(m x K) and to the maximum permitted ambient and process temperature. The data were
determined under the most critical application "quiescent air". Maximum permitted insulation height,
here indicated on a PMP75 with a flange:
A
1 2
B
A0020474
A Ambient temperature ≤ 70 °C (158 °F)

B Process temperature max. 400 °C (752 °F), depending on the diaphragm seal filling oil used
1 Maximum insulation height
2 Insulation material
Mounting with temperature isolator

Endress+Hauser recommends the use of temperature isolators in the event of constant extreme fluid
temperatures which cause the maximum permitted electronics temperature of +85 °C (+185 °F) to be
exceeded.
Depending on the filling oil used, diaphragm seal systems with temperature isolators can be used up
to a maximum of +260 °C (+500 °F).
To minimize the influence of rising heat, Endress+Hauser recommends the device be mounted
horizontally or with the housing pointing downwards. The additional installation height also brings
about a zero point shift of maximum 21 mbar (0.315 psi) due to the hydrostatic column in the
temperature isolator. You can correct this zero point shift at the device.
max. 115 (4.53)
A0020475
1 PMP75 with temperature isolator, material 316L (1.4404)
Endress+Hauser 103
Vacuum applications Installation instructions

For applications under vacuum, Endress+Hauser recommends mounting the pressure transmitter
below the diaphragm seal. This prevents vacuum loading of the diaphragm seal caused by the
presence of fill fluid in the capillary.
When the pressure transmitter is mounted above the diaphragm seal, the maximum height
difference H1 in accordance with the illustration below must not be exceeded. The following graphic
depicts mounting above the lower diaphragm seal:
FIELD TERMINALS
H1
A0020472
The maximum height difference depends on the density of the filling oil and the smallest ever
pressure that is permitted to occur at the diaphragm seal (empty container), see the following
diagram. The following diagram depicts the maximum installation height above the diaphragm seal
for vacuum applications.
[ft]
39
1
33
2
26
3
A 20
4
13
5
6.6
0.0
1 1.45 3 4.35 6 7.25 9 10.15 12 13.05 14.5 [psiabs]
B
A0023986-EN
A Height difference H1
B Pressure at diaphragm seal
1 Low-temperature oil
2 Vegetable oil
3 Silicone oil
4 High-temperature oil
5 Inert oil
104 Endress+Hauser
Certificates and approvals

CE mark The device meets the legal requirements of the relevant EC directives. Endress+Hauser confirms that
the device has been successfully tested by applying the CE mark.
C-tick mark The measuring system complies with EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications and
Media Authority (ACMA)".
Ex approvals • ATEX
• FM
• CSA
• NEPSI
• IECEx
• TIIS
• GOST
• Also combinations of different approvals
All explosion protection data are given in separate documentation which is available upon request.
The Ex documentation is supplied as standard with all Ex-systems →  112.
Suitable for hygiene All materials in contact with foodstuffs comply with framework regulation (EC) 1935/2004. The
applications device is available with hygienic process connections (overview: see order code).
LCAUTION
Contamination in the process!
Risk of contamination if incorrect seals and parts are used!
‣ To avoid the risk of contamination, when installing the device comply with the design principles
of EHEDG, Guideline 37 "Hygienic Design and Application of Sensors" and Guideline 16 "Hygienic
Pipe Couplings".
‣ Suitable assemblies and seals must be used to ensure hygienic design in accordance with 3-A SSI
and EHEDG specifications.
‣ The leak-proof connections can be cleaned with the cleaning methods typical of this industry
(CIP and SIP). Attention must be paid to the pressure and temperature specifications of the
sensor and process connections for CIP and SIP processes (clean in place/sterilize in place).
74 -
TYPE EL
October 2007
A0026782
The gap-free connections can be cleaned of all residue using the usual cleaning methods within
this industry.
Functional safety SIL/ The Cerabar S devices with a 4 to 20 mA output signal have been developed in accordance with the
IEC 61508 Declaration of IEC 61508 standard. These devices can be used to monitor the process level and pressure up to SIL 3.
Conformity (optional) For a detailed description of the safety functions with Cerabar S, settings and functional safety data,
see the "Functional safety manual - Cerabar S" SD00190P/00.
For devices up to SIL 3 / IEC 61508 Declarations of Conformity see:
Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 1" and "Additional options 2", version "E".
Overfill protection WHG (see document ZE00260P/00/DE)
Endress+Hauser 105
Product Configurator, order code for "Approval", option "6".
CRN approval Some device versions have CRN approval. A CRN-approved process connection with a CSA approval
must be ordered for a CRN-approved device. These devices are fitted with a separate nameplate with
the registration number CRN 0F10525.5C .
PMP75 devices with a capillary are not CRN-approved.
Product Configurator, order code for "Process connection; material" and
Product Configurator, order code for "Approval"
Other standards and The applicable European guidelines and standards can be found in the relevant EU Declarations of
guidelines Conformity. The following were also applied:
DIN EN 60770 (IEC 60770):

Transmitters for use in industrial-process control systems. Part 1: Methods for operating
performance evaluation
DIN 16086:
Electrical pressure measuring instruments, pressure sensors, pressure transmitters, pressure
measuring instruments, concepts, specifications on data sheets
EN 61326-X:
EMC product family standard for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use.
EN 60529:
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)
WELMEC guide 8.8:

General and Administrative Aspects of the Voluntary System of Modular Evaluation of Measuring
instruments under the MID.
OIML R117-1 Edition 2007 (E):

Dynamic measuring systems for liquids other than water.
EN 12405-1/A1 Edition 2006:

Gas meters – Conversion devices – Part 1: Volume conversion
Pressure Equipment The device corresponds to Article 3 (3) of the EC directive 97/23/EC (Pressure Equipment Directive)
Directive (PED) and has been designed and manufactured in accordance with good engineering practice.
The following also applies:
• PMP71 with threaded connection and internal process isolating diaphragm PN > 200 as well as
oval flange adapter PN > 200:
Suitable for stable gases in group 1, category I
• PMP75 with pipe diaphragm seal ≥ 1.5"/PN40:
Suitable for stable gases in group 1, category II
• PMP75 with barriers PN > 200 ≥ 1.5"/PN40:
Suitable for stable gases in group 1, category I
• PMP75 with threaded connection PN > 200
Marine approval • GL (German Lloyd)

• ABS
Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 1" or "Additional options 2", version "S".
Drinking water approval PMC71/PMP71: NSF 61 approval
106 Endress+Hauser
Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 1" or Additional options 2", version "F".
Approvals for custody All aspects of OIML R117-1 Edition 2007 (E) and EN 12405-1/A1 Edition 2006 are fulfilled.
transfer
MID Parts Certificate TC7975
Classification of process Endress+Hauser devices are designed in accordance with ANSI/ISA 12.27.01. allowing the user to
sealing between electrical waive the use and save the cost of installing external secondary process seals in the conduit as
systems and (flammable or required by the process sealing sections of ANSI/NFPA 70 (NEC) and CSA 22.1 (CEC). These
combustible) process fluids instruments comply with the North American installation practice and provide a very safe and cost-
in accordance with ANSI/ISA saving installation for pressurized applications with hazardous fluids. Please refer to the following
12.27.01 table for the seal class assigned (single seal or dual seal):
Device Approval Remark Single seal MWP Dual seal MWP
CSA C/US IS, XP except separate housing - 60 bar (900 psi)

PMC71
CSA C/US IS With separate housing 40 bar (600 psi) -
CSA C/US XP, XP+IS except separate housing 400 bar (6 000 psi) -
CSA C/US IS except separate housing >200 to 400 bar ≤200 bar (3 000 psi)
PMP71
(3 000 to 6 000 psi)
CSA C/US IS With separate housing 400 bar (6 000 psi) -
XP, XP+IS except separate housing 400 bar (6 000 psi) -
CSA C/US IS except separate housing >200 to 400 bar ≤200 bar (3 000 psi)
PMP75
(3 000 to 6 000 psi)
CSA C/US IS With separate housing 400 bar (6 000 psi) -
Further information can be found in the control drawings of the relevant devices.
Inspection certificate
Description PMC71 PMP71 PMP75 Option
Material test certificate for wetted components, inspection certificate as per EN10204-3.1 acc. to specification 1)
   B
52005759
Declaration of Conformity NACE MR0175, wetted metal parts ¾   C 1)
Material test certificate for wetted components as per EN 10204 3.1 and NACE MR0175 material, inspection
¾   D 1)
certificate as per EN10204-3.1 acc. to specification 52010806
Individual testing with test certificate, inspection certificate as per EN10204-3.1    3 1)
Overpressure testing with test certificate, inspection certificate as per EN10204-3.1    4 1)
Helium leak test EN 1518 with test certificate, inspection certificate as per EN10204-3.1   ¾ 5 1)
EN10204-3.1 material wetted parts +Ra, Ra= surface roughness, dimensional check, inspection certificate  ¾ ¾ 6 1)
EN10204-3.1 measurement of delta ferrite content, inspection certificate  ¾ ¾ 8 1)

2)
3.1 Material documentation, wetted metal parts, EN10204-3.1 inspection certificate    JA
Declaration of Conformity NACE MR0175, wetted metal parts ¾   JB 2)
Declaration of Conformity NACE MR0103, wetted metal parts    JE
PMI test (XRF), internal procedure, metal parts in contact with the medium    KG
Welding documentation, wetted/pressurized seams ¾  ¾ KS
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 1" and "Additional options 2"
2) Product Configurator, order code for "Test, certificate"
Endress+Hauser 107
Calibration
1)
Description PMC71 PMP71 PMP75 Option
Sensor range; mbar/bar    1
Sensor range; kPa/MPa    2
Sensor range; mmH2O/mH2O    3
Sensor range; inH2O/ftH2O    4
Sensor range; psi    6
Customer-specific; see additional specification    B
Factory calibration certificate, 5-point; see additional specification    C
DKD/DAkkS certificate; see additional specification    D
Customized pressure; see additional specification    E
Customized level; see additional specification    F
Customized pressure + 5-point factory calibration certificate; see additional specification    H
Customized level + 5-point factory calibration certificate; see additional specification    I
Platinum; see additional specification   ¾ K
Platinum + factory calibration certificate 5-point; see additional specification   ¾ L
Platinum + DKD/DAkkS certificate; see additional specification   ¾ M
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Calibration; unit"
108 Endress+Hauser
Ordering information
Detailed ordering information is available from the following sources:
• In the Product Configurator on the Endress+Hauser website: www.endress.com → Select country →
Products → Select product → Product page function: Configure this product
• From your Endress+Hauser Sales Center: www.endress.com/worldwide
Product Configurator - the tool for individual product configuration
• Up-to-the-minute configuration data
• Depending on the device: Direct input of information specific to measuring point, e.g.
measuring range
• Automatic verification of exclusion criteria
• Automatic creation of the order code and its breakdown in PDF or Excel output format
• Ability to order directly from the Endress+Hauser Online Shop
Scope of delivery • Measuring device

• Optional accessories
• Brief Operating Instructions
• Certificates
Configuration data sheet Pressure

The following configuration data sheet must be completed and included with the order if the option
"E" or "H" has been selected in the Product Configurator, order code for "Calibration; Unit".
Pressure unit
 mbar  mmH2O 1)  mmHg 2)  Pascal  torr

 bar  mH2O 1)  inHg 2)  hPa  g/cm2
 psi  ftH2O 1)  gf/cm2  kPa  kg/cm2
 inH2O 1)  kgf/cm2  MPa  lb/ft2
 atm
1) The conversion factor for the pressure unit is based on a reference temperature of 4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure unit refers to a reference temperature of 0 °C (32 °F).
Calibration range / Output
Lower range value (LRV): __________ [pressure unit]

Upper range value (URV): __________ [pressure unit]
Display
Display of the content of the main line (option depends on sensor and communication variant)
 Primary value [PV] (default)

 Primary value [%]
 Pressure
 Current [mA] (HART only)
 Temperature
 Error number
 Alternating display
Damping
Damping: ___________ sec (Default 2 sec)
Smallest span (factory calibration)
Endress+Hauser 109
Level
The following configuration data sheet must be completed and included with the order if the option
"F" or "I" has been selected in the Product Configurator, order code for "Calibration; Unit".
Pressure unit Output unit (scaled unit)
Mass Lengths Volume Volume Percent

1) 2)
 mbar  mmH2O  mmHg  Pascal  torr  kg  m  l  USgal  %
 bar  mH2O 1)  inHg 2)  hPa  g/cm2  t  dm  hl  impgal
 psi  ftH2O 1)  gf/cm2  kPa  kg/cm2  lb  cm  m3  USbblPE
 inH2O 1)  kgf/cm2  MPa  lb/ft2  mm  ft3 TR
 atm  ft
 inch
Example
Empty calibration [a]: ___________ Empty calibration ___________
Low pressure value (empty) [pressure unit] [a]: [Scaled unit]
Low measured
value (empty)
B
Full calibration [b]: ___________ Full calibration [b]: ___________
High pressure value (full) [pressure unit] High level value [Scaled unit]
(full)
A0020477
A 0 mbar/0 m
B 300 mbar (4.5 psi) /
3 m (9.8 ft)
1) The conversion factor for the pressure unit is based on a reference temperature of 4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure unit refers to a reference temperature of 0 °C (32 °F).
Display
Display of the content of the main line (option depends on sensor and communication variant)
 Primary value [PV] (default)

 Primary value [%]
 Pressure
 Current [mA] (HART only)
 Temperature
 Level before lin.
 Tank content
 Error number
 Alternating display
Damping
Damping: ___________ sec (Default 2 sec)
110 Endress+Hauser
Accessories
HistoROM®/M-DAT HistoROM®/M-DAT is a memory module which can be attached to every electronic insert.
Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 1" or Additional options 2", version "N" or
Wall and pipe mounting Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing the device on pipes or walls.
Product Configurator, order code for "Additional options 2", version "U" or
Dimensions →  34
Welding flanges and welding For details refer to TI00426F/00/EN "Weld-in adapter and flanges".
neck
Endress+Hauser 111
Supplementary documentation
Field of Activities Pressure measurement, powerful instruments for process pressure, differential pressure, level and
flow:
FA00004P/00/EN
Technical Information • EMC test procedures: TI00241F/00/EN

• Deltabar S: TI00382P/00/EN
• Deltapilot S: TI00416P/00/EN
• EMC test procedures: TI00241F/00/EN
Operating Instructions 4 to 20 mA HART:

• Cerabar S: BA00271P/00/EN
• Description of device functions Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S: BA00274P/00/EN
4 to 20 mA HART with MID parts certificate:
• BA00412P/00/EN
• Description of Device Functions: BA00413P/00/EN
PROFIBUS PA:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
Brief Operating Instructions • 4 to 20 mA HART, Cerabar S: KA01019P/00/EN

• PROFIBUS PA, Cerabar S: KA01022P/00/EN
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus, Cerabar S: KA01025P/00/EN
Functional safety manual Cerabar S (4 to 20 mA): SD00190P/00/EN

(SIL)
Overfill protection WHG: ZE00260P/00/DE
Safety Instructions (XA) Depending on the approval, the following Safety Instructions (XA) are supplied with the device. They
are an integral part of the Operating Instructions.
1)
Directive Device Electronics Documentation Option
ATEX II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, XA00244P 1
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 1/2 D Ex ia PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, • XA00246P 2

FOUNDATION Fieldbus • XA00289P
ATEX II 1/2D Ex tD PMC71 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, • XA00247P 2

ATEX II 1/3D Ex tD PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, • XA00248P 4

ATEX II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Gb PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, XA00249P 5

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 2G Ex d [ia] IIC T6 Gb PMC71 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, XA00250P 5

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6, WHG (German PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, XA00244P 6
Water Resources Act) FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA II T6 PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, XA00251P 7

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia + II 1/2D Ex iaD PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, XA00253P 3
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
112 Endress+Hauser
1)
ATEX II 1G Ex ia + II 1D Ex iaD PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, XA00276P 8

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6+II 2G Ex d IIC T6 PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, XA00252P B
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
ATEX II Ex ia + FM IS + CSA IS ATEX II PMC71 • 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, • XA00244P E

1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 + FM/CSA IS Cl.I,II,III Div. FOUNDATION Fieldbus • XA00593P +
1 Gr.A-G, FM/CSA: Zone 0,1,2 • HART XA01059P
• PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus • XA00596P +
XA01060P
ATEX II Ex ia / Ex d + FM/CSA IS + XP PMP71, PMP75 • 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, • XA00252P F

ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6+ ATEX II 2G Ex d FOUNDATION Fieldbus • XA00592P +
IIC T6+ FM/CSA IS + XP Cl.I.II Div.1 Gr.A- • HART XA01197P
G/B-G FM: Zone 1.2/CSA: Zone 1,2 • PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus • XA00590P +
XA01198P
1) Product Configurator, order code for "Approval"
1)
IECEx Zone 0/1 Ex ia IIC T6 PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART XB00005P I
IEC Ex d[ia] IIC T6 Gb PMC71 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA00511P B
IEC Ex d IIC T6 Gb PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA00510P M
1)
NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA00549P H
NEPSI Ex d IIC T6 PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA00551P G
NEPSI Ex d[ia] IIC T6 PMC71 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA00551P G
1)
TIIS Ex d [ia] IIC T6 PMC71 4 to 20 mA HART TC17436 L
TIIS Ex d [ia] IIC T4 PMC71 4 to 20 mA HART TC17398, TC17399 M
TIIS Ex d IIC T6 PMP71 (700 bar 4 to 20 mA HART TC17445 L

version)
TIIS Ex d IIC T6 PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART TC17446 L
1)
INMETRO Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA01315P J
INMETRO Ex d IIC T6 Gb PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA01279P O
INMETRO Ex ta IIIC Da/Db PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA01313P Z
INMETRO Ex d ia IIC T6 Gb PMC71 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA01280P P
INMETRO Ex ia IIIC Da/Db PMC71 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA01314P Z
Endress+Hauser 113
Installation/Control
Drawings
1)
FM IS Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A – PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 • 4 to 20 mA HART • XA01059P S
G; NI, Class I Division 2, Groups A – D; AEx • PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus • XA01060P
ia
CSA IS Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A – PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 • 4 to 20 mA HART • XA00593P U
G; Class I Division 2, Groups A – G • PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus • XA00596P
FM IS + XP Class I, Division 1, Groups A – D PMP71, PMP75 • 4 to 20 mA HART • XA01197P C

• PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus • XA01198P
CSA IS + XP Class I Division 1, Groups A – D PMP71, PMP75 • 4 to 20 mA HART • XA00592P D

• PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus • XA00590P
FM/CSA IS + XP Class I Division 1, Groups A PMP71, PMP75 • 4 to 20 mA HART • XA00592P + E

–D • PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA01197P
• XA01198P +
XA00590P
FM NI Cl.I Div.2 Groups A - D, Zone 2 PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, XA01063P R
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
FM XP Cl.I Div.1 Groups A - D, AEx d, Zone PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, XA01070P T
1,2 FOUNDATION Fieldbus
FM DIP Cl.II,III Div.1 Gr.E-G, Zone 21,22 PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, FM3017778 Q
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
CSA C/US XP Cl.I Div.1 Gr.B-D, Ex d, Zone PMC71, PMP71, PMP75 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, ZD00230P + V
1,2 FOUNDATION Fieldbus XA00599P
CSA C/US General Purpose PMD75, FMD77, 4 to 20 mA HART, PROFIBUS PA, - X

FMD78 FOUNDATION Fieldbus
114 Endress+Hauser
Registered trademarks
HART® Registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
PROFIBUS® Registered trademark of the PROFIBUS User Organization, Karlsruhe, Germany
FOUNDATION™ Fieldbus Registered trademark of the Fieldbus Foundation, Austin, Texas, USA
Patents
This product is protected by at least one of the following patents. Further patents are pending.
DE patents US patents EP patents
- US 5,836,063 A1 EP 0 797 084 B1
- US 5,877,424 A1 EP 0 780 674 B1
DE 203 05 869 U1 - -
- US 6,363,790 A1 EP 0 995 979 B1
- US 5,670,063 A1 EP 0 516 579 B1
- US 5,539,611 A1 -
- US 5,050,034 A1 EP 0 445 382 B1
- US 5,005,421 A1 EP 0 351 701 B1
- - EP 0 414 871 B1
- - EP 1 061 351 B1
- US 5,334,344 A1 EP 0 490 807 B1
- US 6,703,943 A1 -
Endress+Hauser 115
*71306211*
71306211
www.addresses.endress.com
Painting specifications G 160
Panels ( Dark grey ) Frame ( Black )
Raw Electrolytically zinc coated steel Raw material Structural, non-alloyed steel
material (Zincor)
1) Hot alkalic degreasing
1) Hot alkaline degreasing Preparation 2) Phosphatation
Preparation 2) Pickling 3) Rinsing with water
3) Rinsing 4) Passivation
4) Drying 5) Rinsing
6) Drying
Paint Electrostatic Powder Coating Paint Electrostatic Powder Coating
process process
Coating Polyester Powder Enamel Coating Polyester Powder Enamel
Surface Minor grade rough structure paint Surface Minor grade rough structure paint
Colour RAL 7011 ( Dark Grey ) Colour RAL 9011 ( Black – Dull )
[ ref. doc. : 0017 4001 40 ] [ ref. doc. : 0017 4000 87 ]
Total dry 60 μm to 100 μm Total dry 80 μm ( min. 60 μm )

film film
thickness thickness
Drying Oven backing Drying Oven backing
process process
Revision : 00 Document Number :

Oil-free Air Division
Date : 10/06/2014 WL14 0017 00

Compressor

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Compressor

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Compressor

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PLANT AIR COMPRESSOR, DRYER & AIR RECEIVER

CUSTOMER NAME : Gulf Nations for Construction Materials Co.

2x150 TPH Cement Grinding Unit, Shuaiba

FLSMIDTH CONTRACT NUMBER : 8001529004

741.CP110, 741.CP120, 741.CP130,

FLSMIDTH DOCUMENT NUMBER : 60161743 VER.1.0

Ver. By Date Description

G 110, G 132, G 160

1.1 SAFETY ICONS...................................................................................................................................5

1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL...........................................................................................................5

1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING INSTALLATION...........................................................................................5

1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING OPERATION..............................................................................................7

1.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR...........................................................................8

2.2 AIR AND OIL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................11

2.3 COOLING AND CONDENSATE SYSTEM....................................................................................................14

2.4 REGULATING SYSTEM........................................................................................................................16

3.1 ELEKTRONIKON® REGULATOR.............................................................................................................18

3.2 CONTROL PANEL..............................................................................................................................20

3.3 FUNCTION KEYS...............................................................................................................................21

3.4 SCROLL KEYS..................................................................................................................................22

3.5 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON................................................................................................................22

3.6 CONTROL PROGRAMS........................................................................................................................23

3.7 CALLING UP MENUS..........................................................................................................................26

3.8 MAIN SCREEN MENU.........................................................................................................................27

3.9 STATUS DATA MENU..........................................................................................................................28

3.10 MEASURED DATA MENU.....................................................................................................................31

3.11 COUNTERS MENU.............................................................................................................................32

3.12 TEST MENU.....................................................................................................................................33

3.13 MODIFY PARAMETERS MENU...............................................................................................................33

3.14 MODIFYING PARAMETERS...................................................................................................................34

3.15 MODIFYING PROTECTION SETTINGS......................................................................................................35

3.16 MODIFYING SERVICE PLANS................................................................................................................36

3.17 PROGRAMMING CLOCK FUNCTION.........................................................................................................37

3.18 MODIFYING CONFIGURATION SETTINGS..................................................................................................41

3.19 SERVICE MENU................................................................................................................................43

3.20 SAVED DATA MENU...........................................................................................................................45

3.21 PROGRAMMABLE SETTINGS FOR G 110 UP TO G 160............................................................................45

4.1 DIMENSION DRAWING........................................................................................................................50

4.2 INSTALLATION PROPOSAL...................................................................................................................59

4.3 ELECTRIC CABLE SIZE.......................................................................................................................63

4.5 COOLING WATER REQUIREMENTS.........................................................................................................65

5.1 INITIAL START-UP..............................................................................................................................70

5.2 BEFORE STARTING............................................................................................................................73

5.4 DURING OPERATION..........................................................................................................................75

5.5 CHECKING THE DISPLAY.....................................................................................................................76

5.6 MANUAL LOADING/UNLOADING.............................................................................................................77

5.8 TAKING OUT OF OPERATION................................................................................................................79

6.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE..................................................................................................80

6.3 OIL SPECIFICATIONS..........................................................................................................................82

6.4 OIL CHANGE....................................................................................................................................82

6.5 OIL FILTER CHANGE..........................................................................................................................85

6.6 STORAGE AFTER INSTALLATION...........................................................................................................87

6.7 SERVICE KITS..................................................................................................................................87

7 Adjustments and servicing procedures.....................................................................88

7.1 AIR FILTERS....................................................................................................................................88

7.3 SAFETY VALVE.................................................................................................................................91

8.1 PROBLEM SOLVING...........................................................................................................................93